Cities Index.
Agenda packet

South Lake Tahoe City Council
August 13, 2024

Document
Agenda packet
Meeting
August 13, 2024
Body
South Lake Tahoe City Council
Pages
29
Original file
118.3 MB
Text extracted from the city's file for reading and search. Open the original on d3n9y02raazwpg.cloudfront.net. That file is the official record.

City Council
Cody Bass, Mayor
John Friedrich, Mayor Pro Tem
Cristi Creegan, Councilmember
Tamara Wallace, Councilmember
Scott Robbins, Councilmember
Mission of the City Council
The City was established to provide essential,
outstanding and cost-effective services that
enhance environmental sustainability, economic
vitality and the quality of life for our residents,
businesses and guests.

City of South Lake Tahoe
City Council and South Tahoe Joint Powers Parking
Financing Authority
Meeting Agenda
Tuesday, August 13, 2024 at 9:00 am
City Hall - Council Chambers - 1901 Lisa Maloff Way, South Lake Tahoe Public Participation
City Council meetings are held in person at the time and location listed on this agenda. Meetings are live-streamed on Channel 21, City website at www.cityofslt.us, YouTube at https://www.youtube.com/channel/UC3LYne8Ih-kTPLnnuyJW9SQ/live and via ZOOM at this link https://us06web.zoom.us/j/82348740513
A public agenda packet is available for review at City Hall, 1901 Lisa Maloff Way, on the City’s Website at www.cityofslt.us, or by contacting the City Clerk's Office, (530) 542-6005 or [email protected] Providing Public Comment:

In Person: Every agenda for regular meetings provides an opportunity for members of the public to directly address the legislative body (City Council), on any item of public interest which is within the jurisdiction of the City Council during Public Communications. For items on the agenda or in connection with any item which the City Council will consider, the public is given the opportunity to comment before or during the City Council's consideration of the item [Government Code Section 54954.3(a)].

Remote Participation: If you are joining the meeting via ZOOM and would like to make a comment, press the "raise a hand" button. If you are joining the meeting via Channel 21 or live stream and would like to make a comment, please call (530) 542-6500. The meeting ID is: 823 4874 0513. Press *9 to indicate a desire to make a comment, press *6 to unmute your phone. The Clerk will call you by the last three digits of your phone number when it is your turn to speak. Note: The Mayor reserves the right to conduct the meeting with in-person public participation only, if there is a technology malfunction that precludes the use of remote public participation.

In Writing: Written comments received by 3 p.m. the day before the meeting will be distributed to City Council prior to the meeting. Written public comment regarding any item on this agenda may be sent to [email protected]. When emailing comments, identify the agenda item number in the subject 1 1. Presentation from League to Save Lake Tahoe on Single-use Water Bottle Ban line to which your comments relate. Any such comment that is a public record and is emailed to [email protected] or otherwise provided to a majority of the City Council before the meeting will be made available for public inspection during normal business hours at the City Clerk's Office located at City Hall, 1901 Lisa Maloff Way, South Lake Tahoe [Government Code Section 54957.5(b)]. Written comments will not be read out loud during the meeting.

The City Council Chambers meeting facility is accessible to people with disabilities. Every reasonable effort will be made to accommodate any person needing special assistance to attend this meeting.

Contact the City Clerk at (530) 542-6005 at least 48 hours in advance of the meeting for assistance [28 CFR 35.102.35.104 ADA Title II and Brown Act Government Code Sections 54953.2, 54954.1, 54954.2, and 54957.5].

Spanish Interpretations: The public may access Spanish interpretation using the ZOOM link listed on the front of the Agenda from an internet device (smartphone, laptop, tablet, home computer) with audio capabilities and selecting the Spanish language option. Persons without an internet device may attend the meeting in-person and a device will be provided while supplies last. Requests for interpreter services to offer public comment may be made by contacting the City Clerk.

Call to Order/Pledge of Allegiance
Land Acknowledgement
Land Acknowledgement - The City of South Lake Tahoe acknowledges the lands we occupy today are the lands and home of the Wašíšiw, the people from here known today as the Washoe Tribe of Nevada and California, a sovereign nation. Since the beginning of time and for thousands of years before the arrival of any other people, the Washoe lived here and cared for this place, with values and intention that we can all learn from. On behalf of the City Council, I would like to acknowledge, thank, and honor the Indigenous Washoe Tribal Communities that are the past, present, and future stewards of the Lake Tahoe Basin.

Roll Call
Closed Session Report
Public Communications
This is the public's opportunity to speak on any topic NOT LISTED on this agenda. Comments shall be limited to four (4) minutes. In accordance with the Brown Act, the City Council cannot deliberate or vote on any matter raised under public communications, but may briefly respond to statements made or questions posed. (Government Code Sections 54954.2)
City Commission Reports
Presentations
Requested Action / Suggested Motions: Receive presentation by representatives of the League to Save Lake Tahoe regarding the Ordinance Banning Single-use Plastic Water Bottles.

Responsible Staff Member(s): Sara Letton, Sustainability Coordinator, and Heather Stroud, City Attorney
Item 1- Executive Summary.pdf
League Presentation to Council August 13, 2024.pdf
Consent Agenda
Public Comment - This is the public's opportunity to speak on any topic listed on the Consent Agenda.

Comments shall be limited to three (3) minutes.
2 2. City Council, South Tahoe Redevelopment Successor Agency, South Tahoe Joint Powers Parking Financing Authority Meeting Minutes

3. Financial Policy Amendments Regarding Local Training & Meeting, Procurement, Grant Funding & Compliance, Travel, CAL-Card User Handbook, Preserving Capital Investments, and Financial Reporting

4. Agreement with California Tahoe Emergency Services Operations Authority for Medical Dispatch and Support Services
The consent agenda consists of items of a repeating or routine nature considered under a single action.

Any Councilmember may have an item on the consent agenda removed and considered separately upon request.

Pass a Motion to adopt the Consent Agenda in one motion except as indicated at each item.

Requested Action / Suggested Motions: Pass a Motion approving the June 18, 2024, City Council, South Tahoe Redevelopment Successor Agency, South Tahoe Joint Powers Parking Financing Authority meeting minutes.

Responsible Staff Member(s): Susan Blankenship, City Clerk Item 2- Executive Summary.pdf
06 18 2024 City Council Minutes.pdf
Requested Action / Suggested Motions: Pass a Resolution amending financial policies regarding Local Training & Meeting, Procurement, Grant Funding & Compliance, Travel, CAL-Card User Handbook, Preserving Capital Investments, and Financial Reporting.

Responsible Staff Member(s): Andrew Black, Financial Services Supervisor, Lori Marino, Principal Management Analyst
Item 3- Executive Summary.pdf
01-Staff Report - Financial Policy Amendments.docx
02-Resolution - Financial Policy Amendments.docx
03- CSLT Local Training and Meeting Policy Redline.pdf
04- CSLT Local Training and Meeting Policy (Exh. A to Reso).pdf 05- CSLT Procurement Policy Redline.pdf
06 - CSLT Procurement Policy Updated (Exh. B to Reso).pdf 07- CSLT Grant Funding Compliance Policy Redline.pdf
08- CSLT Grant Funding Compliance Policy (Exh. C to Reso).pdf 09- CSLT Travel Policy Redline.pdf
10- CSLT Travel Policy (Exh. D to Reso).pdf
11- CSLT CalCard User Handbook Redline.pdf
12- CSLT CalCard User Handbook (Exh. E to Reso).pdf
13- CSLT Preserving Capital Investments Redline.pdf
14- CSLT Preserving Capital Investments (Exh. F to Reso).pdf 15- CSLT Financial Reporting Redline.pdf
16- CSLT Financial Reporting (Exh. G to Reso).pdf
Requested Action / Suggested Motions: Pass a Motion authorizing and directing the Mayor to execute a Professional Service Agreement with the California Tahoe Emergency Services Operations Authority for Police Department Joint Communications emergency medical dispatch and support services for ambulance emergency response to commencing Sept 1, 2024 and ending Aug 31, 2029. The CTESOA will pay CSLT $289,818.52 in year one, with 3% increases annually through the five year contract.

Responsible Staff Member(s): Jeff Roberson, Support Lieutenant Item 4- Executive Summary.pdf
01-Staff_Report_-_Joint_Dispatch_Agreement.docx
02-Joint Dispatch Agreement.pdf
3 5. Memorandum of Understanding with Lake Valley Fire Protection District and Lake Tahoe Unified School District for Fuels Reduction Projects

6. Request for modification for the City's current Stevens Authority pass through Grant Funding from the USFS

7. Ratification of Participation in National Opioid Litigation Settlement with Kroger and Acceptance and Appropriation of Settlement Funds

8. Agreement with EV Range for On Call Electrical and Structural Engineering Services

9. Ratification of Acceptance of $75,000 from CalRecycle for 2023 SB 1383 Local Assistance Grant Program
Requested Action / Suggested Motions: Pass a Motion authorizing and directing the City Manager to execute the MOU with Lake Valley Fire Protection District and the Lake Tahoe Unified School District for management of fuels reduction projects on School District properties.

Responsible Staff Member(s): Jay Manning, Division Chief Item 5- Executive Summary.pdf
01-Staff Report -MOU with Lake Valley and LTUSD.docx
02-MOU CSLT LTUSD LVFPD Fuels Reduction.pdf
Requested Action / Suggested Motions: Pass a Resolution 1) approving the application for Hazardous Fuel Reduction at the LTUSD High School property, and accept the award of up to $321,289; 2) appointing the Fire Chief or a designee to conduct all negotiations, execute and submit all documents including, but not limited to applications, agreements, amendments, payment requests and so on, which may be necessary for the completion of the aforementioned project; and 3) Accepting the grant funds and authorizing the Finance Director to appropriate the funds into the budget.

Responsible Staff Member(s): Jay Manning, Division Chief Item 6- Executive Summary.pdf
01-Staff Report - USFS Grant Funding.docx
02-Resolution - USFS Hazardous Fuel Reduction Project.docx 03-USFS Modified Agreement.pdf
04-Map of Project Area
Requested Action / Suggested Motions: Pass a Resolution ratifying participation in the national opioid litigation settlement with Kroger and accepting and appropriation settlement funds in an estimated amount of $57,629.

Responsible Staff Member(s): Heather Stroud, City Attorney Item 7- Executive Summary.pdf
01-Staff Report Kroger.docx
02-Resolution Kroger.docx
03 - Kroger Settlement Docs (Exh. A to Reso).pdf
04 - Nationwide Kroger Settlement Exhibit E.pdf
Requested Action / Suggested Motions: (1) Pass a Motion authorizing and directing the Mayor to execute a Professional Services Agreement with EV Range for an amount of $423,186 for engineering design services; and (2) Pass a Resolution authorizing budget transfer of $85,000 for this Agreement.

CEQA Determination: This project is categorically exempt from review under CEQA Guidelines section 15301 (existing facilities).

Responsible Staff Member(s): Sara Letton, Sustainability Coordinator, and Anush Nejad, Public Works Director
Item 8- Executive Summary.pdf
01 - Staff Report - Contract for Electrical and Structural Engineering.docx 02-Agreement with EV Range for Engineering & Design Services.pdf 03 - Resolution Authorizing Fund Transfer for EV Charging Infrastructure Requested Action / Suggested Motions: Pass a Resolution ratifying acceptance of a grant award in 4 10. Ratification of Grant Application and Acceptance of $12,500 from Tahoe Water Suppliers for Water Bottle Filling Station Program

11. Acceptance of $45,000 Grant from Tahoe Fund Toward Electrification of LakeLink

12. Quarterly Update on the Affordable Housing Waitlist

13. Budget Appropriation of Permanent Local Housing Allocation (PLHA) Formula Funds

14. Reject Bid for Rockwood to Blackwood Drainage Improvements Project the amount of $75,000 from CalRecycle's 2023 SB 1383 Local Assistance Grant Program to be used towards organics diversion education and outreach.

Responsible Staff Member(s): Sara Letton, Sustainability Coordinator Item 9- Executive Summary.pdf
01 - Staff Report - Grant Acceptance.docx
02 - Resolution - Acceptance of Grant Award.docx
Requested Action / Suggested Motions: Pass a Resolution: 1) Ratifying the submittal of application to Tahoe Water Suppliers Association for the Water Bottle Filling Station Grant Program; and, 2) Authorizing the acceptance of $12,500 in grant funds from Tahoe Water Suppliers Association into the FY 23 - 24 budget.

CEQA Determination: This project is categorically exempt under Section 15301 of the CEQA Guidelines (existing facilities).

Responsible Staff Member(s): Sara Letton, Sustainability Coordinator Item 10- Executive Summary.pdf
01-Staff Report - Water Bottle Filling Station Program.docx 02 - Resolution TWSA Grant Acceptance 12,500.docx
03 - Request for $12,500 to TWSA from City of SLT.pdf
04 - Grant Award via Email in lieu of contract.pdf
Requested Action / Suggested Motions: Pass a Resolution approving receipt of $45,000 grant from the Tahoe Fund toward electric vehicle charging infrastructure costs on City property supporting the electrification of the LakeLink microtransit fleet managed by the South Shore Transit Management Association and corresponding budget amendments.

CEQA Determination: This action is exempt from review under CEQA Guidelines section 15301 (Existing Facilities).

Responsible Staff Member(s): Sara Letton, Sustainability Coordinator Item 11- Executive Summary.pdf
01 - Staff Report Grant Acceptance of 45,000 from Tahoe Fund.docx 02 - Resolution Accepting 45,000 Grant from Tahoe Fund toward EV Microtransit.docx 03 - Tahoe Fund Grant Letter.docx
04 - Tahoe Fund Project Report Template.docx
Requested Action / Suggested Motions: Receive and file.

Responsible Staff Member(s): Lydia Zuniga, Associate Management Analyst Item 12- Executive Summary.pdf
01-Staff Report - Quarterly Update.docx
Requested Action / Suggested Motions: Pass a Resolution authorizing the Finance Director to appropriate up to $828,516 into the FY 2023-2024 budget for the PLHA annual allocation over five years to fund current and future projects.

Responsible Staff Member(s): Jessica Wackenhut Lomeli
Item 13- Executive Summary.pdf
01-Staff Report.docx
02-Resolution - Budget Appropriation.docx
Requested Action / Suggested Motions: Pass a Motion to reject the bid received for the Rockwood to Blackwood Drainage Improvements Project - BN-24-30140051-01 and direct staff to re-bid the Project.
5 15. Acceptance of $25,000 Grant from California Governor's Office of Emergency Services for Tahoe Community Emergency Response Team

16. El Dorado Boat Ramp Lease Agreement with California State Lands Commission

17. Update to the Master Fee Schedule for Bellamy/Transit Way Parking Fees

18. Amendment No. 3 to Agreement with Walker Consultants for the Bellamy Parking Garage Upgrade Project
CEQA Determination: The Planning Commission adopted the Initial Study/Mitigated Negative Declaration for the Project on November 19, 2020, and on May 16, 2024, the Planning Commission adopted an addendum to the CEQA Initial Study/Mitigated Negative Declaration. This action does not require additional review under CEQA Guidelines section 15162.

Responsible Staff Member(s): Jason Burke, Complete Streets Program Manager and Brianna Greenlaw, Associate Civil Engineer
Item 14- Executive Summary.pdf
01-Staff Report - Reject Bid.docx
Requested Action / Suggested Motions: Pass a Resolution amending the Fiscal Year 23/24 budget and accepting the Cal OES Grant Subaward in the amount of $25,000 appropriated into the Emergency Preparedness account with the performance period of June 1, 2024, through December 31, 2025.

Responsible Staff Member(s): John Stark, Director of Parks & Recreation Item 15- Executive Summary.pdf
01-Staff Report - Cal OES Listos CERT Grant Acceptance.docx 02-Resolution - Cal OES Grant Acceptance.docx
Requested Action / Suggested Motions: Pass a Motion authorizing and directing the Mayor to execute the Lease Agreement with the California State Lands Commission for the El Dorado Boat Ramp.

CEQA Determination: This project is categorically exempt from review under CEQA Guidelines section 15301 (existing facilities).

Responsible Staff Member(s): John Stark, Director of Parks & Recreation Item 16- Executive Summary.pdf
01-Staff Report - El Dorado Boat Ramp Lease Agreement.docx 02-Lease with State of California Lands Commission
03-State Lands Commission Staff Report.pdf
Requested Action / Suggested Motions: Pass a Resolution amending the Master Schedule of Fees, Category-Police, subcategory-Parking Bellamy/Transit Way from a rate of $1 per 20 minutes (2 hour maximum) to a rate of $2 per 20 minutes (2 hours maximum).

Responsible Staff Member(s): Jeff Roberson, Police Lieutenant Item 17- Executive Summary.pdf
01- Staff Report - Update to Master Fee Schedule Bellamy Parking.docx 02-Resolution Master Fee Update Bellamy Parking Fee.docx Consent - South Tahoe Joint Powers Parking Financing Authority Requested Action / Suggested Motions: Acting as the South Tahoe Joint Powers Parking Financing Authority, Pass a Resolution authorizing and directing the Chair to execute Amendment No. 3 to the Agreement with Walker Consultants to add $32,020 for a not-to-exceed contract amount of $278,886, and appropriating $32,020 from the Parking Garage Fund Balance for the Bellamy Garage Upgrade Project.

CEQA Determination: This action is categorically exempt under CEQA Guidelines section 15301 (existing facilities).

Responsible Staff Member(s): Anush Nejad, Director of Public Works and Jeff Roberson, Operations Lieutenant
Item 18- Executive Summary.pdf
6 19. Update on Formation of South Tahoe Transit Joint Powers Authority

20. Professional Services Agreement with RSG, Inc. for Real Estate and Economic Development Services for the Chateau Site

21. National Community Survey Results

22. Airport Master Plan Update
01-Staff Report - Amendment No. 3 to Walker Consultant.docx 02 - C-047-2022 Walker Consultants.pdf
03-Amendment No. 1 Walker Consultants
04 - Amendment No. 2 Walker Consultants.pdf
05-Resolution.docx
06-Amendment No. 3 Walker Consultants (Exh. A to Reso).pdf Regular-Unfinished Business
Requested Action / Suggested Motions: Pass a Motion confirming negotiating terms with El Dorado County for South Tahoe Transit Joint Powers Authority (JPA) as follows: (1) Purpose to include working with regional, state and federal agencies to plan, program, and secure funding for transit within the JPA area, and to develop, provide, and operate local transit services to benefit the JPA area; (2) Member agencies are City of South Lake Tahoe and El Dorado County, with the JPA Board to be comprised of 2 City Councilmembers and the County District V Supervisor, with nonvoting ex officio members to include an appointee each from the South Shore Transit Management Association (SSTMA) Board and Tahoe Transportation District (TTD) Board; and (3) Managing Agency to be the City of South Lake Tahoe.

Responsible Staff Member(s): Hilary Roverud, Assistant City Manager Item 19- Executive Summary.pdf
01-Staff Report-Transit JPA Formation
02-South Tahoe Transit JPA Boundary
Requested Action / Suggested Motions: (1) Pass a Resolution amending the Adopted 2023-2024 Budget and appropriating an additional $29,930 from General Fund Undesignated Excess Reserves for the purpose of funding economic development and real estate consulting services and authorizing and; (2) Pass a motion authorizing and directing the Mayor to execute the Professional Services Agreement with RSG, Inc. for Real Estate and Economic Development Services for the Chateau site with a not-to-exceed amount of $129,930.

Responsible Staff Member(s): Hilary Roverud, Assistant City Manager Item 20- Executive Summary.pdf
01-Staff Report.docx
02-Request for Proposals
03-RSG Proposal
04-Resolution Appropriating Budget
05-RSG Professional Services Agreement
Requested Action / Suggested Motions: Receive and File.

Responsible Staff Member(s): Hilary Roverud, Assistant City Manager Item 21- Executive Summary.pdf
01-Staff Report - NCS Survey Resulty
02-The NCS Report - South Lake Tahoe
03-The NCS Presentation South Lake Tahoe
Regular-New Business
Requested Action / Suggested Motions: Pass a Motion selecting Alternative 4 as the recommended alternative in the Airport Master Plan for the purpose of initiating environmental review.

Responsible Staff Member(s): John Dickinson, Airport Manager Item 22- Executive Summary.pdf
7 23. Naming Rights Agreement with the South Tahoe Parks Foundation for Multigenerational Recreation & Aquatics Center

24. Allocation of Remaining Funds From Fire Station 3 Project to Fire Station 1 Renovation and Repairs

25. Five-Year Capital Improvement Plan and FY24-25 Budget Recommendations

26. Mid-Town Area Plan: Priority Topics and Stakeholder Engagement Update

27. Agenda Planning Calendar
01- Staff Report Airport Master Plan
02- Presentation Master Plan
03- Comments
04- Comment Log
Requested Action / Suggested Motions: Pass a Motion authorizing and directing the Mayor to execute the Naming Rights Agreement with the South Tahoe Parks Foundation, a California 501(c) (3) charitable organization.

Responsible Staff Member(s): John Stark, Director of Parks & Recreation Item 23- Executive Summary.pdf
01-Staff Report - Rec Center Naming Rights Agreement.docx 02-Naming Rights Agreement.pdf
Requested Action / Suggested Motions: Pass a Resolution transferring remaining funds from Fire Station 3 Capital Improvement Project account and Fire Dept Emergency Medical Services available fund balance to Fire Station 1 Capital Improvement Project account for needed repairs and renovations at Fire Station 1.

CEQA Determination: This item is exempt from review under CEQA Guidelines 15301 (existing facilities).

Responsible Staff Member(s): Jim Drennan, Fire Chief and Katherine Stempien, Associate Architect Item 24- Executive Summary.pdf
01 - Staff Report - Allocate Station 3 Funds to Station 1.docx 02 - Resolution.docx
03-Fire Station 3 remodel.pptx
Requested Action / Suggested Motions: Pass a Motion directing staff to bring back the FY 24-25 Budget Recommendation and Five-Year Capital Improvement Plan for approval at the City Council meeting on August 27, 2024.

Responsible Staff Member(s): Anush Nejad, Director of Public Works Item 25- Executive Summary.pdf
01-Staff Report - Five-Year CIP and 24-25 Recommendations.docx 02 - Participatory Budget Project List.pdf
03 - Five Year CIP Financial Summary (24-28).pdf
04 - 24-25 CIP Budget Presentation.pdf
05 - Five Year CIP Details (24-28).pdf
Requested Action / Suggested Motions: Pass a Motion confirming priority topics to be addressed in the Mid-Town Area Plan as: (1) implementation of redevelopment strategies and incentives; (2) creation of arts district; (3) transportation improvements; (4) encouraging housing development; (5) concentration of City services and civic amenities; and (6) enhancement of recreation assets.

Responsible Staff Member(s): Anna Kashuba, Senior Planner Item 26- Executive Summary.pdf
01-Staff Report - Mid-Town Area Plan Stakeholder Engagement.docx 02-Mid-Town Area Plan Boundary.pdf
Agenda Planning Calendar
Requested Action / Suggested Motions: Identify, with consent of at least two Council members, any 8 desired future agenda items, and/or modify the Agenda Planning Calendar as desired.

Responsible Staff Member(s): Joe Irvin, City Manager and Susan Blankenship, City Clerk Item 27- Executive Summary.pdf
APC - 08 11 2024.pdf
Updates and Announcements (City Attorney, City Clerk, City Manager) Councilmember Reports and Comments - Assignments to Boards, Committees, and Commissions
Adjournment
I, Susan Blankenship, City Clerk for the City of South Lake Tahoe, declare that the foregoing agenda for the Tuesday August 13, 2024, City Council meeting was posted and available for review on Thursday August 8, 2024, at City Hall, 1901 Lisa Maloff Way, South Lake Tahoe, CA 96150. The agenda was also available on the City website at https://www.cityofslt.us.

Signed August 8, 2024
\\sb\\ Susan Blankenship, Elected City Clerk
9 City of South Lake Tahoe
Agenda Item Executive Summary
Joe Irvin, City Manager
__________________________________
Meeting Date: August 13, 2024
Agenda Item #:1
Agenda Item: Presentation from League to Save Lake Tahoe on Single-use Water Bottle Ban Executive Summary: In coordination with City staff, the League to Save Lake Tahoe created and implemented an education and compliance plan for the water bottle ban. The League requested to present an update on the ban to City Council at their August meeting.

Requested Action / Suggested Motions: Receive presentation by representatives of the League to Save Lake Tahoe regarding the Ordinance Banning Single-use Plastic Water Bottles.

Responsible Staff Member: Sara Letton, Sustainability Coordinator, and Heather Stroud, City Attorney Reviewed and Approved By: Susan Blankenship, City Clerk Heather Stroud, City Attorney Attachments:

League Presentation to Council August 13, 2024.pdf
10 Report on Ordinance Banning Singleuse Plastic Water Bottles Darby Creegan
Public Policy Intern
11 01 02 03
Timeline of
Ordinance
Business Audit
and Outreach
Data and
Suggestions
12 Justifications for this Ordinance
Contributes to the City’s Climate Action Plan
goals
Waste management is identified in the 2021-
2026 Strategic Plan with specific provisions to
address litter at its source by restricting plastic
bottles sales
Data collected by the League to Save Lake Tahoe
demonstrated the vast amount of plastic found
around the Lake
13 Timeline of Ordinance
The amendment to Chapter 4.175 of the City
Code, banning the sale of single-use plastic water
bottles by vendors within the City of South Lake
Tahoe.

Legal staff presents
draft ordinance to
Council
Council adopts updated
ordinance amendment
Ban on single-use plastic
bottles goes into effect at
City events
League & City staff
initiate Outreach &
Education Phase I
Ban of single-use
plastic bottles
becomes city-wide
League staff
initiates audit
of businesses
June,
2022
October,
2022
Earth Day,
2023
Earth Day,
2024
August,
2024
December,
2023
14 Business Audit Structure
Factors Considered

1. Zone of businesses, determined by
proximity to either Town Centers or
Tourist Centers in City of South Lake
Tahoe’s General Plan (2011)

2. Type of business, determined by
Major Business Group

3. Probability of business selling singleuse water bottles 15 16
17 Businesses Audited Per Zone
18 Waste in the City of South Lake Tahoe
South Tahoe Refuse is the waste management business in the City of South Lake Tahoe, and collects plastic bottles, they have a noticeable decrease in the amount of #1 plastic being hauled off the hill We’re working with STR to calculate metrics for pre- and post-ordinance amounts of plastic, along with interviews with folks who work on the sorting line to determine how much waste is being reduced 19 Percentage of Businesses Visited and in Compliance, per Zone Hours spent auditing: 22.5
20 La Mexicana Meat Market
”We thought you could still sell liter size
water bottles, not only gallons.”
July 30th, 2024
Langenfeld Ace Hardware *
”Ace Corporate told us that only single
servings of water were banned, and the 16.9
oz bottles we’re selling are fine.”
July 29th, 2024
Tahoe Keys Liquor
”We didn’t know about the ban but won’t
reorder these plastic bottles.”
August 2nd, 2024
Reasons Given for Lack of Compliance
* Business was spoken with during December outreach phase and ordinance was explained.
21 Free Bird Café, in compliance Aisle 1, in compliance 22 Suggestions:

Many business owners and
employees were confused about
water being the only plastic
banned, as opposed to soda or
teas. It is recommended that the
City release a publication
explaining why water was the
first single-use plastic bottle to
be banned.
23 Suggestions:

Close the loophole that allows
businesses like major grocery
stores to sell large packs of
plastic water bottles because
they’re ‘flavored water.’
Consider also restricting the sale
of water cartons, which contain
plastic, to match the ordinance
in Truckee.
24 Suggestions:

Partner with local businesses
who are just outside of the City
limits and ask if they would be
interested in being ‘part of the
solution.’
Customers can still buy packs of
plastic bottles at Holiday Market
and Safeway at Round Hill, and it
would be great to change this.
25 The League will release a final
report describing the full audit
with data from the interviews
conducted at the end of August.

We would love to collaborate
further on Outreach and
Education plans.

Next Steps
26 Questions?
[email protected]
[email protected]
27 City of South Lake Tahoe
Agenda Item Executive Summary
Joe Irvin, City Manager
__________________________________
Meeting Date: August 13, 2024
Agenda Item #:2
Agenda Item: City Council, South Tahoe Redevelopment Successor Agency, South Tahoe Joint Powers Parking Financing Authority Meeting Minutes
Executive Summary: City Council is asked to formally approve the June 18, 2024, City Council, South Tahoe Redevelopment Successor Agency, South Tahoe Joint Powers Parking Financing Authority meeting minutes.

Requested Action / Suggested Motions: Pass a Motion approving the June 18, 2024, City Council, South Tahoe Redevelopment Successor Agency, South Tahoe Joint Powers Parking Financing Authority meeting minutes.

Responsible Staff Member: Susan Blankenship, City Clerk Reviewed and Approved By: Susan Blankenship, City Clerk Attachments:
06 18 2024 City Council Minutes.pdf
28 06 18 2024 CC Minutes
City of South Lake Tahoe City Council, SouthTahoe
Redevelopment Successor Agency, and South Tahoe Joint
Powers Parking Financing Authority Meeting Minutes
Tuesday, June 18, 2024 at 5:30 pm
City Hall - Council Chambers - 1901 Lisa Maloff Way, South Lake Tahoe NOTE: The Meeting Minutes represent actions taken during the meeting of the City Council. Complete Council member discussions on Regular Session meeting items can be viewed in archived video recordings on the City’s website at http://www.cityofslt.us Public submittals on items are retained in the administrative record and can be viewed in the City Clerk’s repository at http://www.cityofslt.us Call to Order/ Pledge of Allegiance
Mayor Bass called the meeting to order at 5:33 p.m.

Land Acknowledgement
Mayor Bass read the Washoe Tribe of Nevada and California Land Acknowledgement.

Roll Call
Present were Mayor Bass, and Councilmembers Creegan, Wallace, and Robbins. Mayor Pro Tem Friedrich was absent.

Also present were City Manager Irvin, City Attorney Stroud, and City Clerk Blankenship.

Closed Session Report
None.

Proclamations

1. Issued a Proclamation to Angie Reagan, Access Tahoe, recognizing July 2024 as "Disability Pride Month"

2. Issued a Proclamation to Jerry Bindel and David Gregorich, City of South Lake Tahoe Parks and Recreation Commission, recognizing July 2024 as "Parks Make Life Better Month" Note: Mayor Bass announced Item 22, Presentation of Elections Code Section 9212 Report for Vacancy Tax Citizens Initiative would be heard after South Tahoe Joint Powers Financing Authority- Consent.

Public Communications

1. Lou Perini- Promoting Lake Tahoe Unified School District

2. Sonya Thomas- Christmas Cheer *written material distributed

3. John Messina, Lake Tahoe Taxpayers Association- opposition to Bill O’Neil, Registrar of Voters, letter to voters

4. Scott Loberg- Cannabis onsite consumption training, seating for the disabled in Council Chambers

5. Bob Poet- Moment of Silence for Willie Mays

6. Kenney Curtzweiler- Motel 6 project “Tahoe Fund” for land restoration

7. Ed Mosur- Shared mobility devices visability and path issues 29 06 18 2024 CC Minutes

8. Erick Absbury- Gov. official’s conduct, opposition to Bill O’Neil, Registrar of Voters, letter to voters Written Public Comment was received from the following people:

1. Evan Bevan- City Clerk Blankenship

2. Ambrose Pierce- City Council recusals

3. Nellie Bly- councilmember Creegan

4. Oscar Cesare- city expenses

5. Stella Gibbons- Steve Teshara

6. Susan Griffin- Councilmember Creegan

7. Udo Keppler- City Council

8. George Shaw- Lew Feldman

9. Jonathan Swift- Councilmember Creegan

10. John Turner- Councilmembers Creegan and Friedrich

11. Paul Weitz- Jamie Orr

12. Brent Wisner- Hwy 50 scenic corridor

13. Rachel Carson- State Scenic Highway system

14. Saundra Edwards- Bijou Park Creek Park

15. Peter Ellenshaw- Neofeudalism

16. Warren Harding- Cory Rich and Chris McNamara

17. Will Irwin- Public Utility Easement

18. Gaius Lucilius- City Strategic Plan

19. John Powell- Bijou Park Creek Restoration

20. Jaques Rousseau- Chase Jarvin

21. Phucket Sherpa II- Cory Rich

22. Vasily Sleptsov- Ski Run Park

23. Paul Thorpe- Al Tahoe Community Plan Amendment
City Commission Reports

1. David Gregorich, Parks and Recreation Commission- Provided verbal report.

Consent Agenda
Action: Moved/Seconded: Wallace/Creegan
Note: Councilmember Robbins voted “No” on item 11, and recused himself from voting on items 6 and 9 due to real property interest.

Yes: Bass, Creegan, Wallace, Robbins

Absent: Friedrich
Action: Passed the Consent Agenda with noted No votes and recusals.

3. City Council Meeting Minutes
Action: Passed Motion 2024-062 approving the June 4, 2024 Regular City Council meeting minutes.

Written public comment was received from the following people:

1. Evan Bevan

2. Granville Fortescue

4. Agreement with Blink Network, LLC for Electric Vehicle Chargers, Operations & Maintenance, and Management Platform
Action: Passed Motion 2024-063 authorizing and directing the Mayor to execute an Agreement with Blink Network, LLC (C-098-2024) for an amount of $97,316.90 for the purchase of 10 dual Level 2 electric vehicle chargers, freight, and operations and maintenance for 10 years.

Written public comment was received from the following person:

1. Seth Dallob
30 06 18 2024 CC Minutes

5. Senate Bill 1 Road Maintenance and Rehabilitation Account Project List for FY24/25 Action: Passed Resolution 2024-063 adopting a List of Projects for the Fiscal Year 2024/2025 Funded by SB 1: The Road Repair and Accountability Act of 2017 and in-part with Fiscal Year 2024-25 Road Maintenance and Rehabilitation Account revenues.

Public comment was heard from the following people:

1. Ed Mosur

2. Scott Loberg

6. Amendment to American Rescue Plan Act of 2021 (ARPA) Funding Budget Appropriations Note: Robbins recused himself from voting on this item due to real property interest Action: Passed Resolution 2024-064 authorizing Fiscal Year 2023-2024 budget amendments for reallocating American Rescue Plan Act (ARPA) funding, consistent with the requirements of statutory category C, Revenue Loss for the provision of government services, and approving additional budget transfers for active Capital Improvement Projects.

7. Ski Run Park Donation Acceptance
Action: Passed Resolution 2024-065 authorizing and directing the City Manager to accept Grant Deed and accept donation, valued at $175,000, of Ski Run Community Park for dedicated use as a public park from SkiRunPark LLC, upon completion of park improvements and passing inspections.

Public Comment was heard from the following people:

1. Devin Middlebrook

2. Chris McNamara

8. Professional Services Agreement with Lumos & Associates for Planning and Design Feasibility Services for the Stateline Complete Streets Project
Action: Passed Resolution 2024-066 authorizing the Director of Finance to reallocate funds from the Linear Park Bike Path Project to the Stateline Complete Streets Project and authorizing and directing the Mayor to execute a Professional Services Agreement with Lumos & Associates (C-134-2024) for Planning and Design Feasibility Services for the Stateline Avenue Complete Streets Project for the amount of $227,200.

Public comment was heard from the following person:

1. Ed Mosur

9. Amendment No. 2 to Agreement with Wildscape Engineering, Inc. for Additional Design Services for the Upper Bijou Park Creek Watershed Restoration Project Note: Robbins recused himself from voting on this item due to real property interest Action: Passed Motion 2024-064 authorizing and directing the Mayor to execute Amendment No. 2 to the Agreement with Wildscape Engineering, Inc. (C-136-2024) for additional design services for the Upper Bijou Park Creek Watershed Restoration Project for the amount of $54,863.40 for a total not-to-exceed contract amount of $538,184.09.

10. Agreement with Black Eagle Consulting for Inspection, Materials Testing and Constructability Review Services for Citywide Capital Improvement Projects
Action: Passed Resolution 2024-067 appropriating $96,000 from salary savings for construction inspection services and materials testing services for citywide capital improvement projects and authorizing and directing the Mayor to execute a contract with Black Eagle Consulting (C-135-2024) for $205,000 for inspection, materials testing and constructability reviews for 2024 citywide capital improvement projects.

11. Ordinance - Amendments to South Lake Tahoe City Code Chapter 4.150 (Refuse and Garbage) to Implement Residential 3-Cart System for Solid Waste, Recyclables, and Yard Trimmings (Second Reading)
Note: Councilmember Robbins voted “No” on this item
Action: Passed ORD 2024-1187 amending South Lake Tahoe City Code chapter 4.150 (Refuse and Garbage) to implement residential 3-cart system for solid waste, recyclables, and yard trimmings. 31 06 18 2024 CC Minutes
Public comment was heard from the following person:

1. Lou Perini
Written public comment was received from the following person:

1. Marc Korody

12. Excusing Mayor Pro Tem John Friedrich from Attending City Council Meetings on May 21, June 4, and June 18 Due to Illness
Action: Passed Resolution 2024-068 excusing Mayor Pro Tem John Friedrich from attending City Council meetings on May 21, June 4, and June 18 due to illness.

Written public comment was received from the following people:

1. Richard Smothers

2. John Turner

13. Approval of City Salary Table
Action: Passed Resolution 2024-069 approving the City Salary Table in compliance with the California Code of Regulations and CalPERS requirements.

14. Defensible Space Ordinance (Second Reading)
Action: Passed ORD 2024-1188 to Establish a HazardousVegetation and Combustible Material Abatement Program, and Similar Vegetation Management and Defensible Space Requirements.

Written public comment was received from the following person:

1. Sharon Kerrigan, South Tahoe Association of Realtors

15. Direct Charge for Mello-Roos Special Tax for Community Facilities District No. 1995-1 forFiscal Year 2024- 2025
Action: Passed Resolution 2024-070 authorizing certification of directcharge for Mello-Roos Special Tax for Community Facilities District No. 1995-1 for Fiscal Year 2024-2025.

South Tahoe Redevelopment Successor Agency - Consent

16. Annual Special Tax for Community Facilities District 2001-1 Series 2015 Special TaxRefunding Bonds for Fiscal Year 2024-2025
Action: Moved/Seconded: Wallace/Creegan
Yes: Bass, Creegan, Wallace, Robbins

Absent: Friedrich
Action: Acting as the South Tahoe RedevelopmentSuccessor Agency, Passed Resolution 2024-001 Establishing the Annual Special Tax for CommunityFacilities District 2001-1 (Park Avenue Project) Series 2015 Special Tax Refunding Bonds (Heavenly Village) for Fiscal Year 2024-2025.

South Tahoe Joint Powers Parking Financing Authority - Consent

17. Agreement with Ensight Technologies, LLC for Bellamy Parking Garage Equipment Procurement Action: Moved/Seconded: Wallace/Creegan
Yes: Bass, Creegan, Wallace, Robbins

Absent: Friedrich
Action: Acting as the South Tahoe Joint Powers Parking Financing Authority, passed Motion 2024-001 authorizing and directing the Chair to execute a two year contract, with an option to extend for years 3-7, with Ensight Technologies, LLC (C-137-2024) for $286,117.31,plus a 5% contingency for $14,305, for the Bellamy Parking Garage Upgrade Project.

Note: This item was moved up in the Agenda at the consent of Council.

Regular-Unfinished Business

22. Presentation of Elections Code Section 9212 Report for Vacancy Tax Citizens Initiative Petition Action: Moved/Seconded: Wallace/ Robbins
Yes: Bass, Creegan, Wallace, Robbins
32 06 18 2024 CC Minutes

Absent: Friedrich
Action: Passed Motion 2024-065 to accept Elections Code Section 9212 Report with the following amendements: 1) On page 6 paragraph 3 read “$2,000-10,000 for the first year only.” 2) On pages 5 and 17, item #2, end sentence after “reduce the number of days vacant to below the 182 days.” and direct City Clerk to post final version online.

Public comment was heard from the following people:

1. David Jinkens *written material distributed

2. Steve Teshara, Tahoe Chamber of Commerce, Keep Community First Coalition

3. Sharon Kerigan, Keep Community First Coalition

4. Jerry Bindel, Keep Community First Coalition

5. Duane Wallace, Keep Community First Coalition

6. John Messina, South Lake Tahoe Taxpayers Association

7. Kenney Curtzweiler

8. Bob Poet

9. Carry Kane

10.Scott Loberg

11. Steve

12.Kevin Jordan

13.Melissa Barham

14.Ed Mosur

15.Chad Hayes

16.Keith Roberts

17.Amelia Richmond

18.Francesca Vailing

19.Sherry Reese

20.Nick Speal

21.Dan May

22.Judi Allen

23.Erick Asberry
Written public comment was received from the following people:

1. Douglas

2. Marc

3. Richard Martinelli
Public Hearing

18. Tourist Core Area Plan/Specific Plan Amendments and Adoption of Initial Study/Negative Declaration Action: Moved/Seconded: Wallace/Creegan
Yes: Bass, Creegan, Wallace, Robbins

Absent: Friedrich
Action: Passed Resolution 2024-071 (1) Adopting the Tourist Core Area Plan/Specific Plan Amendments and the Initial Study/Negative Declaration with no additional findings.

Public comment was heard from the following people:

1. Scott Loberg

2. Ed Mosur

3. Nick Speal

4. Amelia Richmond

19. Tahoe Valley Area Plan Amendments and Adoption of the Initial Study/Mitigated Negative Declaration Action: Moved/Seconded: Wallace/Creegan
Yes: Bass, Creegan, Wallace
No: Robbins

Absent: Friedrich
33 06 18 2024 CC Minutes
Action: Pass a Resolution 2024-072 (1) Adopting the Initial Study/Mitigated Negative Declaration and the Tahoe Valley Area Plan/Specific Plan Amendments, with the change allowing a two-step process for condo conversions in the commercial areas as outlined in Meaure T.

Public comment was heard from the following people:

1. Lyn Barnett, Barnett Associates

2. Eric Bickert *written material distributed

20. South Tahoe Refuse Delinquent Refuse Fees Report
Action: Moved/Seconded: Creegan/Wallace
Yes: Bass, Creegan, Wallace, Robbins

Absent: Friedrich
Action: Passed Resolution 2024-073 confirming the Final Delinquent Fees Report and directing the Finance Department to send a certified copy of the Report to the El Dorado County Auditor-Controller to add the delinquent amounts to the county property tax rolls for collection.

Note: Staff distributed an updated Attachment A to Resolution.

Public comment was heard from the following person:

1. Scott Loberg
Note: Motion to continue the meeting past 10:00 p.m.

Action: Moved/Seconded: Wallace/Bass
Yes: Bass, Creegan, Wallace, Robbins

Absent: Friedrich
Action: Passed to continue the meeting past 10:00 p.m.

Regular-Unfinished Business

21. Cannabis Revenues Grant Program Award Recommendations Note: Mayor Bass recused himself from participating on this item due to financial interest in the cannabis industry, and left the meeting. Councilmember Wallace presided.

Action: Moved/Seconded: Creegan/Wallace
Yes: Bass, Creegan, Wallace, Robbins

Absent: Friedrich
Action: 1) Passed Resolution 2024-074 appropriating an additional allocation of $6,257.45 of Cannabis Program Revenue toward the 2024 Cannabis Revenue Grant Program for a total amount of $411,861.32; 2) Passed Motion 2024-066 authorizing Councilmember Wallace to execute the Resolution; and 3) Passed Motion 2024-067 approving the grant awards to the projects recommended by the grant application review committee.

Public comment was heard from the following peole:

1. Al Martinez, President of High Sierra Softball

2. Nick Speal

3. Tom Davis, Christmas Cheer
Note: At this time, Mayor Bass returned and presided.

Regular- New Business

23. General Municipal Election Consolidation
Action: Moved/Seconded: Robbins/Creegan
Yes: Bass, Creegan, Wallace, Robbins

Absent: Friedrch
Action: Passed Resolution 2024-075 calling and ordering to be held in the City of South Lake Tahoe, County of El Dorado, a General Municipal Election to be consolidated with the Statewide General Election to be held on Tuesday, November 5, 2024, for the purpose of submitting to the electorate a Citizen’s Initiative entitled “An Initiative to Establish a Tax on Owners of Vacant Residential Units in the City of South Lake Tahoe” and for the purpose of the election of two (2) Council Members.

Public comment was heard from the following person:
34 06 18 2024 CC Minutes

1. Sharon Kerrigan, Keep Communtiy First Coalition
Agenda Planning Calendar

24. Agenda Planning Calendar
Action: Received and filed.

Updates and Announcements (City Attorney, City Clerk, City Manager) City Manager Irvin

1. City offices closed for Juneteenth
City Clerk Blankenship

1.Mayor Bass will be issuing a proclamation recognizing June 21, 2024 as “Torch Run Day” on June 22 Councilmember Reports and Comments
Councilmember Creegan

1. June 18 Recognized as International Day of Countering Hate Councilmember Wallace

1. Upcomig California Tahoe Conservancy Board meeting
Councilmember Robbins

1. Attended June 12 Pride event
Mayor Bass

1. Attended meeting with Director of Caltrans

2. Attended Tahoe Transportation District meeting
Adjournment
Mayor Bass adjourned the meeting at 10:20 p.m.

Date:

Cody Bass, Mayor
Attest:

Susan Blankenship, City Clerk
The presence of electronic signature certifies that the foregoing is a true and correct copy as approved by the South Lake Tahoe City Council.
35 City of South Lake Tahoe
Agenda Item Executive Summary
Joe Irvin, City Manager
__________________________________
Meeting Date: August 13, 2024
Agenda Item #:3
Agenda Item: Financial Policy Amendments Regarding Local Training & Meeting, Procurement, Grant Funding & Compliance, Travel, CAL-Card User Handbook, Preserving Capital Investments, and Financial Reporting
Executive Summary: Financial policies that are up to date with current laws, governmental accounting standards and compliance are essential to the prudent financial management of the City’s assets and resources. Staff recommends amendments to the Local Training & Meeting Policy, Procurement Policy, Grant Funding & Compliance Policy, Travel Policy, CAL-Card User Handbook, Preserving Capital Investments Policy, and Financial Reporting Policy to streamline efficiencies and reflect the requirements of current laws and regulations.

Requested Action / Suggested Motions: Pass a Resolution amending financial policies regarding Local Training & Meeting, Procurement, Grant Funding & Compliance, Travel, CAL-Card User Handbook, Preserving Capital Investments, and Financial Reporting.

Responsible Staff Member: Andrew Black, Financial Services Supervisor, Lori Marino, Principal Management Analyst
Reviewed and Approved By: Olga Tikhomirova, Finance Director Susan Blankenship, City Clerk Heather Stroud, City Attorney
Attachments:
01-Staff Report - Financial Policy Amendments.docx
02-Resolution - Financial Policy Amendments.docx
03- CSLT Local Training and Meeting Policy Redline.pdf
04- CSLT Local Training and Meeting Policy (Exh. A to Reso).pdf 05- CSLT Procurement Policy Redline.pdf
06 - CSLT Procurement Policy Updated (Exh. B to Reso).pdf 07- CSLT Grant Funding Compliance Policy Redline.pdf
08- CSLT Grant Funding Compliance Policy (Exh. C to Reso).pdf 09- CSLT Travel Policy Redline.pdf
10- CSLT Travel Policy (Exh. D to Reso).pdf
11- CSLT CalCard User Handbook Redline.pdf
12- CSLT CalCard User Handbook (Exh. E to Reso).pdf
13- CSLT Preserving Capital Investments Redline.pdf
14- CSLT Preserving Capital Investments (Exh. F to Reso).pdf 15- CSLT Financial Reporting Redline.pdf
16- CSLT Financial Reporting (Exh. G to Reso).pdf
36 Council Agenda Report- August 13, 2024 Page 1 of 2
City of South Lake Tahoe
Report to City Council
Meeting Date: August 13, 2024
Title: Financial Policy Amendments Regarding Local Training & Meeting, Procurement, Grant Funding and Compliance, Travel, CAL-Card User Handbook, Preserving Capital Investments, and Financial Reporting
Location: Citywide
Responsible Staff Member: Andrew Black, Financial Services Supervisor Lori Marino, Principal Management Analyst
Olga Tikhomirova, Director of Finance
Background: The City Council adopted the City of South Lake Tahoe Comprehensive Financial Policies in July 2005. Each year the policies are reviewed, and necessary amendments, or new policies are presented to the City Council for adoption.

Issue and Discussion: The following policy amendments and additions are recommended:
 Local Training and Meeting Policy: The proposed policy update clarifies the current mileage rates and requirements for using a personal vehicle for city business. It also includes the updated Cal Card Monthly Purchase Report.
 Procurement Policies and Procedures: Amendments to this policy include the addition of language to ensure the vast majority of IT equipment and all software and software subscriptions are purchased by the IT Department, Cyber Liability Coverage requirements in the Professional Services Agreement, proper accounting for local vendor master account purchases, updated requirements for purchases with Federal funds, updates to the procurement templates, and clarified procedures for informal solicitations and consultant invoices.
 Grant Funding and Compliance Policy: The proposed policy updates include revisions to Suspension and Debarment requirements for contracts utilizing federal funds, additional information on internal controls, increased capital expenditure and audit thresholds in accordance with changes to CFR §200.313 and §200.439 effective October 1, 2024, and a reiteration of the importance of budget appropriation and grant accounting for grant funds.  Travel Policy: Proposed amendments to this policy include updates to the current mileage rate, clarifications for per diem meal advances and using a personal vehicle for travel, and restrictions on the use of petty cash for any travel-related expenses.  Cal Card User Handbook: Updates include changes to ensure that the majority of IT equipment and any software or software subscriptions are purchased solely by the IT Department, prohibiting these purchases by other departments. The updates also include 37 Council Agenda Report- August 13, 2024 Page 2 of 2
an updated Monthly Bank Card Purchase Report and clarification of disciplinary actions for improper use.
 Preserving Capital Investments Policy: Amendments to this policy include increased capital expenditure thresholds in accordance with changes to CFR §200.313 and §200.439 effective October 1, 2024 and remove outdated language regarding leases due to changes in accounting and reporting rules.
 Financial Reporting Policy: Amendments to this policy remove outdated language concerning the name and acronym change of the annual comprehensive financial report.

Financial Implications: Financial Policies that are up to date with current laws, governmental accounting standards and compliance are essential to the prudent financial management of the City’s assets and resources.

Environmental Considerations: These policy additions and amendments are not a “project” subject to review under CEQA Guidelines Section 15378(b)(2) (continuing administrative or maintenance activities, such as general policy and procedure making).

Policy Implications: The overall impact of financial policies is to strengthen and preserve the City’s financial position and fiscal health as well as maintain the highest level of ethics in the stewardship of public funds.
38 Resolution 2024-XXX August 13, 2024 Page 1 of 1
Resolution 2024-XXX
Adopted by the City of South Lake Tahoe
City Council
August 13, 2024
Approving Financial Policy Amendments Regarding Local Training & Meeting, Procurement, Grant Funding and Compliance, Travel, CAL-Card User Handbook, Preserving Capital Investments, and Financial Reporting

BACKGROUND
A. The City of South Lake Tahoe City Council approves and adopts Financial Policies to support the City’s financial operations and ensure its fiscal health; and B. Financial Policies require amendments from time to time to ensure compliance with the requirements set forth in Federal and State law; Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) and City Code; and
C. Amendments to the Local Training & Meeting Policy, Procurement Policy, Grant Funding and Compliance Policy, Travel Policy, CAL-Card User Handbook, Preserving Capital Investments Policy, and Financial Reporting Policy have been presented to the City Council for review and described in the staff report; and
BASED ON THE FACTS SET FORTH IN THE BACKGROUND, BE IT RESOLVED that the City Council of the City of South Lake Tahoe:

1. Approves the amendments and updates as described in the Financial Policies- Local Training and Meeting (attached hereto as Exhibit A), Procurement Policies and Procedures (attached hereto as Exhibit B), Grant Funding and Compliance (attached hereto as Exhibit C), Travel (attached hereto as Exhibit D), CAL-Card User Handbook (attached hereto as Exhibit E), Preserving Capital Investments (attached hereto as Exhibit F), and Financial Reporting (attached hereto as Exhibit G); and
Adopted by the City of South Lake Tahoe City Council on August 13, 2024 by the following vote:

Yes:

No:

Abstain:

Absent:
________________________ Date: _________
Cody Bass, Mayor
Attest:
________________________
Susan Blankenship, City Clerk
The presence of electronic signature certifies that the foregoing is a true and correct copy as approved by the South Lake Tahoe City Council.
39 City of SLT Financial Policies – Local Training 1 September 2023August 2024

FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT

LOCAL TRAINING AND MEETING POLICY
These guidelines establish the basic policies and procedures for local travel, training, and meeting expenses required for City business; NOT requiring an overnight stay. All City employees and City officials utilizing public resources for City business purposes are responsible for knowing and following this policy.

Table of Contents
This Policy is organized into the following seven sections:

1. General Standards .................................................................................................................................... 2

2. Delegation of Authority ........................................................................................................................... 2

3. One Day Travel ......................................................................................................................................... 3

3.1 Local Meeting and Training .............................................................................................................. 3

3.2 Transportation Costs .......................................................................................................................... 3

3.3 Local Travel Meals ............................................................................................................................. 4

4. Local Business and Meeting .................................................................................................................... 4 * Meal Exceptions ................................................................................................................................ 4

4.1 Special Events ...................................................................................................................................... 5

4.2 Staff Meetings ...................................................................................................................................... 5

4.3 Interagency Business Meetings and Training .................................................................................. 6

4.4 Unallowable Business Expenses ......................................................................................................... 7

4.5 Current Per Diem Rates ..................................................................................................................... 7

5. Accounting for Expenses .......................................................................................................................7-8 * Missing or Lost Receipts .................................................................................................................. 8

5.1 Falsification of Expenses .................................................................................................................8-9

6. Forms and Publications............................................................................................................................. 9

6.1 IRS Publications and CA Gov’t Code ............................................................................................... 9 Payment Request Form ................................................................................................................... 10 Emergency Meal Approval Form ................................................................................................... 11 Monthly Cal Card Purchase Report .............................................................................................. 12 40 City of SLT Financial Policies – Local Training 2 September 2023August 2024

1. GENERAL STANDARDS:

The purpose of this policy is to provide guidance on the reimbursement of Local Travel, Training, Meeting, and/or Business Expenses incurred on official business within the local area of an employee’s official worksite, or for travel not requiring an overnight stay. These include necessary and reasonable expenses as defined under Section 162 of the Internal Revenue Code for purposes of Federal and State Income Tax Laws.

This policy covers local business expenses and transportation. It does not cover business trips where there is an overnight stay involved. This is addressed in the Travel Policy. “Local travel” means travel necessary to conduct official business and is performed by the most direct route within and adjacent to an employee’s official worksite which does not require an overnight stay. This is considered “one-day” travel.

Adoption and Implementation: The City Council is responsible for adopting the City's Local Travel, Training, and Meeting Policy and for approving any significant policy revisions. The City Manager, or his/her designee, is responsible for developing administrative procedures to implement this policy. In this role, the City Manager is authorized to make minor administrative changes in the guidelines without significant policy impacts.

Public Records Requirement: All documents related to reimbursable City expenditures are public records and may be subject to disclosure under the California Public Records Act (Government Code §6250-6270).

General Policy: Public funds should be used only for activities related to the City’s primary mission of providing quality public service. Public funds should not be used for purposes that are personal in nature or that do not have a clear business purpose.

2. DELEGATION OF AUTHORITY:

The Authorized Signor is accountable for determining the use of public funds to be reasonable and justified by the purpose of the one-day travel, meeting, training or conference and responsible to review and approve Reimbursement Request Forms, Cal-Card Statements, as well as understanding the requirements of this policy.

Finance Director approves for: City Manager
City Manager approves for: Direct Report Employees, Department Heads, & City Clerk/Elected Officials
Department Heads approve for: Division Managers, City Employees Division Managers approve for: Direct Report Employees
41 City of SLT Financial Policies – Local Training 3 September 2023August 2024

3. ONE-DAY TRAVEL:

All employees must receive permission for local travel and/ or training from their Department/Division Head prior to scheduling time away from their normal worksite.

3.1. LOCAL MEETING AND TRAINING COSTS
The City will direct pay or reimburse expenses incurred when attending meetings, trainings or conferences held locally, subject to the following:
 Registration fees, or other cost of attendance- employees can request direct payment to vendor, use a Cal Card, or be reimbursed upon completion.  Department/Division Head should ensure there is enough budget in the appropriate expense line item to cover the costs.
 A Payment Request Form with all substantiated receipts must be submitted.  If a Cal Card is used as payment, a Monthly Cal Card Purchase Report must be used with description/explanation of expenses and itemized receipts attached.

3.2. TRANSPORTATION COSTS
The most cost-effective means of transportation should be used while on City business. Staff is encouraged to use a City Vehicle for local travel.
 City Vehicle - If a City vehicle is used, employees are encouraged to obtain fuel at the Corporation Yard. If this option is unavailable, gas will be reimbursed with receipt upon return.
 Personal Vehicle: The employee will be reimbursed for mileage in accordance with current federal mileage rates. When an employee travels from home directly to a business-related event, the reimbursement shall include only those miles from the employees’ normal place of work on that day. To drive a privately-owned vehicle on City business, employees are required to:

1. Possess a valid license to drive in California or Nevada.

2. Carry liability insurance limits required by Risk ManagementHuman Resources with the City named as additional insured.

3. Realize that any damage to the car or needed service/repair occurring on the trip will be the employees responsibility as these costs are included in the City's per mile cost reimbursement.
 Vehicle Allowance: Employees receiving a Vehicle Allowance are not eligible for mileage reimbursement or use of a City car for travel to locations that are less than 60 miles from their destination.
 Parking will be reimbursed at the lowest rate available. Receipts for parking, should accompany all reimbursement claims.
42 City of SLT Financial Policies – Local Training 4 September 2023August 2024

3.3. LOCAL TRAVEL MEALS
Per IRC §162(a)(2) IRS Publication 15:

Meals Away From Tax Home But Not Overnight are taxable as wages to the employee because travel must be away from the home work-site overnight to be excludable.

Example: An employee is required to work off-site for the day but not overnight; these meals would be considered taxable as wages.
 City employees shall be expected to provide their own meals and refreshments while working offsite or attending meetings, trainings, and conferences for which no overnight travel is required. One day travel meals will not be reimbursed.

CAL-Cards or Petty Cash cannot be used for meal costs.

4. LOCAL TRAINING , BUSINESS AND MEETING EXPENSES:

This section defines the circumstances under which a staff member or elected official can be reimbursed for business or meeting expenses not related to local or overnight travel, incurred on behalf of official business for the City of South Lake Tahoe.

Please note: Procurement cards (CAL-Card), or Petty Cash, cannot be used as payment for meals. Please see Section 8 (Restricted and prohibited purchases) of the Cal-Card User Handbook or refer to Financial Policies-Cash, for disbursement of Petty Cash requirements.

The ONLY CAL-Card exceptions are the following:
1) Meals provided on City premises to City Council and required staff during official City Council or other legislative meetings requiring officials to remain on-site throughout a meal period.
2) De Minimis (Light) snacks and refreshments for on-site trainings, meetings, or interview panels held on City premises. For example (coffee, juice, snacks) 3) Meals for employees required to perform their job duties in excess of 12 hours providing direct benefit to the City, in Emergency operations or protection of human life or property. The Finance Director and the City Manager may authorize Cal-Card payment, reimbursement or Per Diem expenses for employees in this circumstance (Federal OAS 5770.1). The City Manager, and Finance Director must approve the “Emergency Service Meal Approval Form” to incur this type of expense, along with documentation and receipts as required in this policy.
43 City of SLT Financial Policies – Local Training 5 September 2023August 2024

4.1 SPECIAL EVENTS
The City will reimburse expenses incurred for such meetings and hospitality as determined by the City Council to be appropriate. Costs for such special occasions will be determined by specific Council action authorizing such events (ex: July 4th Parade, Business Expo., etc.) Employee Appreciation – Occasional parties, picnics, events, or meals to promote goodwill is allowable via direct payment or reimbursement, subject to available budget, Finance Director authorization, and the following criteria:
 The offer is extended to all employees/guests in the Department/ Division requesting the event.
 Authorized Payment Request form and all substantiated receipts must be submitted for reimbursement detailing date, time, location, reason for celebration, number of employees and meals provided.
 Cost must not exceed current Per Diem Rates for meal provided, per attendee.  Alcohol is not an allowable city expense and will not be reimbursed or paid for with City funds.

4.2 STAFF MEETINGS
On-Site Staff Meetings- De Minimis (light) meals and refreshments may be reimbursed for staff meetings held on City premises. For example (coffee, soft drinks, doughnuts, snacks) Off-Site Staff Meetings – On Occasion (not more than 3 times/year), Department Heads may find it beneficial to schedule off-site working meals to facilitate project planning or staff meetings. In such cases, it shall be at the discretion of the Finance Director and/or City Manager to use City funds to conduct business in this manner with available department budget per the following conditions:
 Meals must not exceed current Federal Per Diem rates per person.  Meals must be provided to more than half (50%) of the Department and attended by the staff member conducting the meeting.
 Meals will NOT be reimbursed for a meeting solely between employees (must be 50% or more of departmental staff in attendance).
 Substantiated receipts and all other expenses associated with this meeting must be attached to a detailed Payment Request form signed by the Finance Director and include the following information:
1) date, time and location of the meeting
2) describe the need/purpose for the off-site meeting
3) reason the meal had to be served during the meeting
4) names of staff members present
44 City of SLT Financial Policies – Local Training 6 September 2023August 2024

4.3 INTERAGENCY BUSINESS MEETINGS AND TRAINING
On-Site Business Meetings/ Training: The city will pay for certain costs associated with an employee or City Official to attend or host a business meeting, training, or conference held on City premises, subject to the following:
 Printed materials, general office supplies, required training materials and supplies.  De Minimis (light) snacks and refreshments (coffee, soft drinks, doughnuts, snacks).

Off-Site Business/ Interagency Meeting: Public funds should only be used for business activities related to the City’s primary mission of providing quality public service. Public funds should not be used for purposes that are personal in nature or that do not have a clear business purpose. In general, the use of public funds for business meeting meals should be kept to a minimum.
“Off-Site” includes any facility, restaurant, food and beverage establishment, conference room, or location in lieu of a City owned facility.
“Interagency Meetings” are beneficial meetings used to discuss items of mutual interest between agencies, to promote cooperative efforts that not only benefit the agencies involved but the City as a whole.
 Cost of renting conference or meeting space while hosting a local meeting or training is allowable with Department Head approval and reasonable explanation as to why off-site accommodations are necessary.
 Employees may be reimbursed for “off-site” interagency business meeting meals when all the following criteria is met (Cal Card is prohibited):

1. The main purpose of the combined business and meal is directly related to the active conduct of business regarding the City of South Lake Tahoe and business is conducted throughout the meal period.

2. Reimbursement is only for the meal cost for city employees at the meeting. The City cannot pay for meals for outside agency employees, consultants, contractors, or any other attendee.

3. It is justified that it was not practical or reasonable to schedule the meeting at a time other than a mealtime.

4. Meals will only be reimbursed at the current Federal Per Diem Rate for the meal time the expense was incurred. Employee will be responsible for costs above the Per Diem Rate.

5. Itemized receipts and documentation (agenda, minutes, event brochures etc.) must be submitted with a Reimbursement Request Form signed by the Finance Director along with the following information:
45 City of SLT Financial Policies – Local Training 7 September 2023August 2024
a) date, time, location, names of those present at the meeting b) describe the need/purpose for the off-site meeting
c) reason the meal had to be served during the meeting
 Elected City Officials attending “off-site” business meetings, or events at the expense of the City, are subject to the requirements in California Government Code Article 2.3 Section 53232.3 and must adhere to the following:

1. Members of a legislative body shall provide brief reports on meetings attended at the expense of the local agency at the next regular meeting of the legislative body.

2. Members of a legislative body requesting reimbursement for actual and necessary expenses incurred in the performance of official duties, must submit a detailed Reimbursement Request form subject to the requirements and documentation noted above.

4.4 UNALLOWABLE BUSINESS EXPENSES
 Expenses personal in nature, not related to conducting business for the City of South Lake Tahoe.
 Purchasing meals or entertainment for Vendors, Consultants, Suppliers, or Service Providers.
 Alcoholic Beverages
 Entertainment Expenses
 Meals purchased with a Cal Card is prohibited (see above for exceptions).  Unauthorized expenses or those not documented on an approved Payment Request Form.

4.5 CURRENT PER DIEM RATES
Current Per Diem rates in 20243 are as follows:

Breakfast: $17.00
Lunch: $18.00
Dinner: $34.00
Mileage: 6 7 65.5 cents per mile
** rates subject to change per Federal Government General Services Administration (GSA) www.gsa.gov/perdiem

5. ACCOUNTING FOR EXPENSES:

Upon return from official function, a final accounting of all expenses must be approved by your approving official and submitted to Accounts Payable within ten working days.

A detailed Reimbursement Request Form with substantiated receipts and/or mileage documentation is required in all cases. Expenses paid with a Cal Card must be detailed on the Monthly Bank Card Purchase Report with itemized receipts attached. 46 City of SLT Financial Policies – Local Training 8 September 2023August 2024
Per IRS Section 15; to be excluded from taxable wages, your Payment Request Form or Cal Card Purchase Report must include the following:
 The business purpose of the meeting, training, or conference (where applicable; attach meeting agenda, training registration, conference invitation etc.).  The date, time, and location.
 Receipts for registration, parking, and applicable meal expenses.  Mileage documentation or gas receipts.
 All other required documentation outlined in this policy.  Submit detailed Payment Request Form to Accounts Payable signed by authorized signor within 10 days of Meeting or Event when requesting reimbursement and/or;  Submit detailed Monthly Bank Card Purchase Report with Cal Card Statement for allowable expenses paid with a Cal Card.

Authorized Signor approving expense reports are responsible to ensure:
 All expenses are reasonable, necessary, and consistent with this policy.  All required itemized receipts are attached.
 The final reconciliation is correct (balance due employee; balance due City).  Amounts due to the City are reimbursed within 10 days.  Final accounting on appropriate form is submitted to Finance.  Missing or Lost Receipts: Reimbursement of expenses without receipts becomes taxable income. Therefore, the city will not reimburse employees without receipts. In the event receipts are not available, provide a written explanation to your Department Head, include a full description of the cost of expenses and reason the receipts are missing. IRS requires all the information as noted above as well as the name of the establishment, the date of service, description of items/meals/service purchased, amount paid, include tax if applicable. If a personal credit card or debit card was used, provide a copy of the bank transaction. This written explanation must be approved by the Department Head and submitted to the Finance Director for approval. Once approved, submit this documentation with the Reimbursement Request form to Accounts Payable. The City reserves the right to require additional approval of the City Manager, where necessary or deny the reimbursement.

Failure to provide the required documentation on the appropriate authorized forms, necessitates the payments be taxable to the employee; therefore, the city will NOT reimburse any expenses without submittal of documentation in accordance with this policy.

5.1 FALSIFICATION OF EXPENSES
California Government Code
53232.4 Penalties for misuse of public resources or falsifying expense reports in violation of expense reporting polices may include, but are not limited to, the following:
(a) The loss of reimbursement privileges.
(b) Restitution to the local agency.
47 City of SLT Financial Policies – Local Training 9 September 2023August 2024
(c) Civil penalties for misuse of public resources pursuant to Section 8314. (d) Prosecution for misuse of public resources, pursuant to Section 424 of the Penal Code.

The City of South Lake Tahoe reserves the right to deny reimbursement of expenses that are considered lavish, extravagant, or are unsupported by required documentation. Unusual expenses incurred due to special circumstances may be approved by the City Manager, if those expenses do not violate Federal or State requirements and when in the City Manager’s judgment, such expenses are justified. These expenses must be submitted on a detailed Reimbursement Request Form supported by documentation and written explanation of circumstances, signed by Department Head, Finance Director and City Manager.

6. FORMS AND PUBLICATIONS:

The following forms are required when requesting reimbursement of expenses or when using a Cal Card.
 Payment Request Form
 Monthly Bank Card Purchasing Report (Cal Card)

6.1 INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE (IRS)/ CA Gov’t Code
For additional information or clarification, refer to the following IRS publications.  IRS Publication 15-B, Employers Tax Guide to Fringe Benefits for tax reporting requirement
 IRS Publication 463, Travel, Entertainment, Gift and Car Expenses  IRS Publication 5318, Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, tax reform 2017  California Code, Government Code AB1234– Gov §53232.3, §53232.4 48 City of SLT Financial Policies – Local Training 10 September 2023August 2024

PAYMENT REQUEST
Vendor#
Date Prepared: Comments/Notes:

Pay To:

Due Date:

ACCOUNT
NUMBER

DESCRIPTION
PO
NUMBER

INVOICE
DATE

INVOICE
NUMBER

TOTAL PER

ACCOUNT

INVOICE

TOTAL PAYMENT: $
APPROVED:

APPROVED: Budget Available:

APPROVED: Reimbursable:

Project/ Funding Source:

Project/ Funding Source:
49 City of SLT Financial Policies – Local Training 11 September 2023August 2024
50 City of SLT Financial Policies – Local Training 12 August 20243 Name:

Dept / Div:

MONTHLY CALCARD PURCHASE REPORT
Card #:

Statement Date:

ATTACHMENT # DATE RECEIPT /
INVOICE #

VENDOR'S
NAME

DESCRIPTION OF

PURCHASE
ACCOUNT # TO BE

CHARGED
$ AMOUNT
OF

PURCHASE
(from
statement)

USE TAX

7.75% (if
tax was not
included by
vendor)
$ AMOUNT
OF

PURCHASE
(including Use
Tax)
√ DISPUTED
ITEM
1 $ -
2 $ -
3 $ -
4 $ -
5 $ -
6 $ -
7 $ -
8 $ -
9 $ -
10 $ -
11 $ -
12 $ -
$ - $ - $ -
Cardholder signature: Date:

Approving official signature: Date:

I certify that all purchases listed on this statement, unless noted in the "√ Disputed Item" column, are true and correct and were made for official City of South Lake Tahoe use. All goods or services have been received & payment is authorized. I.M.P.A.C. has been notified of all disputed items and a copy of the Cardholder Statement of Questioned Items is attached. *####
51 City of SLT Financial Policies – Local Training 13 August 20243 Name: Card #:

Dept / Div: Statement Date:

KEY CODE
(e.g. 10099999)

OBJECT CODE
(e.g. 45010)
1 2
3 4
5 6
7 8
9 10
11 12
$ - $ - Cardholder signature: Date:

Approving official signature: Date:
ver. 20240710
BUDGET ACCOUNT NUMBER $ AMOUNT
OF

PURCHASE
(from statement)

USE TAX

8.75% (if tax
was not
included by
vendor)
√ DISPUTED
ITEM
*ENTER LAST 4 DIGITS
I certify that all purchases listed on this statement, unless noted in the "√ Disputed Item" column, are true and correct and were made for official City of South Lake Tahoe use. All goods or services have been received & payment is authorized. I.M.P.A.C. has been notified of all disputed items and a copy of the Cardholder Statement of Questioned Items is attached.

ATTACHMENT # DATE RECEIPT /
INVOICE #

VENDOR'S

NAME DESCRIPTION OF PURCHASE
52 City of SLT Financial Policies – Local Training 1 August 2024

FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT

LOCAL TRAINING AND MEETING POLICY
These guidelines establish the basic policies and procedures for local travel, training, and meeting expenses required for City business; NOT requiring an overnight stay. All City employees and City officials utilizing public resources for City business purposes are responsible for knowing and following this policy.

Table of Contents
This Policy is organized into the following seven sections:

1. General Standards .................................................................................................................................... 2

2. Delegation of Authority ........................................................................................................................... 2

3. One Day Travel ......................................................................................................................................... 3

3.1 Local Meeting and Training .............................................................................................................. 3

3.2 Transportation Costs .......................................................................................................................... 3

3.3 Local Travel Meals ............................................................................................................................. 4

4. Local Business and Meeting .................................................................................................................... 4 * Meal Exceptions ................................................................................................................................ 4

4.1 Special Events ...................................................................................................................................... 5

4.2 Staff Meetings ...................................................................................................................................... 5

4.3 Interagency Business Meetings and Training .................................................................................. 6

4.4 Unallowable Business Expenses ......................................................................................................... 7

4.5 Current Per Diem Rates ..................................................................................................................... 7

5. Accounting for Expenses .......................................................................................................................7-8 * Missing or Lost Receipts .................................................................................................................. 8

5.1 Falsification of Expenses .................................................................................................................8-9

6. Forms and Publications............................................................................................................................. 9

6.1 IRS Publications and CA Gov’t Code ............................................................................................... 9 Payment Request Form ................................................................................................................... 10 Emergency Meal Approval Form ................................................................................................... 11 Monthly Cal Card Purchase Report .............................................................................................. 12 53 City of SLT Financial Policies – Local Training 2 August 2024

1. GENERAL STANDARDS:

The purpose of this policy is to provide guidance on the reimbursement of Local Travel, Training, Meeting, and/or Business Expenses incurred on official business within the local area of an employee’s official worksite, or for travel not requiring an overnight stay. These include necessary and reasonable expenses as defined under Section 162 of the Internal Revenue Code for purposes of Federal and State Income Tax Laws.

This policy covers local business expenses and transportation. It does not cover business trips where there is an overnight stay involved. This is addressed in the Travel Policy. “Local travel” means travel necessary to conduct official business and is performed by the most direct route within and adjacent to an employee’s official worksite which does not require an overnight stay. This is considered “one-day” travel.

Adoption and Implementation: The City Council is responsible for adopting the City's Local Travel, Training, and Meeting Policy and for approving any significant policy revisions. The City Manager, or his/her designee, is responsible for developing administrative procedures to implement this policy. In this role, the City Manager is authorized to make minor administrative changes in the guidelines without significant policy impacts.

Public Records Requirement: All documents related to reimbursable City expenditures are public records and may be subject to disclosure under the California Public Records Act (Government Code §6250-6270).

General Policy: Public funds should be used only for activities related to the City’s primary mission of providing quality public service. Public funds should not be used for purposes that are personal in nature or that do not have a clear business purpose.

2. DELEGATION OF AUTHORITY:

The Authorized Signor is accountable for determining the use of public funds to be reasonable and justified by the purpose of the one-day travel, meeting, training or conference and responsible to review and approve Reimbursement Request Forms, Cal-Card Statements, as well as understanding the requirements of this policy.

Finance Director approves for: City Manager
City Manager approves for: Direct Report Employees, Department Heads, & City Clerk/Elected Officials
Department Heads approve for: Division Managers, City Employees Division Managers approve for: Direct Report Employees
54 City of SLT Financial Policies – Local Training 3 August 2024

3. ONE-DAY TRAVEL:

All employees must receive permission for local travel and/ or training from their Department/Division Head prior to scheduling time away from their normal worksite.

3.1. LOCAL MEETING AND TRAINING COSTS
The City will direct pay or reimburse expenses incurred when attending meetings, trainings or conferences held locally, subject to the following:
 Registration fees, or other cost of attendance- employees can request direct payment to vendor, use a Cal Card, or be reimbursed upon completion.  Department/Division Head should ensure there is enough budget in the appropriate expense line item to cover the costs.
 A Payment Request Form with all substantiated receipts must be submitted.  If a Cal Card is used as payment, a Monthly Cal Card Purchase Report must be used with description/explanation of expenses and itemized receipts attached.

3.2. TRANSPORTATION COSTS
The most cost-effective means of transportation should be used while on City business. Staff is encouraged to use a City Vehicle for local travel.
 City Vehicle - If a City vehicle is used, employees are encouraged to obtain fuel at the Corporation Yard. If this option is unavailable, gas will be reimbursed with receipt upon return.
 Personal Vehicle: The employee will be reimbursed for mileage in accordance with current federal mileage rates. When an employee travels from home directly to a business-related event, the reimbursement shall include only those miles from the employees’ normal place of work on that day. To drive a privately-owned vehicle on City business, employees are required to:

1. Possess a valid license to drive in California or Nevada.

2. Carry liability insurance limits required by Risk Management with the City named as additional insured.

3. Realize that any damage to the car or needed service/repair occurring on the trip will be the employees responsibility as these costs are included in the City's per mile cost reimbursement.
 Vehicle Allowance: Employees receiving a Vehicle Allowance are not eligible for mileage reimbursement or use of a City car for travel to locations that are less than 60 miles from their destination.
 Parking will be reimbursed at the lowest rate available. Receipts for parking, should accompany all reimbursement claims.
55 City of SLT Financial Policies – Local Training 4 August 2024

3.3. LOCAL TRAVEL MEALS
Per IRC §162(a)(2) IRS Publication 15:

Meals Away From Tax Home But Not Overnight are taxable as wages to the employee because travel must be away from the home work-site overnight to be excludable.

Example: An employee is required to work off-site for the day but not overnight; these meals would be considered taxable as wages.
 City employees shall be expected to provide their own meals and refreshments while working offsite or attending meetings, trainings, and conferences for which no overnight travel is required. One day travel meals will not be reimbursed.

CAL-Cards or Petty Cash cannot be used for meal costs.

4. LOCAL TRAINING , BUSINESS AND MEETING EXPENSES:

This section defines the circumstances under which a staff member or elected official can be reimbursed for business or meeting expenses not related to local or overnight travel, incurred on behalf of official business for the City of South Lake Tahoe.

Please note: Procurement cards (CAL-Card), or Petty Cash, cannot be used as payment for meals. Please see Section 8 (Restricted and prohibited purchases) of the Cal-Card User Handbook or refer to Financial Policies-Cash, for disbursement of Petty Cash requirements.

The ONLY CAL-Card exceptions are the following:
1) Meals provided on City premises to City Council and required staff during official City Council or other legislative meetings requiring officials to remain on-site throughout a meal period.
2) De Minimis (Light) snacks and refreshments for on-site trainings, meetings, or interview panels held on City premises. For example (coffee, juice, snacks) 3) Meals for employees required to perform their job duties in excess of 12 hours providing direct benefit to the City, in Emergency operations or protection of human life or property. The Finance Director and the City Manager may authorize Cal-Card payment, reimbursement or Per Diem expenses for employees in this circumstance (Federal OAS 5770.1). The City Manager, and Finance Director must approve the “Emergency Service Meal Approval Form” to incur this type of expense, along with documentation and receipts as required in this policy.
56 City of SLT Financial Policies – Local Training 5 August 2024

4.1 SPECIAL EVENTS
The City will reimburse expenses incurred for such meetings and hospitality as determined by the City Council to be appropriate. Costs for such special occasions will be determined by specific Council action authorizing such events (ex: July 4th Parade, Business Expo., etc.) Employee Appreciation – Occasional parties, picnics, events, or meals to promote goodwill is allowable via direct payment or reimbursement, subject to available budget, Finance Director authorization, and the following criteria:
 The offer is extended to all employees/guests in the Department/ Division requesting the event.
 Authorized Payment Request form and all substantiated receipts must be submitted for reimbursement detailing date, time, location, reason for celebration, number of employees and meals provided.
 Cost must not exceed current Per Diem Rates for meal provided, per attendee.  Alcohol is not an allowable city expense and will not be reimbursed or paid for with City funds.

4.2 STAFF MEETINGS
On-Site Staff Meetings- De Minimis (light) meals and refreshments may be reimbursed for staff meetings held on City premises. For example (coffee, soft drinks, doughnuts, snacks) Off-Site Staff Meetings – On Occasion (not more than 3 times/year), Department Heads may find it beneficial to schedule off-site working meals to facilitate project planning or staff meetings. In such cases, it shall be at the discretion of the Finance Director and/or City Manager to use City funds to conduct business in this manner with available department budget per the following conditions:
 Meals must not exceed current Federal Per Diem rates per person.  Meals must be provided to more than half (50%) of the Department and attended by the staff member conducting the meeting.
 Meals will NOT be reimbursed for a meeting solely between employees (must be 50% or more of departmental staff in attendance).
 Substantiated receipts and all other expenses associated with this meeting must be attached to a detailed Payment Request form signed by the Finance Director and include the following information:
1) date, time and location of the meeting
2) describe the need/purpose for the off-site meeting
3) reason the meal had to be served during the meeting
4) names of staff members present
57 City of SLT Financial Policies – Local Training 6 August 2024

4.3 INTERAGENCY BUSINESS MEETINGS AND TRAINING
On-Site Business Meetings/ Training: The city will pay for certain costs associated with an employee or City Official to attend or host a business meeting, training, or conference held on City premises, subject to the following:
 Printed materials, general office supplies, required training materials and supplies.  De Minimis (light) snacks and refreshments (coffee, soft drinks, doughnuts, snacks).

Off-Site Business/ Interagency Meeting: Public funds should only be used for business activities related to the City’s primary mission of providing quality public service. Public funds should not be used for purposes that are personal in nature or that do not have a clear business purpose. In general, the use of public funds for business meeting meals should be kept to a minimum.
“Off-Site” includes any facility, restaurant, food and beverage establishment, conference room, or location in lieu of a City owned facility.
“Interagency Meetings” are beneficial meetings used to discuss items of mutual interest between agencies, to promote cooperative efforts that not only benefit the agencies involved but the City as a whole.
 Cost of renting conference or meeting space while hosting a local meeting or training is allowable with Department Head approval and reasonable explanation as to why off-site accommodations are necessary.
 Employees may be reimbursed for “off-site” interagency business meeting meals when all the following criteria is met (Cal Card is prohibited):

1. The main purpose of the combined business and meal is directly related to the active conduct of business regarding the City of South Lake Tahoe and business is conducted throughout the meal period.

2. Reimbursement is only for the meal cost for city employees at the meeting. The City cannot pay for meals for outside agency employees, consultants, contractors, or any other attendee.

3. It is justified that it was not practical or reasonable to schedule the meeting at a time other than a mealtime.

4. Meals will only be reimbursed at the current Federal Per Diem Rate for the meal time the expense was incurred. Employee will be responsible for costs above the Per Diem Rate.

5. Itemized receipts and documentation (agenda, minutes, event brochures etc.) must be submitted with a Reimbursement Request Form signed by the Finance Director along with the following information:
58 City of SLT Financial Policies – Local Training 7 August 2024 a) date, time, location, names of those present at the meeting b) describe the need/purpose for the off-site meeting
c) reason the meal had to be served during the meeting
 Elected City Officials attending “off-site” business meetings, or events at the expense of the City, are subject to the requirements in California Government Code Article 2.3 Section 53232.3 and must adhere to the following:

1. Members of a legislative body shall provide brief reports on meetings attended at the expense of the local agency at the next regular meeting of the legislative body.

2. Members of a legislative body requesting reimbursement for actual and necessary expenses incurred in the performance of official duties, must submit a detailed Reimbursement Request form subject to the requirements and documentation noted above.

4.4 UNALLOWABLE BUSINESS EXPENSES
 Expenses personal in nature, not related to conducting business for the City of South Lake Tahoe.
 Purchasing meals or entertainment for Vendors, Consultants, Suppliers, or Service Providers.
 Alcoholic Beverages
 Entertainment Expenses
 Meals purchased with a Cal Card is prohibited (see above for exceptions).  Unauthorized expenses or those not documented on an approved Payment Request Form.

4.5 CURRENT PER DIEM RATES
Current Per Diem rates in 2024 are as follows:

Breakfast: $17.00
Lunch: $18.00
Dinner: $34.00
Mileage: 6 7 cents per mile
** rates subject to change per Federal Government General Services Administration (GSA) www.gsa.gov/perdiem

5. ACCOUNTING FOR EXPENSES:

Upon return from official function, a final accounting of all expenses must be approved by your approving official and submitted to Accounts Payable within ten working days.

A detailed Reimbursement Request Form with substantiated receipts and/or mileage documentation is required in all cases. Expenses paid with a Cal Card must be detailed on the Monthly Bank Card Purchase Report with itemized receipts attached. 59 City of SLT Financial Policies – Local Training 8 August 2024 Per IRS Section 15; to be excluded from taxable wages, your Payment Request Form or Cal Card Purchase Report must include the following:
 The business purpose of the meeting, training, or conference (where applicable; attach meeting agenda, training registration, conference invitation etc.).  The date, time, and location.
 Receipts for registration, parking, and applicable meal expenses.  Mileage documentation or gas receipts.
 All other required documentation outlined in this policy.  Submit detailed Payment Request Form to Accounts Payable signed by authorized signor within 10 days of Meeting or Event when requesting reimbursement and/or;  Submit detailed Monthly Bank Card Purchase Report with Cal Card Statement for allowable expenses paid with a Cal Card.

Authorized Signor approving expense reports are responsible to ensure:
 All expenses are reasonable, necessary, and consistent with this policy.  All required itemized receipts are attached.
 The final reconciliation is correct (balance due employee; balance due City).  Amounts due to the City are reimbursed within 10 days.  Final accounting on appropriate form is submitted to Finance.  Missing or Lost Receipts: Reimbursement of expenses without receipts becomes taxable income. Therefore, the city will not reimburse employees without receipts. In the event receipts are not available, provide a written explanation to your Department Head, include a full description of the cost of expenses and reason the receipts are missing. IRS requires all the information as noted above as well as the name of the establishment, the date of service, description of items/meals/service purchased, amount paid, include tax if applicable. If a personal credit card or debit card was used, provide a copy of the bank transaction. This written explanation must be approved by the Department Head and submitted to the Finance Director for approval. Once approved, submit this documentation with the Reimbursement Request form to Accounts Payable. The City reserves the right to require additional approval of the City Manager, where necessary or deny the reimbursement.

Failure to provide the required documentation on the appropriate authorized forms, necessitates the payments be taxable to the employee; therefore, the city will NOT reimburse any expenses without submittal of documentation in accordance with this policy.

5.1 FALSIFICATION OF EXPENSES
California Government Code
53232.4 Penalties for misuse of public resources or falsifying expense reports in violation of expense reporting polices may include, but are not limited to, the following:
(a) The loss of reimbursement privileges.
(b) Restitution to the local agency.
60 City of SLT Financial Policies – Local Training 9 August 2024 (c) Civil penalties for misuse of public resources pursuant to Section 8314. (d) Prosecution for misuse of public resources, pursuant to Section 424 of the Penal Code.

The City of South Lake Tahoe reserves the right to deny reimbursement of expenses that are considered lavish, extravagant, or are unsupported by required documentation. Unusual expenses incurred due to special circumstances may be approved by the City Manager, if those expenses do not violate Federal or State requirements and when in the City Manager’s judgment, such expenses are justified. These expenses must be submitted on a detailed Reimbursement Request Form supported by documentation and written explanation of circumstances, signed by Department Head, Finance Director and City Manager.

6. FORMS AND PUBLICATIONS:

The following forms are required when requesting reimbursement of expenses or when using a Cal Card.
 Payment Request Form
 Monthly Bank Card Purchasing Report (Cal Card)

6.1 INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE (IRS)/ CA Gov’t Code
For additional information or clarification, refer to the following IRS publications.  IRS Publication 15-B, Employers Tax Guide to Fringe Benefits for tax reporting requirement
 IRS Publication 463, Travel, Entertainment, Gift and Car Expenses  IRS Publication 5318, Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, tax reform 2017  California Code, Government Code AB1234– Gov §53232.3, §53232.4 61 City of SLT Financial Policies – Local Training 10 August 2024

PAYMENT REQUEST
Vendor#
Date Prepared: Comments/Notes:

Pay To:

Due Date:

ACCOUNT
NUMBER

DESCRIPTION
PO
NUMBER

INVOICE
DATE

INVOICE
NUMBER

TOTAL PER

ACCOUNT

INVOICE

TOTAL PAYMENT: $
APPROVED:

APPROVED: Budget Available:

APPROVED: Reimbursable:

Project/ Funding Source:

Project/ Funding Source:
62 City of SLT Financial Policies – Local Training 11 August 2024 63 City of SLT Financial Policies – Local Training 12 August 2024 Date:

Name: Card #:

Dept / Div: Statement Date:

KEY CODE
(e.g. 10099999)

OBJECT CODE
(e.g. 45010)
1 2
3 4
5 6
7 8
9 10
11 12
$ - $ - Cardholder signature: Date:

Approving official signature: Date:
ver. 20240710
BUDGET ACCOUNT NUMBER $ AMOUNT
OF

PURCHASE
(from statement)

USE TAX

8.75% (if tax
was not
included by
vendor)
√ DISPUTED
ITEM
*ENTER LAST 4 DIGITS
I certify that all purchases listed on this statement, unless noted in the "√ Disputed Item" column, are true and correct and were made for official City of South Lake Tahoe use. All goods or services have been received & payment is authorized. I.M.P.A.C. has been notified of all disputed items and a copy of the Cardholder Statement of Questioned Items is attached.

ATTACHMENT # DATE RECEIPT /
INVOICE #

VENDOR'S

NAME DESCRIPTION OF PURCHASE
64 Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 1

FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT

PROCUREMENT POLICY
These guidelines establish the basic policies and procedures for the procurement of goods and services in accordance with City Ordinance Adopted and Approved by the City Council August 13, 2024September 12, 2023. Procedures are drafted by the Finance Dept. in coordination with the City Attorney and City Manager’s office. All City employees responsible for the procurement of goods and services while conducting City business are responsible for knowing and following this policy.

Quick Guide to Purchasing
Dollar
limit
For Materials, Supplies, Equipment & Services Forms
Required
Approval
Authority
$0
$9,999
Discretionary purchases: no competitive bid required. Purchase using Cal Card, or vendor invoice- signed, with account number.

ALL services performed by an outside vendor at a city-owned property require a Purchase Order or PSA.

Signed
invoice or email approval
with acct.
number
PO for service
Supervisor/
Designated
Purchaser
$10,000 –
$29,999
Requires 3 informal quotes, cooperative contract, or Sole Source Justification form. Purchase using approved vendor invoice, or PO with budgeted account number.
*ALL services performed by an outside vendor require a
Purchase Order or Professional Services Agreement.
3-Quotes or
Sole Source
form, Co-op
contract#, PO,
or invoice
w/ acct#
Department
Head
$30,000 –
$59,999
Requires 3 informal quotes, co-op contract, or Sole Source Justification form. Provide budgeted account number and proper signing authority.
*ALL services and purchases of goods at this threshold require a PO and/or written contract approved by Dept. Head & City Manager.

All above +
PO, PSA/ or
Purchase
Agreement
Department
Head and
City Manager
$60,000 + Requires Formal Bid process with City Council approval. All services and purchases of goods require a written contract approved by the City Attorney’s office as well as City Council approval.

All above +
- RFP or BID
-Staff report
City Council
Awardinvoices signed
by DH, CM
NOTE: ALL construction, reconstruction, alteration, renovation, improvement, demolition, painting, re-painting and repair work involving ANY publicly owned, leased, or operated facility is considered a Public Project and is subject to the City’s Public Works Code and the Uniform Public Construction Cost Accounting Act.” (City Code SLTCC § 3.45, Article II). Contact the Public Works Department (ext. 6034) for further direction prior to engaging in any of these activities.
65 Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 2 Table of Contents
This Policy is organized into the following five sections:

1. General Standards .............................................................................................................4

1.1 Code of Ethics ................................................................................................................4

1.2 Conflict of Interest .........................................................................................................5

1.3 Public Projects (CUPCCA) ................................................................................................ 5-6

1.4 On-Site Services.............................................................................................................7

1.5 Splitting Purchases .........................................................................................................7

1.6 Sole Source Purchasing .......................................................................................................... 7

1.7 Environmentally Preferable Products ............................................................................8

1.8 SB 1383 Recovered Organic Waste Products ................................................................8

1.9 Cooperative Purchasing .................................................................................................9

1.10 Business License Requirement ....................................................................................9

1.11 Budget Appropriation ..................................................................................................9

1.12 Disposition of Surplus ........................................................................................................ 10

1.13 Information Technology Purchases ………………………………………………10

2. Discretionary Purchases (less than $10,000) .......................................................... 10-11

2.1 Signature Authority ....................................................................................................110

2.2 Local Vendor Master Accounts …………………………………………………….11

2.32 Purchase utilizing Federal Funds/Other Revenue ......................................................11

2.43 Discretionary Process ....................................................................................................... 121

3. Informal Solicitations ($10,000 - $59,999) ............................................................... 11-12

3.1 Signature Authority ....................................................................................................121

3.2 Equipment and Capital Expenditures.........................................................................132

3.3 Informal Bid and Proposal Process .................................................................... 14-1513

3.4 Purchase Orders .........................................................................................................154

3.5 Purchase Agreement ..................................................................................................164 66 Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 3

3.6 Professional Service Agreement ................................................................................164

3.7 Consultant Invoices …………………………………………………………………16

4. Formal Solicitations ($60,000 and above) ........................................................... 174-185

4.1 Signature Authority ....................................................................................................175

4.2 Formal Bidding Process .............................................................................................175 Public Projects .....................................................................................................175 Requests for Proposals (services or consultants) .................................................175 Requests for Qualifications (pre-qualification for consultants) ...........................185 Invitation to Bid (goods, materials equipment) ...................................................185

4.3 Local Business Preference .........................................................................................186

4.4 Bidders Security .........................................................................................................186

4.5 Bid and RFP/RFQ Evaluations ............................................................................ 196-17 Rejections / Tie Bids ............................................................................................197 Less than three Bids/ No Bids Received ............................................................2018 Waiver of Irregularities and Rejection of Bids ..................................................2018

4.6 City Council Staff Recommendations ............................................................... 2118-19 Staff Report / Resolution ...................................................................................2119

4.7 Bid Protests ..............................................................................................................2119

4.8 Maintaining Documentation ....................................................................................2220

5. Forms and Templates ............................................................................................ 241-954 Exhibit A- Payment Request Form ....................................................................2422 Exhibit B – Sole Source Justification ................................................................2624 Exhibit C – Request for Quotes .........................................................................2826 Exhibit D – Contract/Agreement Routing Form ................................................3028 Exhibit E – Bid Evaluation Forms and Scoresheet ...................................... 310-343 Exhibit F – Standard RFP/RFQ Required Template........................................ 34-42 Exhibit G – Standard PSA (Professional Services Agreement)..................... 44-640 Exhibit H – Standard Invitation to Bid ........................................................ 651-730 Exhibit I – Standard Purchasing Agreement (contract for goods) ............... 741-830 67 Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 4 Exhibit J – Bid Rejection Letter.........................................................................8532 Exhibit K – Bid Acceptance Letter ....................................................................8754 Exhibit L – Instructions to Create a PO ................................................... 8865-9754

1. GENERAL STANDARDS:

The City's Purchasing Ordinance (SLTCC § 3.45) and Procurement Policy are in place as guideline to ensure materials and services are purchased in a legal and cost-effective manner.

The purchasing functions are decentralized, with each Department/Division responsible for procuring their own goods, services, and contracts, and maintaining compliance with City policies and procedures. Employees and City Officials are responsible for exercising good judgment in requesting, approving, and procuring goods, services, and contracts on behalf of the City of South Lake Tahoe to provide prudent stewardship of public funds and City resources.

Adoption and Implementation: The City Council is responsible for adopting the City's Purchasing Ordinance and Procurement Policy and approving significant policy revisions. The City Manager, or his/her designee, is responsible for developing administrative procedures to implement this policy. In this role, the City Manager is authorized to make minor administrative changes in the guidelines without significant policy impacts.

Public Records Requirement: All documents related to City procurement are public records and may be subject to disclosure under the California Public Records Act (Government Code §6250- 6270).

1.1 CODE OF ETHICS
Public employees and officials shall act in good faith to perform their duties ensuring fair and equitable treatment of all persons dealing with government procurement; to foster public confidence in the integrity of the procurement process; and to ensure the appropriate application of purchasing ethics. When engaging in procurement, any person employed by the City of South Lake Tahoe, or vendors and third parties doing business with the City of South Lake Tahoe, shall be bound by this code of ethics, including but not limited to the following:

1. Avoid the intent and appearance of unethical behavior or fraudulent practices;

2. Diligently follow the procurement laws, rules, and procedures;

3. Refrain from any activity that would create a conflict between personal interests and the interests of the City;

4. Identify and eliminate any conflicts of interest;

5. Avoid soliciting or accepting money, loans, credits, discounts, favors, gifts, or services from present or potential suppliers which may influence or appear to influence purchasing decisions;
68 Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 5

6. Ensure that all persons are afforded equal opportunity to compete in a fair and open environment, and;

7. Encourage any person, including any actual or prospective bidder, offeror, contractor, or business to act in good faith to practice purchasing ethics, and display business integrity as a responsible offeror.

1.2 Conflict of Interest
Any officer or employee of the City acting or appearing to act on behalf of someone other than the City; or in carrying out duties has or appears to have a self-interest from which a personal profit or gain is realized or that is actually or potentially adverse to the best interests of the City is displaying a “conflict of interest”.

No officer or employee of the City shall have any interest, financial or otherwise, direct, or indirect, or have any arrangement that may reasonably be expected to bias the procurement process or influence the bidding and purchasing of goods, services, or public projects. Officials and employees of the City shall avoid any action that might result in, or create the appearance of:
 Using his or her official position for private gain
 Giving preferential treatment to any person or organization  Losing complete independence or impartiality
 Making an official decision outside official channels  Adversely affecting public confidence in the City and the procurement process  Or any other Conflict of Interest, real or perceived
The City of South Lake Tahoe reserves the right to deny approval, purchase, payment, or reimbursement of expenses that are considered fraudulent, lavish, extravagant, or are unsupported by required documentation.

1.3 PUBLIC PROJECTS
ALL construction, reconstruction, alteration, renovation, improvement, demolition, painting, repainting, and repair work involving ANY publicly owned, leased, or operated facility is considered a Public Project and is subject to the City’s Public Works Code and the Uniform Public Construction Cost Accounting Act.” (CUPCCAA) (City Code SLTCC § 3.45, Article II) Prequalification: The City may require each prospective bidder for a contract to submit a standardized questionnaire and financial statement in the form specified by the director of public works. The City may establish a process for prequalifying prospective bidders on a quarterly basis, and a prequalification pursuant to this process shall be valid for one calendar year following the date of initial prequalification. The director of public works is authorized to establish such a quarterly prequalification process. Refer to City Code for bidder appeal process. (City Code SLTCC § 3.45.105)
Director of public works authority for Public Projects: Public project contracts of $60,000 or less may be executed by the director of public works or his or her designee by force account, 69 Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 6 negotiated contract, or purchase order. This limit shall be automatically adjusted from time to time to reflect changes in the limits established by the state of California. This includes contract change orders combined up to this amount. Vendors chosen in this manner must be on the prequalification list.

Informal bidding for Public Projects: Monetary Limit. Public contracts of $200,000 or less may be executed by the director of public works or his or her designee as well as let to contract by informal procedures as set forth in this section. Contract change orders up to this amount may be approved by the director of public works, so long as the combined amounts are within the approved project budget. This limit shall be automatically adjusted from time to time to reflect changes in the limits established by the state of California.

1. Contractors List: The city shall maintain a contractors list and contractors shall be selected to perform public projects in accordance with the provisions of Public Contract Code Section 22034.

2. Notice Inviting Informal Bids: Not less than 10 calendar days before bids are due, the city will mail notices inviting informal bids to all contractors on the contractors list and/or all trade journals specified in Public Contract Code Section 22034(b).

Formal Competitive Bidding: Public projects of greater than $200,000 shall be bid in accordance with the procedures set forth in Public Contract Code Section 22037 et seq. (Ord. 1069 § 1 (Exh.

A); Ord. 1109 § 1 (Exh. A). Code 1997 § 22-22)
Lowest Responsible Bidder: Contracts for public projects shall be awarded to the lowest responsible bidder. If two or more bids are the same and the lowest, the city may accept the one it chooses. In determining the lowest responsible bidder, the following factors may be considered in addition to price:

1. The ability, capacity and skill of the bidder to perform the contract or provide the service required;

2. The character, integrity, reputation, judgment, experience, efficiency and performance demonstrated in previous contracts or services for the city;

3. The sufficiency of the financial resources and ability of the bidder to perform the contract or provide the services;

4. The ability of the bidder to provide future maintenance for service for the public project. (Ord. 1171 § 1; Ord. 1165 § 1; Ord. 1069 § 1 (Exh. A); Ord. 1109 § 1 (Exh. A). Code 1997 § 22-25)
Design-Build Contracts: The purpose of this section is to authorize and provide guidelines for the award and use of “design-build contracts,” which means a public project procurement method in which both the design and construction of the project are procured from a single entity, in accordance with Public Contract Code Section 22160 et seq. This section shall be effective until January 1, 2025, unless the authorizing statute is extended, in which case this section shall be effective so long as Public Contract Code Section 22160 et seq. is in effect.

1. Design-build procurement may be used for public projects in excess of $1,000,000 consisting of the construction of a building or buildings and improvements directly related 70 Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 7 thereto and park and recreational facilities, and may not be used for construction of other infrastructure including, but not limited to, streets and highways;

2. Any architectural firm, engineering firm, specialty consultant, or individual retained by the city to assist in the development of plans, designs, performance standards, or the request for proposals shall not be eligible to submit a proposal as a design-build entity or join a design-build team.

3. Refer to City Code SLTCC § 3.45.165 Design-build contracts for additional guidelines when utilizing this method for procurement.

Contact the Public Works Department (ext. 6034) for further direction prior to engaging in any activity considered to be a Public Project per definition above.

1.4 ON-SITE SERVICES
On-Site Service: any repair service, maintenance, professional service, or service of any kind conducted on the property of any city-owned facility or property is subject to the following:

1. Regardless of dollar amount, a Purchase Order (PO), Professional Service Agreement (PSA), or Written Contract must be used for ALL On-Site Services.

2. Cal-Cards are prohibited as a payment for On-Site Services.

1.5 SPLITTING PURCHASES
Splitting Purchases Prohibited: Pursuant to SLTCC § 3.45.050, it is unlawful to split or separate any public project into smaller work orders or projects for the purpose of circumventing or evading these requirements.

Bifurcation of Purchases: No acquisition of materials, supplies, equipment or services from a single vendor, provider, or contractor shall be accomplished by the issuance of several purchase orders or contracts for portions thereof.

1.6 SOLE SOURCE PURCHASING
Pursuant to SLTCC § 3.45.060; where an acquisition would otherwise be subject to competitive bidding, the procurement of materials, supplies, equipment, or services from a Sole Source may be permitted only when submitting an approved Sole Source Justification Form (Exhibit B) and one of the following conditions exists:

1. Proprietary: The item is available only from a single source; the item is held under exclusive title, trademark, or copyright by a private person or company; a proprietary distributorship would also apply.

2. Emergency Purchase: Non-public projects requiring public exigency or emergency for the requirement will not permit a delay resulting from competitive solicitation, per SLTCC § 3.45.070. Whereas the procedures set forth in this policy would result in hazardous 71 Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 8 delays, loss to the City, or damage to life, health, safety of citizens, the City Manager may approve the non-competitive purchase of materials, supplies, equipment, or services. For Public Projects, refer City Code § 3.45.180, and Public Contract Code Section 22050.

3. Sole Source: After solicitation of several sources, competition is determined inadequate or no other items are known to exist which perform the same function.

4. Federal Awards: when purchasing goods or services with Federal Funds where the Federal awarding agency expressly authorizes noncompetitive proposals in response to a written request from the City. (Attach authorization to this form)

5. Standardization: The City requires the item(s) to standardize parts, design, quality, etc. (When using Federal Funds, you must have written authorization from the Federal Awarding agency if claiming sole source for Standardization purposes).

1.7 ENVIRONMENTALLY PREFERABLE PRODUCTS
Pursuant to SLTCC § 3.45.080; the city desires to purchase environmentally preferable products that minimize environmental impacts, reduce waste by increasing product efficiency, contain recycled content, and contain U.S. Environmental Protection Agency Energy Star-certified materials whenever economically feasible.

1.8 SB 1383 RECOVERED ORGANIC WASTE PRODUCTS
Beginning January 1, 2022, SB 1383 requires cities and counties to procure annually a quantity of recovered organic waste products. These procurement requirements will strengthen California’s green, self-sustaining economy. Recovered organic waste products can benefit local communities and spaces, improve soil and air quality, and support local environmental initiatives, such as the City’s Climate Action Plan.

CalRecycle will assign an annual procurement target to each jurisdiction based on its population.

Jurisdictions can fulfill their target by procuring any combination of the following recovered organic waste products where applicable:
 Compost
 Mulch
 Renewable Energy (Transportation Fuel, Heat, and Electricity) The City’s Sustainability Coordinator will be responsible for collecting and maintaining the documents needed to support and demonstrate compliance with the SB 1383 regulatory target for recovered organic waste product procurement and the SB 1383 recycled-content paper regulatory requirements.

Pursuant to SB1383 and SLTCC §3.45.080, Departments should use best efforts in procuring and using “recycled organic products” to help the city meet its procurement target by:

1. Coordinating with the Sustainability Coordinator to identify applicable products.

2. Recognize areas in your department that could utilize these products. 72 Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 9

3. Provide invoice copies to Sustainability Coordinator for tracking and reporting.

1.9 COOPERATIVE PURCHASING
Where another governmental agency performs a solicitation and/or bid process for the City and/or multiple agencies or jurisdictions, and where the purchase of materials, supplies and equipment is based upon an agreement or cooperative purchasing program pursuant to authority granted by statue or ordinance, pursuant to contractual arrangement between the city and said governmental agency, or pursuant to a determination by the City Manager that the governmental agency conducted a competitive bidding process, the City may purchase materials, supplies, and complying with the bidding requirements of this policy (ex: CMAS, NASPO, GMAS, SOURCEWELL) (SLTCC § 3.45.090). Cooperative Purchasing is not applicable to Public Projects.

1.8 1.10 BUSINESS LICENSE REQUIREMENT
The City shall not render payment to any vendor, contractor, or professional service provider where such vendor or provider does not possess a valid South Lake Tahoe business and professions tax certificate (SLTCC § 3.45.095). Contact the Revenue Dept. to inquire about a valid business license (ext. 6012 or ext. 6013).

1. It is the Departments responsibility to ensure the vendor, contractor, service provider, consultant, has a required Business License and appropriate requisite insurance (where applicable).

2. The license and insurance requisites must be obtained prior to purchase or work commencing.

1.9 1.11 BUDGET APPROPRIATION
Federal, State, and Local Governments are legally required to operate within an approved Municipal Budget. Article 1, Section 9, of the U.S. Constitution states, “No money shall be drawn from the Treasury, but in Consequence of Appropriations made by Law”.

1. Government Fund Accounting is required by California Law meaning each stream of revenue and associated expenses must be accounted for and tracked within a specific governmental fund.

2. Appropriated budget MUST be available and verified prior to ANY purchase, contract, or professional service agreement rendered.

3. If budget is not identified, or funding has not been approved and appropriated into the current fiscal year budget, STOP. Do not proceed with the purchase or contract until City 73 Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 10 Council or the City Manager has appropriated budget in accordance with the following delegation of authority:

Transferring/ Adding Budget Authorization
Transfers between budgeted line items
within the same account number:

Department Head- via email to the
Administrative Services Director
Transfers between account numbers within
the same fund:

City Manager- via email from Dept.

Head. CM will authorize adjustment via
email to Admin. Services Director.

Transfers between funds: (including
transfers from undesignated reserves)
City Council- via staff report and
resolution with explanation for transfer
Adding new Budget (grants, new revenue,
unforeseen expenses etc..)
City Council – via staff report and
resolution with explanation and request to
appropriate funding.

1.10 1.12 DISPOSITION OF SURPLUS
Surplus property: Goods, materials, vehicles, equipment etc. retained by a government, but not currently being utilized. These items may be out of date, useless, or no longer working.

Surplus property shall be identified by the department; officially declared to the City Council for approval; eliminated from the fixed asset accountability list and; sold at auction or to any organization or non-employee willing to pay fair market price. Alternatively, the City Council may elect to donate or destroy the same in accordance with whatever provision and/or terms and conditions at City Council discretion.

In the event any single item of property’s original value is less than $10,000, the Finance Director shall have the authority to sell, or dispose of such surplus supplies or equipment by donation to local schools or nonprofit organizations, or if surplus has no value, by disposal at a refuse company.

Proceeds from sale of surplus property will be allocated to the City’s General fund or Vehicle Replacement fund unless the property was originally purchased under contractual obligations with monies from a specific fund, in which case, the proceeds will be returned to that fund.

1.13 INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) EQUIPMENT
74 Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 11 To maintain proper internal controls, and asset inventory; Any IT item requiring installation, support, or security evaluation, should be researched, vetted, PURCHASED, and inventoried by the IT Department. Under no circumstances should these items be purchased by departments other than IT. These items include but are not limited to:
o Printers
o Smart TV’s
o Computers
o Laptops
o Software/ Software Subscriptions
o Tablets/ IPads/ Accessories
o Cell Phones/ Cell Phone Apps
o Monitors
o Any network connected device (wired or wifi)
o Any other IoT (Internet of Things) devices
 An IoT device is defined as web-enabled smart devices that use embedded systems, such as processors, sensors and communication hardware to collect, send and act on data acquired from their environments.

Departments should consult IT via email to ensure compliance and compatibility forFor small purchases such as USB drives, keyboards, mice, charging devices, etc.,; departments should consult IT via email to ensure compliance and compatibility. tablets
 Please Note: all employees responsible for procurement or utilizing any City information device are required to complete the Cybersecurity Trainings issued city-wide by the IT department. Employees who do not complete the trainings may be prohibited from using City Information Systems and Devices.

2. DISCRETIONARY PURCHASES: $0 - $9,999.00
Items and services less than $10,000 can be purchased directly by a City department without a competitive bid process, this threshold must include tax, shipping, and handling. Purchasers should use best efforts and judgment to provide greatest value to the city. ALL purchases require an itemized receipt or invoice upon purchase.

2.1 SIGNING AUTHORITY
Discretionary Purchases require the approval signature of the Department Supervisor or the designated “Purchaser” for the department. Accounts Payable requires a valid invoice, appropriate account number, printed name, department, and authorized signature to complete a payment. An e-mail approval to pay invoice with account number is acceptable. 75 Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 12

2.2 LOCAL VENDOR MASTER ACCOUNT PURCHASES: Many local vendors allow city employees to make discretionary purchases against an approved master account (ex. Meeks, Ace Hardware, DIY, etc.). Departments utilizing this option should do the following:
o Ensure budget is available and purchase is necessary. o Ensure staff member making the purchase is a designated employee on the account. o Provide your name, department, and a clear, legible signature and department at point of purchase. on the invoice.
o Receive a copy of the receipt/invoice upon point of purchase. o Submit copy of receipt/invoice, approved for payment, with signature, department and account number to accounts payable within 5 business days of purchase. o ALL purchases require an invoice/receipt. For missing/lost receipts, departments should contact the vendor to acquire a copy of the receipt or written documentation of proof of purchase signed by the Department Head.
o Habitual problems with lost receipts can result in disciplinary action for the offending purchaser.

2.3 PETTY CASH PURCHASES
Petty cash funds are issued to departments, in the charge of a custodian, to be used on a revolving basis for the payment of small emergency and commonly budgeted, pre-approved expenses. Only those expenditures considered as having a public purpose, being for the benefit of the City of South Lake Tahoe will be allowed. Employees should use good judgment when expending public funds and should avoid any transactions that may appear inappropriate. Refer to Financial Policies – Cash for additional information regarding guidelines for establishment and use of petty cash.

Per Financial Polices- Cash, approved by City Council:
 Petty cash disbursements are not to exceed $50 unless approved by the Director of Finance  Petty cash funds are for small purchases only and cannot be used for services, employee meals, or travel reimbursements.

2.42 FEDERAL PROCUREMENT/OTHER REVENUE FUNDS
Purchases utilizing Federal Funds, Grant Funds or other Revenue Sources as the funding source require procurement compliance with this policy, Grant Funding Compliance Policy, as well as the procurement standards set forth in the contract funding the purchase. Specifically, for Federal grant funding, Federal pass-through funding, or any other Federal revenue source, follow General Procurement Standards in the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR); Title 2: Grants and Agreements section §200.318 through §200.326 (Micro purchase threshold §200.67).

Federal Awards, Cooperative Agreements, or State Awards utilizing Federal Funds must also follow the General Procurement Standards in the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR); Title 2:

Grants and Agreements section §200.317 through §200.327. These guidelines can be found at https://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/text-idx?tpl=/ecfrbrowse/Title02/2cfr200_main_02.tpl; or contact Grants Manager for additional information (ext. 7410).
76 Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 13 Suspension and Debarment: ALL Federal Awards used to procure vendors, consultants, and/or contractors, subrecipients, providing goods or services to the city in excess of $25,000.00 must maintain evidence of vendor “Suspension and Debarment” verification through the “Systems for Awards Management (SAM). Print or save electronic copy of verification through SAM.gov or contact Grant Manager to assist in obtaining verification. This requirement must also be included in your Contract, Professional Services Agreement, or PO. (Refer to templates in this policy for “Suspension and Debarment language) per .sSection 2 CFR §200.332.

Grant Awards and Cooperative Agreements utilizing funds through Caltrans must follow the Local Assistance Procedures Manual (LAPM, particularly Chapters 5 and 16. These guidelines can be found at https://dot.ca.gov/programs/local-assistance/guidelines-and-procedures/localassistance-procedures-manual-lapm or contact Grants Manager for additional information.

Contracting with small and minority businesses, women’s business enterprises, and labor surplus area firms: to the extent possible, the city will assure that small, minority, and women’s business enterprises are solicited when there are potential sources. Effective 10/1/24, “veteranowned businesses” will be encouraged. When utilizing federal funds refer to CFR §200.321 In determining purchasing bid thresholds while maintaining compliance with multiple policies; utilize the most stringent requirements to ensure meeting all standards and regulations.

2.53 DISCRETIONARY PROCESS
Following are preferred purchasing methods for purchases less than $10,000:

1. Cal-Card procurement card: purchase of non-service goods at this level. (refer to Cal Card Policy for further guidelines)

2. Direct vendor invoice: include account number, “ok to pay”, printed name, department and authorized signature on the invoice or attach Payment Request Form (Exhibit A) to the invoice.

3. Purchase Orders: when required by the Vendor, or for on-site service, refer to instructions in Exhibit L.

3.2. INFORMAL SOLICITATIONS: $10,000 - $59,999
Purchases and services between $10,000 and $59,999 are subject to informal bidding and proposal processes. In calculating the total amount, include tax, shipping, and handling as well as total lease or contract cost over the life of the contract or lease.

3.1 SIGNING AUTHORITY
$10,000 - $29,999: The Department Head may approve contracts and expenditures up to $29,999.99 and must sign all corresponding invoices, POs, and/or Requests for Payment, or provide authorized e-mail approval to Accounts Payable. 77 Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 14 $30,000 - $59,999: Upon approval by Dept. Head, the City Manager must also approve and sign all Contracts, Purchasing Agreements, and/or POs between $30,000 and $59,999, as well as approve all invoices in this threshold. Authorized e-mail by DH and CM for approval is accepted for invoices.

3.2 EQUIPMENT AND CAPITAL EXPENDITURES
Capital Expenditure: funds used to acquire or upgrade the City’s fixed assets, such as property, plant, equipment, facilities, and infrastructure.

Capital (fixed) Asset: any asset used in operations with an estimated useful life in excess of three years and generally has value over a longer period (ex. computer equipment, machinery, vehicles etc.).

1. When capital assets are acquired or deeded to the City, copies of related documents shall be routed to the Finance Department in a timely manner to ensure these assets are recorded in the City’s financial records.

2. Fixed assets will be subject to inventory control if they meet at least one (1) of the following criteria:
 The original cost of the fixed asset is equal to or greater than $10,000 if classified as equipment, $50,000 if classified as buildings or land, or $200,000 if classified as infrastructure.
 Any asset less than the capitalization threshold as recommended by the Finance Director or requested by a department to be controlled to satisfy an internal or external requirement.
 Any asset required to be controlled and separately reported pursuant to grant conditions or other externally imposed reporting requirement.

Capital Expenditures utilizing Federal Funds: must follow Code of Federal Regulations CFR §200.313 and §200.439. These guidelines can be found at the link below:
https://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/text-idx?tpl=/ecfrbrowse/Title02/2cfr200_main_02.tpl.

1. Federal capital expenditures are allowable as direct costs, provided items with a unit cost of $1055,000 or more have the prior written approval of the Federal awarding agency or pass-through entity. Effective 10/1/2024, rate is increased to $10,000, per Section 2 CFR §200.313 and §200.439.

2. Notify A/P through e-mail or notation on invoice when purchasing equipment with Federal Funds costing $105,000 or more. A/P will provide an inventory tag to track the item as noted below. ($5K through 9/30/24).

3. Property records must be maintained that include a description of the property, a serial number or other identification number, the source of funding for the property (including the Federal Award Identification Number), who holds title, the acquisition date, and cost of the property, percentage of Federal participation in the project costs for the Federal award under which the property was acquired, the location, use and condition of the 78 Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 15 property, and any ultimate disposition data including the date of disposal and sale price of the property.

4. A physical inventory of the property must be taken, and the results reconciled with the property records at least once every two years.

3.3 INFORMAL BID AND PROPOSAL PROCESS
The following processes are to be followed by the Department Head or his/her Designee.

1. Obtain at least three written quotes or proposals from vendors, individuals, companies consultants, and/or business entities, documenting in writing each quote received (optional to use Request for Quotes Form (Exhibit C)), or provide copies of written proposals/quotes received.

2. Informal solicitations should include detailed information of the goods or services required with clear specifications to allow objective competition. Specifications should include all requirements (quantity, dimensions, timeline, compatibility, delivery, discounts, warranties, tax, shipping, etc.).

3. Provide suppliers a date and time in which to respond to your request for quote. Allow minimum 47 business days for response to email or phone requests, and minimum 10 days for Planet Bids response.

1.4.Solicitations can be in via email, telephone, or Planet Bids. When soliciting by phone, provide adequate and similar information to all suppliers, follow up with written documentation, ensuring that all responses are in written form. Verbal quotes are not sufficient.

2. Optional - to reach a broad spectrum of qualified vendors, Planet Bids may be used to circulate a Request For Proposal (RFP), Request For Qualification (RFQ), or Invitation to Bid (BID). Allow a minimum response time of 10 days.

5. Quotes and Proposals shall be evaluated by Department Head or designee based on requirements of the solicitation.

6. For price quotes Department selects lowest responsible quote (i.e., Department selects quote which is responsive to the needs of the department and is the lowest in price).

7. For proposals or Professional Services, the department selects the vendor whose qualifications meet the highest evaluation ranking as the most responsible bidder.

8. Provide in writing, the rationale for choosing the selected vendor. (Can use Request for Quotes/Proposal form)

9. Tie Bid- If two or more quotes are for the same total amount or unit price and all requirements being equal, Department Head may choose to award to the proposer meeting the needs of the department (up to $29,999). Tie-Bid Quotes $30,000 and over may be chosen by the City Manager.
79 Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 16

10. If at least two responsible vendors respond, the evaluation may proceed according to this policy. Document the effort to procure 3 quotes and the fact that two was received.

11. If the result is only one response, and the sole response meets all specifications and requirements, the purchase may be awarded subject to the threshold and Signing Authority of this policy. Document the effort to procure 3 quotes, and the fact that one was received.

12. No Response: When competition results in no quotes, or no quotes meeting the requirements; the department can re-bid, modifying any possible restrictive requirements, or if in the opinion of the DH, a second solicitation would not result in a different outcome; the DH may reach out to vendors using the same specifications and proceed with Sole Source documentation in accordance with this policy.

3.13. If after due diligence, three quotes cannot be obtained, complete a Sole Source Request Form approved by the Department Head, City Manager, City Attorney and Finance Director (Exhibit B). One of the requirements in this form must be met to utilize a Sole Source procurement option.

4.1.Department selects lowest responsible quote (i.e., Department selects quote which is responsive to the needs of the department and is the lowest in price).

5.1.For Professional Services, the department selects the vendor whose qualifications meet the highest evaluation ranking as the most responsible bidder.

6.14. $10,000 - $29,999: Professional Service Agreement (PSA), Purchase Order (PO), or direct invoice may be used, signed by Dept. Head.

7.15. $30,000 - $59,999: Purchase Agreement (PA), PSA, or PO must be used; reviewed by Finance and City Attorney, signed by City Manager
 Department Head or designee (DH) prepares the contract using the appropriate template (see Exhibits F through I); negotiates and agrees upon terms, scope, and cost with chosen vendor/supplier and;
 Electronically submits document along with Contract Routing Form (Exhibit D) to the City Clerk’s Department with the email address of the authorized Vendor/Supplier signatory. The City Clerk’s Department will then route the contract in Adobe sign in the following manner:
 Department Head for approval, Finance Director for budget review, City Attorney’s Office for review and/or approval, City Manager for approval and back to City Clerk to attest (where applicable) for records retention, and onto the Vendor/Supplier for their signature (do not obtain any signatures in advance of the Contract being routed). City Clerk sends executed copy back to the Department and mails/emails copy to the vendor.

8.16. Department sends the following documents to Accounts Payable for payment:
 Signed invoice and/or PO, Request for Payment with Contract/Agreement  Business License #
 Three Original Quotes
 Approved Sole source Request Form (if used)
80 Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 17  Proof of Insurance (when required)
 Gov’t. cooperative contract information (if used)

3.4 PURCHASE ORDERS
Purchase Orders must be used when requesting an on-site service of any kind on City property.

This protects the City while outside vendors are doing business on/in City-owned property.

Purchase Orders can be used when:

1. A vendor does not accept Cal-Cards for discretionary purchases

2. A vendor will not invoice the city without a PO

3. For any type of purchase up to $59,999

4. Clearly note the PO# on the approved invoice and send to Accounts Payable

5. Refer to Exhibit L for instructions in creating a PO

3.5 PURCHASE AGREEMENT
Purchase Agreements (PA) can be used as written contracts when purchasing goods, materials, equipment, and/or products. This type of agreement can NOT be used when procuring consultants for professional services or on-site service on City property. Purchase Agreements can be used when:

1. Purchases over $30,000 or when a written contract is necessary for such goods, materials, products, etc.

2. A vendor requires a written contract other than a PO

3. Submit copy of agreement with approved invoice to Accounts Payable for payment

4. Refer to Exhibit I for template (this template is mandatory when issuing a PA)

3.6 PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT
A Professional Service Agreement (PSA) is a legal contract which is drafted to provide service on a professional level to the City. These services are typically unique in nature, highly technical or require specific qualifications. PSA’s can be used when:

1. A professional consultant is necessary to perform a specific set of tasks

2. Should generally be in effect for a specific period, noted in the agreement

3. Should include a “not to exceed” dollar limit

4. Submit a copy of PSA with first approved invoice to Accounts Payable for payment

5. Refer to Exhibit G for template (this template is mandatory when issuing a PSA)

3.7 CONSULTANT INVOICES
Professional and consultant services are generally acquired to obtain information, advice, opinions, alternatives, conclusions, recommendations, training or direct assistance, such as studies, analyses, 81 Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 18 evaluations, liaison with Government officials, or other forms of representation. As such, their invoices should reflect the services performed. Consultant invoices should include:
o Date of work performed/ period of performance
o Nature and scope of the service rendered during period of performance o Sufficient detail as to time expended on tasks performed (number of hours worked, hourly rate, travel costs, mileage rate as approved, etc.) o Subconsultant backup documentation should be included; invoices, hours worked/hourly rate, travel documentation, receipts, etc. o Fees for services rendered are allowable only when supported by evidence of the nature and amount of other expenses and in accordance with the executed PSA.
 In-direct costs are only allowable up 10% de minimus, or a federally approved rate.

Consultant must provide documentation of approved rate if more than 10%. Please note, effective 10/1/2024 the de minimus rate is increased to 15%, which will be the allowable rate after 10/1/24 per Section 2 CFR§200.414  PROHIBITED: mark-ups, bonus’s, commissions, incentives, gifts and entertainments costs, are all prohibited from being paid on consultant invoices.

5. 4.3. FORMAL SOLICITATIONS: $60,000.00 and ABOVE
Purchases and services over $60,000 are subject to formal competitive bidding. Total cost should include tax, shipping, and handling; as well as total lease or contract cost over the life of the contract or lease. The process for obtaining goods and services over this dollar limit is set forth below.

4.1 SIGNING AUTHORITY
All purchases of goods and services over $60,000 must have City Council approval and must be signed by the Mayor or have Mayor’s authorization for City Manager as designee for signature.

4.2 FORMAL BIDDING PROCESS
The following processes are to be followed by the Department Head (DH) or his/her Designee.

This may include any employee who is the designated purchaser of a good or service or is the project manager for a project.

1. Public Projects (i.e., CIP, Public Works) follow Public Contracts and Uniform Public Construction Cost Account Act (CUPCCA) per City Code SLTCC § 3.45, Article II.

2. Verify funding availability. Identify available funding in your current department budget.

If there is no funding identified, prepare to request budget transfer or appropriate new funding source through City Council action. (see section 1.9) 82 Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 19

3. Depending on the type of service and/or good sought, DH prepares and circulates a Request for Proposals (RFP), or Invitation to Bid (BID) utilizing Planetbid.com or circulated via similar means.

4. Request for Proposals (RFP): used for soliciting professional services, consultants, lease contracts, complex non-public projects.
 RFPs are subject to three proposals but are not subject to competitive sealed bidding procedures
 Must use mandatory RFP template (Exhibit F)
 DH selects Proposal Evaluation Committee and drafts Evaluation Scorecard.

Committee reviews Proposals and scores per criteria detailed in RFP.

5. Request for Qualification (RFQ): used as the pre-qualification stage of the procurement process. Only those proponents who successfully respond to the RFQ and meet the qualification criteria will be included in the subsequent RFP solicitation process.  Used when there is potential for significant interest in a contract opportunity. This can make the process more efficient as the field can be narrowed down prior to the RFP process.
 Can be used to create a pre-qualified list for a future opportunity  Can be used as the sole selection process for straightforward projects/services that require a specialized skill set or where the task is very specific and contract negotiations can proceed with the most qualified vendor.

6. Invitations to Bid (BID): used when the City is seeking a specific good, material, equipment, tangible object.
 BIDs are subject to competitive sealed bidding procedures  Must use mandatory BID template (Exhibit H)
 DH selects BID Evaluation Committee and drafts BID Evaluation Scorecard per details outlined in the BID.
 DH opens bids at the date, time, and location specified in the invitation. The public may attend. Bids shall be open for public inspection at the office of the DH during regular business hours for a period of 30 days after the bid opening.  Clarifications or changes to a BID must be transmitted to all participating bidders by an “Addendum”. A solicitation may be modified prior to BID response due date.

4.3 LOCAL BUSINESS PREFERENCE
The City shall apply a five percent (5%) discount to all Local Businesses which submit bids for materials, supplies, equipment, and services for non-public projects. The City shall evaluate the Local Businesses’ bids as though the bid had been submitted at a cost of 5% lower than the cost submitted (SLTCC § 3.45.020(F)). Local Business shall mean a business which maintains its 83 Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 20 principal place of business in a fixed office within the City of South Lake Tahoe and possesses a current South Lake Tahoe business license. (SLTCC § 3.45.095)

4.4 BIDDER’S SECURITY
When deemed necessary, bidder’s security may be prescribed in invitations to bid, RFPs, and RFQs. Bidders shall be entitled to return of bid security; provided however, that a successful bidder shall forfeit his or her bid security upon his or her refusal or failure to execute that contract within ten days after receipt of contract (SLTCC § 3.45.020).

4.5 BID AND RFP/RFQ EVALUATIONS
BID or RFP Evaluation committee means the body appointed by the DH to review and evaluate proposals submitted in response to the Request for Proposal or Invitation to Bid. The functions of the Committee are as follows:

1. Determine and apply evaluation criteria per Evaluation Forms and Scoresheet

2. Evaluate proposals individually and/or discuss as a committee

3. Rank based on highest score to lowest and/or develop a shortlist

4. Interview/ obtain clarifications

5. Recommend Award
Evaluation Committee shall be comprised of at least three (3) individuals, including:
 At least one employee from the same department as the Department Head  An employee with knowledge of the subject matter of the service or good, or end user of the service or good
 An employee of the Finance Department
 May also include outside individuals who bring expertise to the process - Evaluation Committee should meet prior to evaluation to review RFP or BID criteria to ensure knowledge of the proposal and to vet questions, concerns, or issues. All members of the committee should have clear understanding of the requirements and the Evaluation Forms prior to review of RFP/BID.

Evaluation Form- Bids and Proposals shall be evaluated based on an Evaluation Form which sets forth the total possible points for each category reviewed (see mandatory template Exhibit E)  Evaluators shall each complete their evaluation forms in confidence, however evaluators can discuss requirements of the RFP or BID in relation to the Evaluation Forms.
 Evaluators shall give a point score and Comments for each evaluation category.  Evaluators may ask questions or request clarification from the Department but should not disclose scores until all reviews are complete and total points tallied. 84 Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 21  The Committee may meet to discuss criteria and results.  The Committee may request vendor interviews, depending on the outcome or type of solicitation.
 The Evaluation Committee provides the Evaluation Forms and Scoresheet to the Department Head for final determination.

Rejection, Tie Bids, and Rejection of All Bids: A bid or proposal may be rejected by the Evaluation Committee where it is found that the bid or proposal is “non-responsive.” Where Evaluation Committee chooses to reject one or all bids, Committee shall confer with the City Attorney on the rejection.

1. Any of the following conditions may render a Bid “non-responsive”  The bid or proposal does not strictly conform to the required specifications as set forth in the RFP or Invitation to Bid (the City may waive immaterial, minor irregularities in bids).
 The bidder or proposer has demonstrated that they are unable to satisfactorily meet the responsibilities required of the contract.
 The bidder’s or proposer’s products or services have been demonstrated, through documented past performance in the industry or through prior use by the City, to be incapable of satisfactorily meeting the accepted demands required of the product or service.

2. Tie Bid- If two or more bids are for the same total amount or unit price and if the responsibility and final score (from the Evaluation Scorecards) are equal, the Department Head or City Council may award to whichever bidder or proposer it so chooses.

Less Than Three BID Responses: Solicitations advertised on the city’s Planet Bids portal is considered “competitive solicitation”, therefore:

1. If at least two responsible bidders respond, the evaluation may proceed as noted in Evaluation section above.

2. If the result is only one bid response, and the sole bid is responsive (meets all specifications and requirements), the contract may be awarded subject to the award threshold and Signing Authority of this policy. Documentation of the effort and result of the BID should be noted with the procurement documents.

No Responsive BIDS Received from Responsible Bidders: When competition results in no responsive bids from responsible bidders, the DH has two options:

1. The Solicitation may be cancelled and re-bid, modifying any possible restrictive requirements. Shorter response time can be used if a timeline is a concern. 85 Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 22

2. If, in the opinion of the DH, a second solicitation would not result in a different outcome, the DH may cancel the solicitation and proceed with Sole Source documentation, subject to approval by City Council. DH may reach out to bidders using the same specifications as original solicitation. The chosen bidder must be deemed responsible and compliant/responsive to the original specifications.

Waiver of irregularities and rejection of bids: At its discretion, the city may waive any irregularity in any bid received and award the contract, may reject all bids presented and may readvertise the project, or the city may abandon the project. (Ord. 1171 § 1; Ord. 1165 § 1; Ord. 1069 § 1 (Exh. A); Ord. 1109 § 1 (Exh. A). Code 1997 § 22-24)

4.6 CITY COUNCIL STAFF RECOMMENDATIONS
Staff Recommendations for Formal bids and proposals shall be drafted and presented by the Department Head or his/her designee to City Council. Prior to writing the staff report the DH should:

1. Contact losing bidders and informs them that City has selected another bidder (see template Exhibit F)

2. Contacts winning bidder and negotiates terms of contract along with assistance of City Attorney. (see template Exhibit G)

3. Ensures the winning bidder has obtained a City Business License and has the requisite insurance. The License must be obtained before any work commences.

4. Places staff recommendation for award of contract on next available City Council Agenda.

Staff Report and/or Resolution must include the following elements:

1. A description and background of the project/product for which the RFP or Invitation to Bid was circulated.

2. A brief summary of how the bids were circulated and brief description of the bids or proposals received.

3. If using a Cooperative Agreement- provide the name of the Gov’t. Contract, contract number, and attach a copy of the contract.

4. A description of the reasons the winning bidder/proposer was selected.

5. The Financial Implication section should include the complete account number and appropriate budget to fund the product, service, or project.

6. The recommended bidder or proposer’s original submission shall be attached.

7. The Professional Service Agreement or Purchase Agreement with negotiated terms approved by the City Attorney should be attached.
86 Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 23

4.7 BID PROTESTS
A non-selected bidder may protest the award of an Invitation to Bid. A non-selected proposer may not protest the award of a Request For Proposal or Request for Qualifications.

Bid Protest Procedures: Per SLTCC § 3.45.020(E), a written Bid Protest must be received by the City Clerk no later than seven (7) calendar days after the City’s selection of the winning bidder or no later than ten calendar days from the date that the City issues notice of designation of a bidder as non-responsible.

Contents of Bid Protest: The Bid Protest shall state all grounds claimed for the protest and include supporting documentation. Failure to clearly state the grounds for the protest and provide supporting documentation shall be deemed a waiver of all protest rights.

Bid Protests Presented to Council: Where award of the contract is to be made by the City Council, the City Clerk shall place a discussion of the Bid Protest on the next regularly scheduled Council Meeting Agenda and the City Council shall determine whether, based on the Protest, to award the contract to the selected bidder, to reject all bids, or to award the contract to the next responsible bidder. Staff Recommendations addressing a Bid Protest shall contain the following elements:

1. A description of the project for which the Invitation to Bid was circulated.

2. A brief summary of the bids received.

3. A description of the reasons the winning bidder was selected.

4. A description of the reasons the bid is being protested.

5. The winning bidder’s original bid shall be attached.

6. The protesting bidder’s original bid shall be attached.

7. All Bid Evaluation Scorecards shall be attached.

8. The Bid Protest shall be attached.

4.8 MAINTAINING DOCUMENTATION
Procurement must be clearly documented throughout each step of the process and documents maintained and filed for audit purposes. The City’s annual audit process includes conducting procurement reviews to determine procedures are correctly implemented.

The following documentation should be maintained by the Department for a period of 3 years from the date of submission of the final expenditure per Resolution No. 2018-102 City Records Management and Retention Policy and Code of Federal Regulations CFR Chapter II 200 §200.33:

1. All communication documentation with vendors, purveyors, suppliers, etc.

2. Documents related to preparation of the procurement documents; dialogue, or negotiation

3. Original RFP or Invitation to Bid

4. All Bids/Proposals received
87 Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 24

5. All Evaluation Scorecards, notes, documentation

6. Copies of Staff Recommendation, staff report, resolution

7. Copies of Contract/Agreement

8. Proof of Insurance (if applicable)

9. Labor Compliance Documentation (if applicable)

10. Sole Source forms (if applicable)

11. Cooperative Govt. Contract documents (if applicable) The following documentation should be sent to the Finance Department (Accounts Payable) along with the first payable invoice:

1. Signed invoice and/or Request for Payment, or PO

2. Quotation Form noting bid process and outcome or;

3. Copies of 3 bids, proposals, or quotes

4. Budgeted/approved account number

5. Copy of Executed Contract/ Agreement

6. Copy of approved Council Resolution (if applicable)

7. Sole Source Justification Form (if applicable)

8. Cooperative Gov’t Contract (if applicable)

EXHIBIT A
88 Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 25

PAYMENT REQUEST
FORM

PAYMENT REQUEST
Vendor#______________
Date Prepared: ____________ Comments/Notes: ________
___________________________
Pay To: _______________________________
_______________________________
_______________________________
_______________________________
Due Date: _______________
89 Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 26

ACCOUNT
NUMBER

DESCRIPTION
PO
NUMBER

INVOICE
DATE

INVOICE
NUMBER

TOTAL PER

ACCOUNT

INVOICE

TOTAL PAYMENT: $________________

APPROVED: ____________________________
APPROVED: ____________________________ Budget Available: ________ APPROVED: ____________________________ Reimbursable: ____________ Project/ Funding Source: _____________________________
Project/ Funding Source: _____________________________

EXHIBIT B
90 Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 27

SOLE SOURCE

JUSTIFICATION

REQUEST FORM
91 Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 28

SOLE SOURCE JUSTIFICATION REQUEST
SOLE SOURCE VENDOR: ______________________________________________________ ADDRESS: ______________________________________PHONE NO.__________________ ITEM TO BE PURCHASED: ________________________ COST: $_____________________

1. Check reasons for sole source request:
_____ Proprietary: The item is available only from a single source; the item is held under exclusive title, trademark, or copyright by a private person or company; a proprietary distributorship would also apply.
______ Emergency Purchase: The public exigency or emergency for the requirement will not permit a delay resulting from competitive solicitation, per City Code SLTCC § 3.45.070 _____ Sole Source: After solicitation of several sources, competition is determined inadequate or no other items are known to exist which perform the same function. ______ Federal Awards: when purchasing goods or services with Federal Funds where the Federal awarding agency expressly authorizes noncompetitive proposals in response to a written request from the City. (attach authorization to this form) _____ Standardization: The City requires the item(s) to standardize parts, design, quality, etc.

Explain: ________________________________________________________________ Note: when using Federal Funds, you must have written authorization from the Federal Awarding agency if claiming sole source for Standardization purposes.

2. Describe the product or service and how it is unique or one-of-a-kind: _________________ ______________________________________________________________________________

3. Explain why the product/service is available from only one source and what avenues you pursued to confirm that this is factual. _______________________________________________

5. Can your requirements be modified to allow competitive products or services be used? Explain:______________________________________________________________________ REQUESTOR NAME/ DEPARTMENT: __________________________________________ DEPARTMENT HEAD SIGNATURE: ____________________ DATE: _______________ FINANACE DEPT. _____________________________________ DATE: ________________ CITY ATTORNEY SIGNATURE: ________________________ DATE:________________ CITY MANAGER SIGNATURE: _________________________ DATE: _______________ * Requests over $60,000 requires City Council’s approval 92 Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 29 .

EXHIBIT C

REQUEST FOR QUOTES

AND PROPOSALS
FORM
93 Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 30

REQUEST FOR QUOTES/PROPOSALS

QUOTATION INFORMATION
(To be completed by Designated Purchaser for each vendor solicitated & quote/proposal received)
□ Employee Name (name of person receiving quote):________________________________ □ Date of Solicitation:________________________________ □ Description of Request for Quotes or Proposals (describe goods or services with clear specifications, sought, including quantity, model number, color, size, delivery date requirements, shippingfreight charges,timeline or any other charges or requirements: ______ ______________________________________________________________________________ □ Date Quote/Proposal Received:
_____________________________________________________________ □ Project Manager Name (name of person receiving quote): ________________________________ □ Company Name (name of company/vendor providing quote/proposal):
____________________________
□ Quoted By (name of company/vendor representative providing quote): __________________ □ Quote Amount: $____________________________________________________________ □ Promised Delivery Date or Proposal Timeline:
______________________________________________________
94 Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 31 □ Eligible for Local Bidder Preference? (Y/N). If Yes, indicate quote amount, taking into consideration the 5% local bidder’s discount): __________________________________________ □ Warranty Information (describe warranty quoted by vendor):
____________________________________
□ Additional Information to Consider: (provide additional information including differentiation between
good/service requested by City; good/service quoted by company/vendor; and provide any additional pertinent information relevant to the bid: _____________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________ □ Vendor Ranking: (for Quotes- lowest responsible bid would be #1, for Proposals, #1 would be the Vendor whose qualifications/service would best meet the needs of the city) _____ □ Chosen Vendor (Describe why this Vendor was chosen, the ranking, and the procedure used to obtain quotes):
___________________________________________________________________________ ___________
___________________________________________________________________________ ____________

EXHIBIT D
95 Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 32 Contract/Agreement
Routing Form
Template
96 Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 33 97 Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 34

EXHIBIT E

PROPOSALBID

EVALUATION FORMS/

SCORESHEET

TEMPLATE
98 Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 35

EVALUATION FORMS

CITY OF SOUTH LAKE TAHOE REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS/ INVITATION TO BID

INSERT RFP/BID TITLE AND NUMBER HERE
Evaluators must give a numeric score for each of the five categories described below. The numeric score may be as low as zero and may not be greater than the maximum score set forth in the point range for each category. Evaluators should explain the reasoning for their allocation of points in the “Comments” section of each category. Attach additional sheets if necessary. Use one form for each Vendor/Proposer and each Evaluator.

Vendor / Proposer: ____________________________________________________________________ Evaluator Name: ______________________________________________________________________ I. RESPONSIVENESS OF PROPOSAL/ BID (P/F)
The Pass or Fail shall be based upon the vendor’s compliance with the requirements for proposals/bids as set forth in the RFP/ Invitation to Bid, including quality, clarity, and conformance with instructions therein, and shall take into consideration the quality of the Cover Letter and Introduction.

Pass/Fail___________________
Comments_________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ II. COVER LETTER (0-5 points)
The cover letter shall be addressed to the Director of the Department, and at a minimum, must contain the following:
 Identification of Firm, including name, address, and telephone number  Name, title, address, and telephone number of contact person during period of proposal evaluation
99 Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 36  A statement to the effect that the proposal shall remain valid for a period of not less than 120 calendar days from date of submittal
 Signed by person authorized to bind the Firm to the terms of the proposal.

Total Points_____________
Comments_________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ III. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY (0 – 10 points)
Scoring shall be based upon the vendor’s ability to describe the overall approach and plans to meet the requirements of the RFP. The intent of this narrative is to convince the City that the Proposer understands the requirements of proposal, the nature of the work, and the level of effort necessary to successfully provide the defined services.

Total Points___________________
Comments_________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ IV. COMPANY HISTORY, BACKGROUND AND EXPERIENCE (0-20 points) Describe the Company’s history and organizational structure, including the size of the company, location of office(s) and years in business. Provide resumes for project team members. Also include the Firm’s background, experience, and capacity to undertake debt collectionthe services requested for the City of South Lake Tahoe in conformity with the requirements of the RFP.

Total Points___________________
Comments_________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ V. SCOPE OF WORK/IMPLEMENTATION (0 – 35 points)
Describe the Company’s general approach to managing the services provided including an explanation of the collection methodology to be followed and specific plans to manage, control, and supervise the services in order to insure satisfactory 100
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 37 provision of services. In developing the work plan, reference should be made to the specific requirements and specifications noted in the Scope of Services (pages x – xx).

Provide a delivery schedule designed to meet the requirements of the City. An implementation timeline from the Company is required. Provide description of implementation plan considerations, including timeframes and deliverables for various stages of the agreement.

Total Points___________________
Comments_________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ VI. PROJECT BUDGET (0 – 25 points)
Provide a description of the project cost and/or fees itemized according to the RFP proposal. The total all-inclusive maximum price to be bid is to contain all direct and indirect costs, including all out-of-pocket expenses. The City of South Lake Tahoe will not be responsible for the expenses incurred in preparing and submitting the proposal.

The Company shall present all costs, fees, taxes, and charges based on achievement of deliverables, which should be outlined in the Company’s Cost Proposal.

Total Points ___________________
Comments_________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ VII. RECENT PROJECTS/REFERENCES (0 – 5 points)
Provide a description of accounts/ agreements of a similar nature including at least three (3) recent client references with names and telephone numbers, contact persons.

Total Points ___________________
Comments_________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ TOTAL COMBINED POINTS: __________________
(Add total points from Sections I, II, III, IV, and V)
RANKING (from scoresheet): _______________
101
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 38

EVALUATION SCORE SHEET
.
102
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 39

EXHIBIT F

STANDARD RFP/RFQ

TEMPLATE
103
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 40

REQUEST FOR

PROPOSALS/QUALIFICATIONS
TITLE

PICTURE
RFP/RFQ # date of award yyyy-mm-dd
104
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 41

SUMMARY
The City of South Lake Tahoe is requesting proposals( or statement of qualifications (SOQ), or request for qualification for an RFQ) from…brief summary of who/what we are looking for
Proposals are due on or before MM/DD/YYYY no later than 12:00 p.m. (Pacific Standard Time) at City offices (City address xxx, South Lake Tahoe, CA 96150). Proposals received after the deadline will not be accepted. Proposals and required copies must be submitted by Planet Bids on-line portal. Fax and Electronic-mailed (e-mail) submission will/will not be accepted. (Choose preferred method)
City of South Lake Tahoe
Attn:

RFP Title
City address
South Lake Tahoe, CA 96150
Read this RFP document carefully as the award will be given to the most “qualified or best value responsible and responsive” Proposer responding to this RFP. The City of South Lake Tahoe reserves the right to accept or reject any or all proposals or to make no award at all, to extend the period for accepting proposals, to advertise the RFP at any time and to waive any minor irregularities in any proposals.

In the opinion of the City of South Lake Tahoe, this RFP is complete and without need of explanation. However, if you have questions, or should you need any clarifying information, please use the Q&A feature that is found within Planet Bids, where the RFP is posted.

Please note that no information given will be binding upon the City unless such information is issued in writing as an official addendum to this RFP.

TIMELINE OF CRITICAL DATES
Release of RFP
Mandatory Pre-Proposal Meeting Write N/A or Delete Row
Deadline for Question Submittal via Planet
Bids
RFP submittals DUE
Selection Committee Review Period/Interviews
Award Date
105
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 42

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

1. Register with the City
All Proposers must register through the Vendor Portal in PlanetBids to be complete a “Vendor Information Sheet” to be entered in the City of South Lake Tahoe Vendor Database, which is required to submit a proposal. Proposers will be notified by the City of any addenda that may be issued to this Request for Proposal (RFP). Proposers must register in the City’s Vendor Database to be notified of such addenda.

To register, go to: https://pbsystem.planetbids.com/portal/14997/portal-home and follow the instructions applicable to Proposer. Following submission, Proposer will receive a confirmation message within 24 hours from the City. Proposers are solely responsible for maintaining up to date and accurate information in the Vendor Database.

2. Public RecordNumber of Copies
Proposals must be submitted through the Planetbid portal. Proposals shall/shall not be e-mailed or faxed to the City (determined by Dept.) Proposals not received by the date and time specified in this RFP, will be rejected. Documents submitted in response to this RFP will become the property of the City of South Lake Tahoe and will be regarded as public record under California Public Records Act under Government Code 6250 et seq., and subject to review or release to the public, excluding financial records marked “confidential” which shall be available for the Proposer to pick up following a review and selection of the firm(s).

3. Format
Font, Type and Style: All proposals shall be single sided and professionally prepared (no handwritten proposals will be accepted). There are no requirements on font size, type, or style requirements.

Not Bound: Proposals shall not be bound with anything other than a clip or staple to allow the City to make additional copies as needed. No comb binding or permanent binding is permitted.

4. Submittal Deadline
Response to this RFP is due on or before MM/DD/YYY no later than 12:00 p.m. (Pacific Standard Time) at City offices (address below). Reponses received after the deadline will not be accepted; there are no exceptions. Fax and Electronic-mailed (e-mail) submission will not be accepted. Submit Proposals to:

City of South Lake Tahoe
Attn:

RFP Title
City Address
South Lake Tahoe, CA 96150
106
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 43

5. Selection Process
A Selection Committee consisting of City Staff will evaluate the submitted proposals. Proposer(s) will be objectively evaluated based on their responses to the project scope outlined in this RFP.

The written proposal should clearly demonstrate how the Proposer could best satisfy the requirements of the City. The Selection Committee will utilize the Evaluation Method and Criteria described on page XX of this RFP to rate and rank each proposal.

If more information is needed following a review of the Proposals, the Selection Committee may invite one or more of the Proposers to a Selection Interview. Upon completion of interviews, (if needed) a recommendation by the Selection Committee to the City Manager/City Council will be made at that time and awarded in accordance with the City of South Lake Tahoe Procurement Policies & Procedures.

The City of South Lake Tahoe reserves the right to accept or reject any or all proposals or to make no award at all, to extend the period for accepting proposals, to advertise the RFP at any time and to waive any minor irregularities in any proposal.

6. Professional Services Agreement
The Professional Services Agreement with the selected Proposer will begin within 30 days of award of contract. The selected Proposer will be required to sign the City’s Standard Professional Services Agreement. A sample of this Agreement is attached hereto, and the City reserves the right to amend or edit this Agreement however it sees fit.

7. Reservations
a) The City reserves the right to reject any and all proposals, whether or not minimum qualifications are met, and to modify, postpone, or cancel this Request for Proposal, in whole or in part, or decide to award a contract to perform only some of the services outlined in this Request For Proposal, without liability, obligation, or commitment to any party, firm, or organization.
b) In addition, the City reserves the right to request and obtain additional information from any Proposer and to negotiate the final scope of services with the selected Proposer.

The City is not liable for any costs incurred by Proposers prior to issuance of an agreement, contract, or purchase order. Costs of developing the proposals, oral presentations or any other such expenses incurred by the Proposer in responding to the RFP are entirely the responsibility of the Proposer and shall not be reimbursed in any manner by the City of South Lake Tahoe.
c) Only the MayorCity Council of South Lake Tahoe, or the City Manager, after being duly authorized by the City Council, may execute the Agreement with the successful Proposer. Further, it is understood that respondents must independently evaluate the information in this RFP and that the City makes no guarantee of data accuracy. 107
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 44 d) The City reserves the right to waive or permit cure of minor informalities and/or insignificant mistakes such as matters of form rather than substance and to conduct discussions and negotiations with any qualified respondent in any manner deemed necessary by the City to serve its best interests. The City also reserves the right, based on its sole judgment and discretion, to award a contract based upon the written proposals it receives without conducting discussions, interviews, or negotiations. e) If, in the opinion of the City, a proposal contains false or misleading statements or references, it may be rejected without notice to Proposer. f) The City reserves the right to obtain written clarification of any point in a Proposer's proposal or to obtain additional information necessary to properly evaluate a particular proposal. Failure of a Proposer to respond to such a request for additional information or clarification may result in rejection of the proposal. g) The City reserves the right, without qualification, to select a Proposer for further discussions based solely on the content of the RFPs and relevant information obtained from others concerning the respondent's respective records of past performance. h) Proposer agrees that any response submitted to this RFP will remain current and valid for a period of not less than 120 calendar days from the proposal due date.

8. Local Business Preference (applies to RFP’s over $50,000 only) a) The City shall apply a five percent discount to all local businesses which submit proposals for services for The City of South Lake Tahoe. The City shall evaluate the local businesses’ proposals as though the proposal had been submitted at a cost of five percent lower than the cost submitted.
b) Local Business shall mean a business which maintains its principle place of business in a fixed office within the City of South Lake Tahoe and possesses a current South Lake Tahoe business license. To establish a principle place of business in South Lake Tahoe, a business must demonstrate the majority of its principals are based in the South Lake Tahoe office, and that it pays South Lake Tahoe payroll taxes on at least 51 percent of its total payroll.

89. Bidder’s Security
a) When deemed necessary, bidder’s security may be prescribed in invitations to bid, RFP’s and RFQ’s. Bidders shall be entitled to return of bid security; provided however, that a successful bidder shall forfeit his or her bid security upon his or her refusal or failure to execute that contract within 10 days after receipt of contract. 108
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 45

INTRODUCTION

8. Background
Background information that would be relevant to what service is being requested

9. Objective
What is the City’s primary objective? What are we trying to accomplish through this RFP?

SCOPE OF SERVICE

10. Scope of Work to be Performed
- List all technical and general specifications of service, etc.…. - Be specific with all details and descriptions.
- Request proposal to be all inclusive of all fees, incl taxes, delivery charges etc... - Request implementation schedule, timeline, delivery date etc.… 109
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 46

PROPOSAL CONTENT REQUIREMENTS

11. Proposal Requirements - All proposals must include the following information and shall be organized as described below. Criteria titles and points should be edited or deleted as needed for each RFP –
A. Cover Letter (0-5 points)
The cover letter shall be addressed to the Director of the Department, and at a minimum, must contain the following:
 Identification of Firm, including name, address, and telephone number  Name, title, address, and telephone number of contact person during period of proposal evaluation
 A statement to the effect that the proposal shall remain valid for a period of not less than 120 calendar days from date of submittal
 Signed by person authorized to bind the Firm to the terms of the proposal.

B. Executive Summary (10 points)
The intent of this narrative is to convince the City the Proposer understands the requirements of proposal, the nature of the work, and the level of effort necessary to successfully provide the defined services.

C. Company History, Background and Experience (0-20 points) Describe the Company’s history and organizational structure, including the size of the company, location of office(s) and years in business. Provide resumes for project team members. Also include the Firm’s background, experience, and capacity to undertake the project/services for the City of South Lake Tahoe in conformity with the requirements of the RFP.

D. Scope of Work/Implementation (0-35 points)
Describe the Company’s general approach to managing the services provided including an explanation of the methodology to be followed and specific plans to manage, control, and supervise the services in order to insure satisfactory provision of services. In developing the work plan, reference should be made to the specific requirements and specifications noted in the Scope of Services (pages x – xx). Provide a delivery schedule designed to meet the requirements of the City. An implementation timeline from the Company is required. Provide description implementation plan considerations, including timeframes and deliverables for various stages of the agreement.

E. Project Budget (0-25 points)
Provide a description of the project cost and/or fees itemized according to the RFP proposal. The total all-inclusive maximum price to be bid is to contain all direct and indirect costs, including 110
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 47 all out-of-pocket expenses. The City of South Lake Tahoe will not be responsible for the expenses incurred in preparing and submitting the proposal. The Company shall present all costs, fees, taxes, and charges based on achievement of deliverables, which should be outlined in the Company’s Cost Proposal.

F. Description of Recent Projects/References (0-5 points) Provide a description of accounts/ agreements of a similar nature including at least three (3) recent client references with names and telephone numbers, contact persons.

EVALUATION METHOD & CRITERIA
Proposals will first be reviewed for responsiveness to the requirements. If any information is missing from the required content, the proposal may be deemed non-responsive and returned to proposer and any further review is subject to the City’s discretion (see Reservations, page 4).

The Selection Committee will make a recommendation based on the criteria in this Proposal to award the contract/agreement to a selected Proposer. The City may conduct interviews as described on page 4 under Selection Process.

12. Evaluation Criteria
Recommendations for selection will be based on the following weighted criteria of 100 possible points and passing status on all Pass or Fail categories, if any. This information should match the proposal content requirements on page XX
Criteria Points
A. Cover Letter 5
B. Executive Summary 10
C. Company History, Background & Experience 20
D. Scope of Work/Implementation 35
E. Project Budget 25
F. Description of Recent Projects/References 5

111
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 48 ATTACHMENT 1
SAMPLE

PROFESSIONAL SERVICE AGREEMENT
112
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 49

EXHIBIT G

STANDARD

PROFESSIONAL

SERVICES AGREEMENT

TEMPLATE
113
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 50

CITY OF SOUTH LAKE TAHOE

PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT
This Agreement is made and entered into as of the_________day of ________ 202X by and between the City of South Lake Tahoe, a municipal corporation (“City”) and _____________________ (“Consultant”).

RECITALS
A. Consultant is specially trained, experienced, and competent to perform the special services which will be required by this Agreement.

B. Consultant possesses the skill, experience, ability, background, certification, and knowledge to provide the services described in this Agreement on the terms and conditions described herein.

C. City desires to retain Consultant to render professional services as set forth in this Agreement.

AGREEMENT

1. Scope of Services. Consultant shall perform the services set forth in this agreement and shall provide said services at the time, place, and in the manner specified in this agreement. Consultant shall have no power or authority by this Agreement to bind City in any respect.

The Consultant agrees that it has satisfied itself by its own investigation and research regarding the conditions affecting the work to be done and labor and materials needed, and that its decision to execute this Contract is based on such independent investigation and research.

All services provided by Consultant pursuant to this Agreement will be provided in accordance with the terms set forth in the Exhibit A, “Scope of Services,” attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference. Exhibit B, “Compensation Schedule,” attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference, outlines the fees and compensation which shall be paid pursuant to this Agreement.

2. Term/Time of Performance. The services by Consultant are to commence upon the execution of the Agreement and continue for _________ years. 114
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 51

3. Compensation. Compensation to be paid to Consultant shall be in accordance with the Schedule set forth in Exhibit B which is attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference. In no event shall Consultant’s compensation, including travel and out-of-pocket expenses, exceed ___________ without additional written authorization from City. Payment by City under this Agreement shall not be deemed a waiver of defects, even if such defects were known to City at the time of payment. Payment is contingent upon compliance with all terms and conditions of this Agreement, as set forth herein. Consultant shall obtain prior written authorization from the City Project Manager for any costs in excess of budgeted amounts for each line item, task, or obligation under the Scope of Services.

4. Method of Payment. Consultant shall submit monthly billings to City describing the work performed during the preceding month. Consultant’s bills shall include a brief description of the services performed, the date the services were performed, the number of hours spent and by whom, the applicable hourly rate, and a description of any reimbursable expenditures. City shall pay Consultant no later than 30 days after approval of the monthly invoice by City staff.

5. Extra Work. At any time during the term of this Agreement, City may request that Consultant perform extra work. As used herein, “Extra Work” means any work which is determined by City to be necessary for the proper completion of the Project, but which the parties did not reasonably anticipate would be necessary at the execution of this Agreement. Consultant shall not perform, nor be compensated for, extra work without prior written authorization from City.

6. Termination. This Agreement may be terminated by City or Consultant immediately for cause or without cause upon thirty days (30) days written notice of termination. Upon termination, Consultant shall be entitled to compensation for services performed up to the effective date of termination, and City shall be entitled to all work performed to that date.

Termination, revocation, or expiration of this Agreement shall not release either party from liability resulting from an event which occurred prior to such termination, revocation, or expiration.

7. Ownership of Documents.

All plans, studies, documents, and other writings, including working notes and internal documents, prepared by and for Consultant, its officers, employees 115
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 52 and agents and subcontractors in the course of implementing this Agreement, shall become the property of City upon payment to Consultant for such work, and City shall have the sole right to use such materials in its discretion without further compensation to Consultant or to any other party.

Consultant shall, at Consultant’s expense, provide such reports, plans, studies, documents, and other writings to City upon written request. All documents prepared by Consultant are confidential and shall be maintained to preserve their confidential nature. Release of any such documents to third parties shall only be made upon written consent of City.

8. Consultant’s Books and Records.
a. Consultant shall maintain any and all ledgers, books of account, invoices, vouchers, canceled checks, and other records or documents evidencing or relating to charges for services, or expenditures and disbursements charged to City for a minimum period of three (3) years, or for any longer period required by law, from the date of final payment to Consultant for services provided pursuant to this Agreement.
b. Consultant shall maintain all documents and records which demonstrate performance under this Agreement for a minimum period of three (3) years, or for any longer period required by law, from records shall be available at Consultant’s address indicated for the date of termination or completion of this Agreement. c. Any records or documents required to be maintained pursuant to this Agreement shall be made available for inspection or audit, at any time during regular business hours, upon written request by the City Manager, City Attorney, City Auditor, or a designated representative of these officers. Copies of such documents shall be provided to City for inspection at City offices when it is practical to do so. Otherwise, unless an alternative is mutually agreed upon, the receipt of notices in this Agreement.
d. Where City has reason to believe that such records or documents may be lost or discarded due to dissolution, disbandment or termination of Consultant’s business, City may, by written request by any of the above-named officers, require that custody of the records be given to City and that the records and documents be 116
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 53 maintained at City offices. Access to such records and documents shall be granted to any party authorized by Consultant, Consultant’s representatives, or Consultant’s successor-in-interest.

9. Independent Contractor. It is understood that Consultant, in the performance of the work and services agreed to be performed, shall act as and be an independent contractor and shall not act as an agent or employee of City.

Consultant shall obtain no rights to retirement benefits or other benefits which accrue to City’s employees, and Consultant hereby expressly waives any claim it may have to any such rights. All employees, agents, contractors, or subcontractors hired or retained by Consultant are employees, agents, contractors, or subcontractors of Consultant and not of the City.

City is not required to make any deductions or withholdings form the compensation payable to Consultant under the provisions of this Contract and is not required to issue W-2 Forms for income and employment tax purposes for any of Consultant’s assigned personnel. Any third-party persons employed by Consultant shall be entirely and exclusively under the direction, supervision, and control of Consultant. Consultant hereby indemnifies and holds City harmless from any and all claims that may be made against City based upon any contention by any third party that an employer-employee relationship exists by reason of this Contract.

10. Interest of Consultant. Consultant, (and principals, associates, and professional employees of consultant) covenants and represents that it does not now have any investment or interest in real property and shall not acquire any interest, direct or indirect, in the area covered by this Agreement or any other source of income, interest in real property or investment which would be affected in any manner or degree by the performance of Consultant’s services hereunder. Consultant further covenants and represents that in the performance of its duties hereunder no person having any such interest shall perform any services under this Agreement.

Consultant is not a designated employee within the meaning of the Political Reform Act because Consultant:
a. Will not serve in a staff capacity and will conduct research and arrive at conclusions with respect to theirhis/her rendition of information, advice, recommendation, or counsel independent of the control and direction of City or of any City official, other than normal agreement monitoring; and,
117
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 54 b. Possesses no authority with respect to any city decision beyond rendition of information, advice, recommendation, or counsel. [FPPC Reg. 18700.3(a) (2)].

11. Professional Ability of Consultant. City has relied upon the professional training and ability of Consultant to perform the services hereunder as a material inducement to enter into this Agreement. Consultant shall therefore provide properly skilled professional and technical personnel to perform all services under this Agreement. All work performed by Consultant under this Agreement shall be in accordance with applicable legal requirements and shall meet the standard of quality ordinarily to be expected of competent professionals in Consultant’s field of expertise.

12. Compliance with Laws. Consultant shall comply with all applicable federal, state, regional and local laws, codes, ordinances, and regulations in carrying out theirhis/her duties under this Agreement. Consultant shall observe and comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, regulations, and codes of federal, state, and local governments, and shall commit no trespass on any public or private property in performing any of the work authorized by this Agreement. The City, its officials, officers, elected officials, appointed officials, and employees shall not be liable at law or in equity as a result of any failure of Consultant to comply with this section.

In the event it is determined that the Consultant is required to pay prevailing wages for the work performed under this Agreement, the Consultant shall pay all penalties and wages as required by law.

13. Licenses. Consultant represents and warrants to City that it has all licenses, permits, qualifications, insurance, and approvals of whatsoever nature which are legally required of Consultant to practice its profession. Consultant represents and warrants to City that Consultant shall, at its sole cost and expense, keep in effect or obtain at all times during the term of this Agreement, any licenses, permits, insurance and approvals which are legally required of Consultant to practice its profession. If Consultant will be physically present in the City of South Lake Tahoe to perform some or all of the services, Consultant shall maintain a City of South Lake Tahoe business license at all times services is performed under this Agreement. Consultant acknowledges that payments made pursuant to this Agreement may be withheld until this provision has been satisfied.
118
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 55

14. Indemnity. Consultant hereby agrees to and shall indemnify and hold harmless City, its elected and appointed boards, officers, agents, employees and volunteers from and against any liability for any and all claims, demands, actions, losses, damages and injuries, direct or indirect (including any and all costs and expenses in connection therein), arising out of this Agreement or caused in any way by Consultant’s negligent performance of this Agreement or its breach of its obligations contained in this Agreement, except for any such claims arising out of the negligence or willful misconduct of the City.

Consultant agrees to defend City from and against any and all losses, damages, claims costs and fees arising out Consultant’s negligent acts, errors, omissions, regarding this Agreement, the Consultant’s work under this Agreement, or the consultant’s Scope of Work.

City does not, and shall not, waive any rights against Consultant which it may have by reason of the aforesaid hold harmless agreement, because of the acceptance by City, or the deposit with City by Consultant, of any of the insurance policies hereinafter set forth.

This hold harmless agreement by Consultant shall apply to all damages and claims for damages, or alleged to have been suffered, by reason of any of the aforesaid operation of Consultant or any subcontractor, regardless of whether such insurance policies shall have been determined to be applicable to any of such damages or claims for damages.

Consultant further waives any and all rights to any type of express or implied indemnity or right of contribution from the City for any liability, claims, demands, costs, charges, and expenses and causes of action of whatsoever arising out of or in any way connected with this Agreement, and consultant’s work under this Agreement.

15. Insurance Requirements.
a. Consultant, at Consultant’s own cost and expense, shall procure and maintain, for the duration of the contract, the following insurance policies.
i. Workers’ Compensation Coverage. Consultant shall maintain Workers’ Compensation Insurance and Employer’s Liability Insurance for theirhis/her employees in accordance with the laws of the State of California. In addition, Consultant shall require each subcontractor to similarly maintain Workers’ 119
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 56 Compensation Insurance and Employer’s Liability Insurance in accordance with the laws of the State of California for all the subcontractor’s employees. Any notice of cancellation of all Workers’ Compensation policies must be received by City at least thirty (30) days prior to such change. Consultant shall provide thirty (30) days written notice of nonrenewal of any Workers’ Compensation policies. The insurer shall agree to waive all rights of subrogation against City, its officers, agents, employees, and volunteers for losses arising from work
performed by Consultant for City.
ii. Commercial General Liability Coverage. Consultant shall maintain commercial general liability insurance no less broad than ISO form CG 00 01 in an amount not less than one million dollars ($1,000,000) per occurrence for bodily injury, personal injury, and property damage. Coverage must be made on
the standard Occurrence form. Claims-Made forms are not acceptable without prior written consent of City. City of South Lake Tahoe must be endorsed as an additional insured for liability arising out of ongoing operation by on behalf of Consultant. If a commercial general liability insurance form or other form with a general aggregate limit is used, either the general aggregate limit shall apply separately to the work to be performed under this Agreement or the general
aggregate limit shall be at least twice the required
occurrence limit.
iii. Automobile Liability Coverage. Consultant shall maintain automobile liability insurance covering bodily injury and property damage for all activities of the Consultant arising out of or in connection with the work to be performed under this Agreement, including coverage for owned, hired and nonowned vehicles, in an amount of not less than one million dollars ($1,000,000) combined single limit for each occurrence. iv. Professional Liability Coverage. Consultant shall maintain professional errors and omissions liability insurance for protection against claims alleging negligent acts, errors or omissions which may arise from Consultant or by its employees, or subcontractors. The amount of this insurance shall not be less 120
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 57 than one million dollars ($1,000,000) on a claims-made annual aggregate basis, or a combined single-limit per occurrence basis.
v. Cyber Liability Coverage. Consultant shall maintain cyber liability insurance with limits not less than one million dollars ($1,000,000) per claim, two million dollars ($2,000,000) aggregate. Coverage shall be sufficiently broad to
sufficiently broad to respond to the duties and obligations as is undertaken by Vendor in this agreement and shall include, but not limited to, claims involving security breach; system failure; data recovery; business interruption; cyber extortion; social engineering; infringement of intellectual property, including but not limited to infringement of copyright, trademark, trade dress, invasion of privacy violations, information theft, damage to or destruction of electronic information, release of private information, and alteration of electronic information. The policy shall provide coverage for breach response costs as well as regulatory fines and
penalties, and credit monitoring expenses with limits sufficient to respond to these obligations. Vendor’s policy shall be primary and shall not seek contribution from the City’s coverage, shall contain a waiver of subrogation in favor of the City, and shall be endorsed to provide that City and its officers, officials, employees, agents, and volunteers are additional insureds. Any failure to comply with the reporting provisions of the policy by Vendor shall not affect coverage provided to the City. If Vendor maintains broader coverage and/or higher limits than the minimums listed above, City requires and shall be entitled to the broader coverage
and/or higher limits maintained by the Vendor. Any available insurance proceeds in excess of the specified minimum limits of insurance and coverage shall be available to City.
b. Endorsements. Each general liability and automobile liability insurance policy shall be with insurers possessing an AM Best’s rating 121
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 58 of no less than A:VII and shall be endorsed with the following specific language:
i. City, its elected or appointed officers, officials, employees, agents, and volunteers are to be covered as additional
insureds under Consultant’s General Liability and Automobile Liability policies with respect to liability arising out of this Agreement and/or work performed by or on behalf of the
Consultant, including materials, parts or equipment furnished in connection with such work or operations.
ii. This policy shall be considered primary insurance as respects City, its elected or appointed officers, officials, employees, agents, and volunteers. Any insurance maintained by City, including any self-insured retention City may have, shall be considered excess insurance only and shall not contribute with it.
iii. This insurance shall act for each insured and additional insured as though a separate policy had been written for each,
except with respect to the limits of liability of the insuring Consultant.
iv. The insurer waives all rights of subrogation against City except for Consultant’s Professional Liability and Employers’ Liability policies, its elected or appointed officers, officials, employees, or agents.
v. Any failure to comply with reporting provisions of the policies shall not affect coverage provided to City, its elected or appointed officers, officials, employees, agents, or volunteers. vi. No policies of insurance carried by Consultant shall be suspended, voided, canceled, or changed in coverage or in limits except after thirty (30) days written notice to the City Attorney by Certified Mail.
c. Deductibles and Self-Insured Retentions. The Consultant shall be responsible for all deductibles in all of Consultant’s insurance policies. 122
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 59 The amount of deductibles for insurance coverage required herein shall be reasonable and approved by the City Attorney.
d. Certificates of Insurance. Consultant shall provide certificates of insurance with original endorsements to City as evidence of the insurance coverage required herein. Consultant shall not commence work under this contract until all insurance required under this section has been approved by City as to form, amount, and carrier, nor shall Consultant allow any subcontractor to commence work on any subcontract until all similar insurance required and reasonably consistent limits of the subcontractor has been so obtained and approved. Certificates of insurance shall contain no exclusions unless negotiated with the City Attorney and approved, in writing, by the City Attorney.

16. Notices. Any notice required to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and either served personally or sent prepaid, first-class mail. Any such notice shall be addressed to the other party at the address set forth below.

Notice shall be deemed communicated within 48 hours from the time of mailing if mailed as provided in this section.

If to City: City of South Lake Tahoe
1901 Lisa Maloff Way
South Lake Tahoe, CA 96150
Provide a copy to: City Attorney’s Office
City of South Lake Tahoe
1901 Lisa Maloff Way, Suite 300
South Lake Tahoe, CA 96150
If to Consultant:

Provide a copy to:

17. Assignment and Subcontracting. The parties recognize that a substantial inducement to City for entering into this Agreement is the professional reputation, experience, and competence of Consultant. Assignments of any or all rights, duties or obligations of the Consultant under this Agreement will be permitted only with the express consent of City. Consultant shall not subcontract any portion of the work to be performed under this Agreement without the written authorization of City. If City consents to such subcontract, Consultant shall be fully responsible to City for all acts or omissions of the subcontractor. Nothing in the Agreement shall create any contractual relationship between City and subcontractor nor shall it create any obligation 123
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 60 on the part of City to pay or to see to the payment of any monies due to any such subcontractor other than as otherwise required by law.

18. Waiver. Waiver of a breach or default under this Agreement shall not constitute a continuing waiver of a subsequent breach of the same or any other provision under this Agreement.

19. Dispute Resolution. Any dispute concerning this Agreement will be first submitted to the City Manager or his designee for resolution. If no resolution is reached, such dispute shall be submitted to the City Council. The decision of the City Council shall be final and shall be appealable only to the El Dorado Superior Court pursuant to California Code of Civil Procedure §1094.5, and as provided by law.

20. Controlling Law Venue. This Agreement and all matters relating to it shall be governed by the laws of the State of California and any action brought relating to this Agreement shall be held exclusively in the Superior Courts in the County of El Dorado, South Lake Tahoe Division.

21. Prohibited Interests. Consultant maintains and warrants that it has not employed nor retained any Consultant or person, other than the independent contractors hired in accordance with Consultant’s standard business practice, to solicit or secure this Agreement. Further, Consultant warrants that it has not paid, nor has it agreed to pay any Consultant or person, other than a bona fide employee working solely for Consultant or an independent contractor hired as discussed above, any fee, commission, percentage, brokerage fee, gift, or other consideration contingent upon or resulting from the award or making of this Agreement. For breach or violation of this warranty, City shall have the right to rescind this Agreement without liability. For the term of this Agreement, no member, officer, or employee of City, during the term of his or her service with City, shall have any direct interest in this Agreement, or obtain any present or anticipated material benefit arising therefrom.

22. Equal Opportunity Employment. Consultant represents that it is an equal opportunity employer, and it shall not discriminate against any subcontractor, employee, or applicant for employment because of ancestry, age, color, disability, genetic information, gender expression, gender identity, marital status, medical condition, military or veteran status, national origin, race, religion, reproductive health decision making, sex/gender, or sexual orientation. race, religion, color, national origin, disability, ancestry, sex, or age.

Such non-discrimination shall include, but not be limited to, all activities related to initial employment, upgrading, demotion, transfer, recruitment or recruitment advertising, layoff, or termination. Consultant shall also comply 124
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 61 with all relevant provisions of City’s Minority Business Enterprise program, Affirmative Action Plan, or other related programs or guidelines currently in effect or hereinafter enacted.

22. 23. Drug-Free Workplace Certification. This certification is only required for Consultants receiving payment from Grant Funding. By signing this Agreement, Consultant hereby certifies under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the Consultant will comply with the requirements of the Drug-Free Workplace Act of 1990 (Government Code Section 83550, et seq.) and will provide a drug-free workplace by taking the following actions:
a. Publish a statement notifying employees that unlawful manufacture, distribution dispensation, possession, or use of a controlled substance is prohibited and specifying actions to be taken against employees for violations, as required by Government Code Section 8355 (a). b. Establish a Drug-Free Awareness Program as required by Government Code Section 8355(b) to inform employees about all of the following:
i. The dangers of drug abuse in the workplace;
ii. The person’s or organization’s policy of maintaining a drug-free workplace;
iii. Any available counseling, rehabilitation, and employee assistance program; and
iv. Penalties that may be imposed upon employees for drug abuse violations.
c. Provide, as required by Government Code Section 8355(c), that every employee who performs grant activities under this Agreement:
i. Will receive a copy of the Consultant’s drug-free policy statement; and
ii. Will agree to abide by the terms of the Consultant’s statement as a condition of employment on this Agreement.

Failure to comply with these requirements may result in suspension of payments under this Agreement or termination of the Agreement, or both, and Consultant may be ineligible for award of any future City agreements if City determines that any of the following has occurred: the Consultant (1) has made false certification, or (2) violates the certification by failing to carry out the requirements as noted above.
125
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 62

24. Anti-Lobbying Certification. Consultant shall submit to City the Anti-Lobbying Certification contained in Exhibit C. Further, Consultant shall require that the language of the certification in Exhibit C be included in all contracts or subcontracts entered into in connection with this Agreement and that all Consultants and contractors shall certify and disclose accordingly.

25. Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion. By signing this Agreement, Consultant assures that neither it nor its principals, is presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participating in covered transactions by any Federal department or agency.

26. Americans with Disabilities Act. By signing this Agreement, Consultant assures the City that it complies with the American with Disabilities Act (ADA) of 1990, (42 U.S.C. 12101, et.seq.), which prohibits discrimination on the basis of disability, as well as all applicable regulations and guidelines issued pursuant to ADA.

27. Amendments. This Agreement may be modified or amended only by a written document executed by both Consultant and City and approved as to form by the City Attorney.

28. Severability. If any term or portion of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal, or otherwise unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect.

29. Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the complete and exclusive statement of Agreement between City and Consultant. All prior written and oral communications, including correspondence, drafts, memoranda, and representations, are superseded in total by this Agreement.

30. Execution. This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall constitute one and the same instrument and shall become binding upon the parties when at least one copy hereof shall have been signed by both parties hereto. In approving this Agreement, it shall not be necessary to produce or account for more than one such counterpart.

31. Time is of the Essence. Time is of the essence for this Agreement.

32. Authority to Enter Agreement. Consultant has all requisite power and authority to conduct its business and to execute, deliver, and perform the Agreement.

Each party warrants that the individuals who have signed this Agreement have 126
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 63 the legal power, right, and authority to make this Agreement and to bind each respective party.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed on the date first written above.

CITY OF SOUTH LAKE TAHOE: CONSULTANT:

By___________________________ By ________________________________ City Manager Name, Title
Date_________________________ Date______________________________

Business License # __________________
APPROVED AS TO FORM:

By____________________________ Date_____________________________ City Attorney
ATTEST:

By____________________________ Date___________________________ City Clerk
Attachments:

Exhibit A – Scope of Services
Exhibit B – Compensation Schedule
Exhibit C - Anti-Lobbying Certification
127
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 64

EXHIBIT A

SCOPE OF SERVICES
128
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 65

EXHIBIT B

SCHEDULE OF CHARGES AND TIMELINE
BUDGET
Estimated fees (not to exceed) $________
Hourly Rate: $________/hour
Travel and out-of-pocket expenses $________
(travel is included in the TOTAL (not to exceed amount) TOTAL (not to exceed) $________

TIMELINE
129
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 66

EXHIBIT C

ANTI-LOBBYING CERTIFICATION
Consultant shall submit to City this certification prior to or at the time of the execution of this Agreement.

This certification is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when this transaction was made or entered into. Submission of this certification is a prerequisite for making or entering into this transaction imposed by Section 1352, Title 31, U. S. Code. Any person who fails to file the required certification shall be subject to a civil penalty not less than $10,000 and no more than $100,000 for such failure.

The undersigned certifies, to the best of his or her knowledge or belief, that:

1. No federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid, by or on behalf of it, to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with the awarding of any Federal contract, the making of any Federal grant, the making of any Federal loan, the entering into of any cooperative agreement, and the extension, continuation, renewal, amendment, or modification of any Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement; and

2. If any funds other than federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with this Federal contract, grant, loan, cooperative agreement, it will complete and submit Standard Form-LLL, “Disclosure Form to Report Lobbying,” in accordance with its instruction.

Consultant:

Name, Title
By:________________________________________ Date_______________________ 130
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 67

EXHIBIT H

STANDARD

INVITATION TO BID

TEMPLATE

131
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 68

INVITATION TO BID
TITLE
Picture
BID# date of award yyyy-mm-dd Title
*note: Formal Bids must be posted for minimum of 30 days 132
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 69

SUMMARY
The City of South Lake Tahoe is requesting formal competitive bids from qualified professional vendors/firms for (short sentence describing what you are looking for).

Sealed or Electronic Bids are due on or before MM/DD/YYYY no later than 12:00 p.m. (Pacific Standard Time) at City offices (Department Address, South Lake Tahoe, CA 96150). Bids received after the deadline will not be accepted. Electronic Bids must be uploaded by said time and date. Sealed Bids and required copies must be submitted by U.S. mail or personal delivery to the address below, and/or on-line Planet Bids Portal. Fax and Electronic-mailed (e-mail) submission will not be accepted. Sealed paper bids must be marked “BID yyyy-mm-dd Title” and mailed to:

City of South Lake Tahoe
Attn: Department Head
Title of Bid
City Address
South Lake Tahoe, CA 96150
Bidders will be notified by the City of any addenda that may be issued to this Formal Invitation to Bid (BID). Bidders must register in the City’s Vendor Database to be notified of such addenda (see page 3 for instructions on how to register).

Read this BID document carefully as the award will be given to the “lowest qualified responsible bidder” responding to this BID. The City reserves the right to reject any or all bids. Bids will be publicly opened and read aloud at the “department address” office immediately after the closing of the bid.

In the opinion of the City of South Lake Tahoe, this BID is complete and without need of explanation. However, if you have questions, or should you need any clarifying information, please use the Q&A feature that is found within Planet Bids, where the BID is posted.

Please note that no information given will be binding upon the City unless such information is issued in writing as an official addendum to this BID.

TIMELINE OF CRITICAL DATES
Release of Formal Competitive Bid xx-xx-xxxx
Mandatory Pre-Bid Meeting *optional
Deadline for questions Submitted via
Planted Bids
xx-xx-xxxx
Questions & Answers Uploaded xx-xx-xxxx
Formal Bid Due/ Bid opening xx-xx-xxxx
City Council Award xx-xx-xxxx
133
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 70

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

1. Register with the City
All Bidders must register through the Vendor Portal in the Planet Bids website complete a “Vendor Information Sheet” to be entered in the City of South Lake Tahoe Vendor Database, which is required to submit a bid. Go to this website address:
https://pbsystem.planetbids.com/portal/14997/portal-home and follow the instructions applicable to Bidder. Following submission, Bidders will receive a confirmation message within 24 hours from the City. Bidders are solely responsible for maintaining up to date and accurate information in the Vendor Database.

2. Public Record Number of Copies
The Bidder must submit in a sealed package(s) one (1) ”Original”, and five (5) complete copy sets of the “Original” response. Bids shall not be e-mailed or faxed to the City. Bids not received by the date and time specified in this BID, will be rejected. Documents submitted in response to this BID will become the property of the City of South Lake Tahoe and will be regarded as public record under California Public Records Act under Government Code 6250 et seq., and subject to review or release to the public, excluding financial records marked “confidential” which shall be available for the bidder to pick up following a review and selection of the bid.

3. Format
Font, Type and Style: All proposals shall be single sided and professionally prepared (no handwritten proposals will be accepted). There are no requirements on font size, type, or style requirements.

Not Bound: Proposals shall not be bound with anything other than a clip or staple to allow the City to make additional copies as needed. No comb binding or permanent binding is permitted.

4. Submittal Deadline
Response to this BID is due on or before MM/DD/YYYY no later than 12:00 p.m. (Pacific Standard Time) at City offices (address below). Reponses received after the deadline will not be accepted; there are no exceptions. Fax and Electronic-mailed (e-mail) submission will not be accepted. Submit Sealed Bids to:

City of South Lake Tahoe
Attn: Department Head
“BID yyyy-mm-dd Title”
Department Address
South Lake Tahoe, CA 96150

5. Selection Process
A Selection Committee consisting of City Staff will evaluate the submitted bids. Bids will be objectively evaluated based on their responses to the Scope of Work outlined in this BID. The 134
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 71 written bid should clearly demonstrate how the bidder could best satisfy the requirements of the City. The Selection Committee will utilize the Evaluation Method and Criteria described on page 9 of this BID to rate and rank each proposal.

Following a review of the Bids, the Selection Committee may invite one or more of the bidders to a Selection Interview. Upon completion of interviews, the Selection Committee will submit a recommendation to the City Manager. The City of South Lake Tahoe reserves the right to accept or reject any or all proposals or to make no award at all, to extend the period for accepting bids, to advertise the BID at any time and to waive any minor irregularities in any bid.

The City of South Lake Tahoe reserves the right to accept or reject any or all bids or to make no award at all, to extend the period for accepting proposals, to advertise the Invitation to Bid at any time and to waive any minor irregularities in any proposal.

56. Purchase Agreement/ Contract
Upon approval of the Award by City Council; a written Purchase Agreement or Contract will be issued by the City Attorney’s Office. The Agreement is in force through the time period specified in the Scope of Work in the bid. The selected Bidder will be required to sign the City’s Purchase Agreement or Contract. A sample of this Agreement is attached hereto, and the City reserves the right to amend or edit this agreement however it sees fit. No changes may be made in the agreement without written authorization by the City of South Lake Tahoe. Quantities specified in the purchase agreement are not to be exceeded without written authorization from the City of South Lake Tahoe.

7. Reservations
a) The City reserves the right to reject any and all bids, whether or not minimum qualifications are met, and to modify, postpone, or cancel this Invitation to Bid, in whole or in part, or decide to award a contract on the basis of individual items, or groups of items, or on the entire list of items; to reject any or all bids or any part thereof; and to waive any informalities and/or negotiate minor deviations to the bid, with the successful bidder. The City's decision shall be final, without liability, obligation, or commitment to any party, firm, or organization.
b) In addition, the City reserves the right to request and obtain additional information from any Bidder and to negotiate the final scope of services with the selected vendor. The City is not liable for any costs incurred by Bidders prior to issuance of an agreement, contract, or purchase order. Costs of developing the bid, oral presentations or any other such expenses incurred by the vendor in responding to the BID are entirely the responsibility of the vendor and shall not be reimbursed in any manner by the City of South Lake Tahoe. c) Only the City Council of South Lake Tahoe, or the City Manager after being duly authorized by the City Council, may execute the Agreement with the successful bidder. 135
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 72 Further, it is understood that respondents must independently evaluate the information in this BID and that the City makes no guarantee of data accuracy. d) The City reserves the right to waive or permit cure of minor informalities and/or insignificant mistakes such as matters of form rather than substance and to conduct discussions and negotiations with any qualified respondent in any manner deemed necessary by the City to serve its best interests. The City also reserves the right, based on its sole judgment and discretion, to award a contract based upon the written bids it receives without conducting discussions, interviews, or negotiations. e) If, in the opinion of the City, a bid contains false or misleading statements or references, it may be rejected without notice to Bidder.
f) The City reserves the right to obtain written clarification of any point in a vendor bid or to obtain additional information necessary to properly evaluate a particular bid. Failure of a Bidder to respond to such a request for additional information or clarification may result in rejection of the bid.
g) The City reserves the right, without qualification, to select a Bidder for further discussions based solely on the content of the BID and relevant information obtained from others concerning the respondent's respective records of past performance. h) Proposer agrees that any response submitted to this BID will remain current and valid for a period of not less than 120 calendar days from the proposal due date.

8. Bid Protests
a) A non-selected bidder may protest award of contract by submitting a written bid protest which shall be received by the city clerk no later than seven calendar days after the city’s selection of the winning bidder or no later than 10 calendar days from the date that the city issues notice of designation of a bidder as non-responsible. b) The bid protest shall state all grounds claimed for the protest and include supporting documentation. Failure to clearly state the grounds for the protest and provide supporting documentation shall be deemed a waiver of all protest rights. c) Where award of the contract is to be made by the city council, the city clerk shall place a discussion of the bid protest on the next regularly scheduled council meeting agenda and the city council shall determine whether, based on the protest, to award the contract to the selected bidder, to reject all bids, or to award the contract to the next lowest responsible bidder.

9. Local Business Preference
a) The city shall apply a five percent discount to all local businesses which submit bids for materials, supplies, equipment, and services for nonpublic projects. The city shall evaluate 136
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 73 the local businesses’ bids as though the bid had been submitted at a cost of five percent lower than the cost submitted.
b) Local Business shall mean a business which maintains its principalle place of business in a fixed office within the city of South Lake Tahoe and possesses a current South Lake Tahoe business license. To establish a principalle place of business in South Lake Tahoe, a business must demonstrate the majority of its principals are based in the South Lake Tahoe office, and that it pays South Lake Tahoe payroll taxes on at least 51 percent of its total payroll.

9. Bidder’s Security
a) When deemed necessary, bidders’ security may be prescribed in invitations to bid, RFP’s and RFQ’s. Bidders shall be entitled to return of bid security; provided however, that a successful bidder shall forfeit his or her bid security upon his or her refusal or failure to execute that contract within 10 days after receipt of contract.

INTRODUCTION

8. Background
Background information that would be relevant to what product is being requested

9. Objective
What is the City’s primary objective? What are we trying to accomplish through this BID?

SCOPE OF WORK

11. Scope of Work to be Performed:

- List all technical and general specifications of item(s), product, service, etc…. 137
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 74 - Be specific with all details and descriptions.
- Request bid to include all fees, tax (8%), delivery charges - Request implementation schedule, timeline, delivery date

BID CONTENT REQUIREMENTS

12. Bid Requirements - All bids must include the following information and shall be organized as described below.

F. A. Cover Letter (0-5 points)
The cover letter shall be addressed to the Department, Department Head, Title, and at a minimum, must contain the following:
 Identification of Vendor, including name, address, and telephone number  Name, title, address, and telephone number of contact person during period of bid evaluation
 A statement to the effect that the bid shall remain valid for a period of not less than 120 calendar days from date of submittal
 Signed by person authorized to bind the bidder the terms of the proposal.

G. B. Product SpecificationExecutive Summary (10 points) In a brief narrative, describe the specificationsoverall approach and plans to meet the requirements of the Invitation to Bid. The intent of this narrative is to convince the City that the Bidder understands the objective that the bid is intended to meet, the nature of the work and/or product, and the level of effort necessary to successfully provide the defined product or scope of work.

H. C. Company History, Background and Experience (0-20 points) Describe the Vendor’s history and organizational structure, including the size of the company, location of office(s) and years in business. Provide resumes project team members (if applicable). Also include the Vendor’s background and public sector experience in conducting description of work/item.

I. D. Scope of Work/Implementation (0-35 points)
Describe the Vendor’s general approach to managing the project or providing the goods, including 138
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 75 specific plans to manage, control, and/or deliver the project in order to insure satisfactory provision of services. Provide a schedule designed to meet the requirements of the City. The City’s target date for completion/delivery is xxxx weeks/days from the date the contract is signed; however, a timeline from the Vendor is required. Provide description of all costs, implementation, including estimated timeframes and deliverables.

J. E. Project Budget (0-25 points)
Provide a detailed description of the project budget/ product itemized according to Scope of Work.

The Vendor shall present a specific “not to exceed” fixed fee /cost including associated taxes, fees, and charges and be based on achievement of deliverables. Provide itemized budget.

F. Description of Recent Projects/References (0-5 points) Provide a description of projects/products of a similar nature including at least three (3) client references with names and telephone numbers, contact persons. Preference shall be given to vendors who have provided satisfactory service to public entity clients.

EVALUATION METHOD & CRITERIA
Bids will first be reviewed for responsiveness to the requirements. If any information is missing from the required content, the bid may be deemed non-responsive and returned to bidder. Further review is subject to the City’s discretion (see Reservations, page 4).

The Selection Committee will make a recommendation to the City Manager based on the criteria in this bid to award the contract to the lowest qualified responsible bidder. The City Council will make the final determination whether or not to award a contract/agreement. The City may conduct interviews of the top scoring Bidders.

13. Evaluation Criteria
Recommendations for selection of the Concessionaire will be based on the following weighted criteria of 100 possible points and passing status on all Pass or Fail categories. This information should match the BID content requirements on page 7
riteria Points
A. Cover Letter 5
B. Executive Summary 10
C. Company History, Background & Experience 10
D. Scope of Work/Implementation 35
139
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 76 E. Project Budget 35
F. Description of Recent Projects/References 5

ATTACHMENT 1

SAMPLE

STANDARD PURCHASE AGREEMENT
140
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 77

EXHIBIT I

STANDARD

PURCHASE

AGREEMENT

TEMPLATE
141
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 78

CITY OF SOUTH LAKE TAHOE

PURCHASE AGREEMENT
This Agreement is made and entered into as of the_________day of ________ 202x by and between the City of South Lake Tahoe, a municipal corporation (“City”) and _____________________ (“Vendor”).

RECITALS
A. Vendor has been selected as the lowest qualified bidder to provide the goods/materials/products set forth in this Agreement is specially trained, experienced, and competent to perform the special services which will be required by this Agreement.

B. Vendor and City desire to enter into this Agreement for the purchase of said goods/materials/products.possesses the skill, experience, ability, background, certification, and knowledge to provide the services described in this Agreement on the terms and conditions described herein.

AGREEMENT

1. Scope of Agreement. Vendor shall provide the goods/materials/products set forth in this agreement and described more fully in the Exhibit A, “Description of Goods/Materials/Products,” attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference (hereinafter the “product(s)”). Exhibit A further sets forth the requirements for delivery of the product(s), including requirements for installation, maintenance, servicing, etc.

2. Term/Time of Performance. The goods/materials/services described in Exhibit A shall be delivered to the City on or before ______________.

3. Compensation. Compensation to be paid to Vendor shall be in accordance with Exhibit B which is attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference. In no event shall Vendor’s compensation exceed ___________ without additional written authorization from City. Payment by City under this Agreement shall not be deemed a waiver of defects, even if such defects were known to City at the time of payment. Payment is contingent upon compliance with all terms and conditions of this Agreement, as set forth herein. Vendor shall obtain prior written authorization from the City Project 142
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 79 Manager for any costs in excess of budgeted amounts for each line item set forth in Exhibit A.

4. Expiration and Termination of Agreement. This Agreement shall expire upon written confirmation from the City that Vendor has delivered product(s) in compliance with the scope set forth in Exhibit A. Such confirmation shall not be unreasonably withheld.

The City may terminate this agreement if Vendor fails to deliver product(s) and comply with the terms of Exhibit A within ten (10) days of the date of delivery set forth in paragraph two (2) herein.

5. Independent Contractor. It is understood that Vendor, in the performance of this the work and services agreed to be performed,Agreement, shall act as and be an independent contractor and shall not act as an agent or employee of City. Vendor shall obtain no rights to retirement benefits or other benefits which accrue to City’s employees, and Vendor hereby expressly waives any claim it may have to any such rights. All employees, agents, contractors, or subcontractors hired or retained by Vendor are employees, agents, contractors, or subcontractors of Vendor and not of the City.

City is not required to make any deductions or withholdings form the compensation payable to Vendor under the provisions of this Contract and is not required to issue W-2 Forms for income and employment tax purposes for any of Vendor’s assigned personnel. Any third-party persons employed by Vendor shall be entirely and exclusively under the direction, supervision, and control of Vendor. Vendor hereby indemnifies and holds City harmless from any and all claims that may be made against City based upon any contention by any third party that an employer-employee relationship exists by reason of this Contract.

6. Interest of Vendor. Vendor, (and principals, associates, and professional employees of Vendor) covenants and represents that it does not now have any investment or interest in real property and shall not acquire any interest, direct or indirect, in the area covered by this Agreement or any other source of income, interest in real property or investment which would be affected in any manner or degree by the performance of Vendor’s services hereunder.

Vendor further covenants and represents that in the performance of its duties hereunder no person having any such interest shall perform any services under this Agreement.

7. Professional Ability of Vendor. City has relied upon the professional training and ability of Vendor to provide the product(s) hereunder as a material 143
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 80 inducement to enter into this Agreement. Vendor shall therefore provide properly skilled professional and technical personnel to perform all tasks related to delivery of the product(s), etc. as set forth in Exhibit A.

8. Compliance with Laws. Vendor shall comply with all applicable federal, state, regional and local laws, codes, ordinances, and regulations in carrying out his/her duties under this Agreement. Vendor shall observe and comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, regulations, and codes of federal, state, and local governments.

9. Licenses. Vendor represents and warrants to City that it has all licenses, permits, qualifications, insurance, and approvals of whatsoever nature which are legally required of Vendor to engage in this Agreement. Vendor represents and warrants to City that Vendor shall, at its sole cost and expense, always keep in effect or obtain during the term of this Agreement, any licenses, permits, insurance and approvals which are legally required of Vendor.

Vendor shall always maintain a City of South Lake Tahoe business license during this Agreement. Vendor acknowledges that payments made pursuant to this Agreement may be withheld until this provision has been satisfied.

10.Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion. By signing this Agreement, Consultant assures that neither it nor its principals, is presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participating in covered transactions by any Federal department or agency.

11. Indemnity. Vendor hereby agrees to and shall indemnify and hold harmless City, its elected and appointed boards, officers, agents, employees and volunteers from and against any liability for any and all claims, demands, actions, losses, damages and injuries, direct or indirect (including any and all costs and expenses in connection therein), arising out of this Agreement or caused in any way by Vendor’s negligent performance of this Agreement or its breach of its obligations contained in this Agreement, except for any such claims arising out of the negligence or willful misconduct of the City. Vendor agrees to defend City from and against any and all losses, damages, claims costs and fees arising out Vendor’s negligent acts, errors, omissions, regarding this Agreement, the Vendor’s work under this Agreement, or the Vendor’s Scope of Work.

City does not, and shall not, waive any rights against Vendor which it may have by reason of the aforesaid hold harmless agreement, because of the acceptance by City, or the deposit with City by Vendor, of any of the insurance policies hereinafter set forth.
144
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 81

12. Warranty. Vendor will provide warranty language.

13. Notices. Any notice required to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and either served personally or sent prepaid, first-class mail. Any such notice shall be addressed to the other party at the address set forth below.

Notice shall be deemed communicated within 48 hours from the time of mailing if mailed as provided in this section.

If to City: City of South Lake Tahoe
1901 Lisa Maloff Way
South Lake Tahoe, CA 96150
Provide a copy to: City Attorney’s Office
City of South Lake Tahoe
1901 Lisa Maloff Way, Suite 300
South Lake Tahoe, CA 96150

If to Vendor:

Provide a copy to:

14.Assignment and Subcontracting. The parties recognize that a substantial inducement to City for entering into this Agreement is the professional reputation, experience, and competence of Vendor. Assignments of any or all rights, duties or obligations of the Vendor under this Agreement will be permitted only with the express consent of City. Vendor shall not subcontract any portion of the Agreement without the written authorization of City. If City consents to such subcontract, Vendor shall be fully responsible to City for all acts or omissions of the subcontractor. Nothing in the Agreement shall create any contractual relationship between City and subcontractor nor shall it create any obligation on the part of City to pay or to see to the payment of any monies due to any such subcontractor other than as otherwise required by law.

15.Waiver. Waiver of a breach or default under this Agreement shall not constitute a continuing waiver of a subsequent breach of the same or any other provision under this Agreement.
145
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 82

16.Dispute Resolution. Any dispute concerning this Agreement will be first submitted to the City Manager or his designee for resolution. If no resolution is reached, such dispute shall be submitted to the City Council. The decision of the City Council shall be final and shall be appealable only to the El Dorado Superior Court pursuant to California Code of Civil Procedure §1094.5, and as provided by law.

17.Controlling Law Venue. This Agreement and all matters relating to it shall be governed by the laws of the State of California and any action brought relating to this Agreement shall be held exclusively in the Superior Courts in the County of El Dorado, South Lake Tahoe Division.

18.Prohibited Interests. Vendor maintains and warrants that it has not employed nor retained any Vendor or person, other than the independent contractors hired in accordance with Vendor’s standard business practice, to solicit or secure this Agreement. Further, Vendor warrants that it has not paid, nor has it agreed to pay any Vendor or person, other than a bona fide employee working solely for Vendor or an independent contractor hired as discussed above, any fee, commission, percentage, brokerage fee, gift, or other consideration contingent upon or resulting from the award or making of this Agreement. For breach or violation of this warranty, City shall have the right to rescind this Agreement without liability. For the term of this Agreement, no member, officer, or employee of City, during the term of his or her service with City, shall have any direct interest in this Agreement, or obtain any present or anticipated material benefit arising therefrom.

19.Amendments. This Agreement may be modified or amended only by a written document executed by both Vendor and City and approved as to form by the City Attorney.

20. Severability. If any term or portion of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal, or otherwise unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect.

21.Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the complete and exclusive statement of Agreement between City and Vendor. All prior written and oral communications, including correspondence, drafts, memoranda, and representations, are superseded in total by this Agreement.

22. Time is of the Essence. Time is of the essence for this Agreement. 146
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 83

23.Authority to Enter Agreement. Vendor has all requisite power and authority to conduct its business and to execute, deliver, and perform the Agreement.

Each party warrants that the individuals who have signed this Agreement have the legal power, right, and authority to make this Agreement and to bind each respective party.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed on the date first written above.

CITY OF SOUTH LAKE TAHOE: VENDOR:

By___________________________ By ________________________________ City Manager Name, Title
Date________________________ Date______________________________

Business License # __________________
APPROVED AS TO FORM:

By____________________________ Date__________________
City Attorney
ATTEST:

By____________________________ Date___________________
City Clerk
147
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 84 Attachments:

Exhibit A – Description of Goods/Materials/Products
Exhibit B – Compensation
Exhibit C - Anti-Lobbying Certification
148
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 85

EXHIBIT A
Description of Goods/Materials/Products
149
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 86

EXHIBIT B

COMPENSATION
 Provide total itemized costs
 Include all taxes, shipping, handling, fees, and discounts 150
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 87

EXHIBIT C

ANTI-LOBBYING CERTIFICATION
Vendor shall submit to City this certification prior to or at the time of the execution of this Agreement.

This certification is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when this transaction was made or entered into. Submission of this certification is a prerequisite for making or entering into this transaction imposed by Section 1352, Title 31, U. S. Code. Any person who fails to file the required certification shall be subject to a civil penalty not less than $10,000 and no more than $100,000 for such failure.

The undersigned certifies, to the best of his or her knowledge or belief, that:

1. No federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid, by or on behalf of it, to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with the awarding of any Federal contract, the making of any Federal grant, the making of any Federal loan, the entering into of any cooperative agreement, and the extension, continuation, renewal, amendment, or modification of any Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement; and

2. If any funds other than federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with this Federal contract, grant, loan, cooperative agreement, it will complete and submit Standard Form-LLL, “Disclosure Form to Report Lobbying,” in accordance with its instruction.

Vendor:

Name, Title
By: ________________________________________ Date________________________ 151
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 88

EXHIBIT J

BID REJECTION
LETTER –

TEMPLATE/EXAMPLE
152
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 89

USE DEPARTMENT- CITY LETTERHEAD
Date
Address
Re: Award Decision, Department of ________, RFP # _____ for [service requested] Dear
Thank you for submitting a proposal in response to the subject Request for Proposals (RFP).

An evaluation panel, using the weighted criteria outlined in the RFP, has completed its review, and scoring of all the proposals we received. The proposal submitted by ______________ received the panel’s highest score. We will be developing a contract for the requested services with that organization. Thank you again for your participation, and for your interest in doing business with the City of South Lake Tahoe.

This award is a final decision subject to the successful negotiation of a mutually acceptable contract. A nonselected bidder may protest the award of a contract by submitting a written bid protest which shall be received by the city clerk no later than seven calendar days after the city’s selection of the winning bidder or no later than 10 calendar days from the date that the city issues notice of designation of a bidder as nonresponsible. Please see City of South Lake Tahoe Code section 3.45.020 for the full bid protest procedure.

Very truly yours,
153
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 90

EXHIBIT K

BID ACCEPTANCE
LETTER

TEMPLATE/EXAMPLE
154
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 91 *Use Department City Letterhead
Date
Address
Re: Award Decision, Department of ________, RFP # _____ for [service requested] Dear
Congratulations. The evaluation panel, using the weighted criteria outlined in the subject Request for Proposals (RFP), has completed its review of the proposals received. We are pleased to announce that your proposal received the panel’s highest score.

Enclosed with this letter is an electronic copy of the City’s approved Professional Services Agreement. We respectfully ask you to review the terms and conditions. Any changes should be made with MS Word Track Changes so that our Attorney may review them. We also kindly ask that you provide us a scope of services attachment that includes all services requested in our RFP. When both parties arrive at mutually acceptable terms, we will place the master agreement on the City Council agenda for adoption.

Thank you for your interest in working with the City of South Lake Tahoe. If you have any questions or concerns, please do not hesitate to reach out to me at __________________.

Very truly yours,
Attachment: Professional Services Agreement/ or Purchase Agreement 155
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 92

EXHIBIT L

INSTRUCTIONS TO

CREATE A STANDARD

PURCHASE ORDER
(PO)
156
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 93 Creating a Purchase Order

1. Login to OneSolution

2. Type POUPPR into the top right search tool and click on “Purchase Requests (POUPPR)

3. Click on “Add”

4. Click on Generate

5. Click on PR_SEED

6. Write down the PR Number

7. If you know the vendor ID then type it in the text box that is located in the Vendor tab. If you don’t know the ID then you can search for it by name. If the vendor is not in our system then you will have to request a W9 from the vendor and send it over to Ben so he setup the new 157
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 94 vendor in our system. If this new vendor is doing any work on one of our properties then a business license is needed. Have Finance contact this new vendor to setup a business license.

8. Type in the Vendor ID in the text box or look it up. Select the vendor and the correct address then click on OK at the top.

9. Click on the Ship to Tab. If you know the ship to ID then type it in the box or you can search for it. To search click on the Lookup button. All city building starts with a S. Filter by PE ID and type 158
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 95 in an “S” and click on “Apply”. Look for the city building that it needs to be shipped to and select the correct person at that address.

10. Under the “Details” tab type in the following
a. Confirming Person – The person requesting this item/service 159
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 96 b. Cust / Order # - Quote or order number if available
c. Bid # - If available
d. Contract # - If available
e. End Use – The department or division requesting this PR f. Buyer – Leave Blank

11. Go to the “Details” tab and type in the current date

12. Skip “Blanket” Tab

13. Click on “Req. Codes” Tab. Make sure the following codes are selected.

14. Skip “Misc.” Tab

15. Click on the “Notes” Tab. In the dropdown there are three choices a. PR Notes – This is for internal notes only
b. Print Before – This will place the note directly on the PO above the first line item. 160
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 97 i. Quote number
ii. Delivery instructions
iii. Etc…
c. Print After – This will place the note directly after the last line item. i. Quote number
ii. Delivery instructions
iii. Etc…

16. In the “Items” tab. Enter in the Quantity, Account Number, Units, Description, Unit Price. If Tax is NOT required, then scroll to the right and select EX under the “Tax Code” column. After entering the data in each filed press the “Enter” to save the item and two add a second item.

17. Once you are finished adding items. You will have to approve the PR out of your queue. At the top you should have “Pending Approvals” tab; If you don’t, please see below to activate it. Click on that tab and select one of the four choices. When you select one a second window will popup so you can type additional notes for yourself or for the next approver in the queue. 161
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 98

18. If there are multiple approvers you can click on refresh to see who next in line to approve the PR.

Adding Attachments to the PR

1. Click on the “Attachments” tab on the top will allow you add new documents. The “Attachment” tab on the left will show you the current documents attached to the PR.

2. Click on “New Document”. A second window will popup. You will need to add a description and then browse to the location where your attachment is saved. Then click on “Attach.” 162
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 99

3. You will see the document listed on the left side. If the wrong document was attached; just hover you mouse of the attached document and send IT the document ID and request that document to be removed.

Activating the “Pending Approval” tab and “Attachments” Tab

1. Click on the Globe
163
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 100

2. Click on “Settings”

3. Click on “Preferences” tab and select “Enable for “Show Attachments”. Then click on “Apply Settings”
164
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 101

4. Click on “Screens Specific” tab and select “Enable” for “Pending Approvals” Purchase Order Rules

1. All quotes, sole source form, state contracts, etc.… and the approved PO must be attached to the PR.
165
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 1

FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT

PROCUREMENT POLICY
These guidelines establish the basic policies and procedures for the procurement of goods and services in accordance with City Ordinance Adopted and Approved by the City Council August 13, 2024. Procedures are drafted by the Finance Dept. in coordination with the City Attorney and City Manager’s office. All City employees responsible for the procurement of goods and services while conducting City business are responsible for knowing and following this policy.

Quick Guide to Purchasing
Dollar
limit
For Materials, Supplies, Equipment & Services Forms
Required
Approval
Authority
$0
$9,999
Discretionary purchases: no competitive bid required. Purchase using Cal Card, or vendor invoice- signed, with account number.

ALL services performed by an outside vendor at a city-owned property require a Purchase Order or PSA.

Signed
invoice or email approval
with acct.
number
PO for service
Supervisor/
Designated
Purchaser
$10,000 –
$29,999
Requires 3 informal quotes, cooperative contract, or Sole Source Justification form. Purchase using approved vendor invoice, or PO with budgeted account number.
*ALL services performed by an outside vendor require a
Purchase Order or Professional Services Agreement.
3-Quotes or
Sole Source
form, Co-op
contract#, PO,
or invoice
w/ acct#
Department
Head
$30,000 –
$59,999
Requires 3 informal quotes, co-op contract, or Sole Source Justification form. Provide budgeted account number and proper signing authority.
*ALL services and purchases of goods at this threshold require a PO and/or written contract approved by Dept. Head & City Manager.

All above +
PO, PSA/ or
Purchase
Agreement
Department
Head and
City Manager
$60,000 + Requires Formal Bid process with City Council approval. All services and purchases of goods require a written contract approved by the City Attorney’s office as well as City Council approval.

All above +
- RFP or BID
-Staff report
City Council
Awardinvoices signed
by DH, CM
NOTE: ALL construction, reconstruction, alteration, renovation, improvement, demolition, painting, re-painting and repair work involving ANY publicly owned, leased, or operated facility is considered a Public Project and is subject to the City’s Public Works Code and the Uniform Public Construction Cost Accounting Act.” (City Code SLTCC § 3.45, Article II). Contact the Public Works Department (ext. 6034) for further direction prior to engaging in any of these activities.
166
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 2 Table of Contents

1. General Standards ......................................................................................... 4

1.1 Code of Ethics ................................................................................................................4

1.2 Conflict of Interest .........................................................................................................5

1.3 Public Projects (CUPCCA) ........................................................................................ 5-6

1.4 On-Site Services.............................................................................................................7

1.5 Splitting Purchases .........................................................................................................7

1.6 Sole Source Purchasing................................................................................................. 7

1.7 Environmentally Preferable Products ............................................................................8

1.8 SB 1383 Recovered Organic Waste Products ................................................................8

1.9 Cooperative Purchasing .................................................................................................9

1.10 Business License Requirement ....................................................................................9

1.11 Budget Appropriation ..................................................................................................9

1.12 Disposition of Surplus................................................................................................10

1.13 Information Technology Purchases ..........................................................................10 Discretionary Purchases (less than $10,000) ......................................................... 11

2.1 Signature Authority ......................................................................................................11

2.2 Local Vendor Master Accounts ......................................................................................... 11

2.3 Petty Cash ............................................................................................................................. 12

2.4 Purchase utilizing Federal Funds/Other Revenue ........................................................12

2.5 Discretionary Process ........................................................................................................... 13

3. Informal Solicitations ($10,000 - $59,999) .........................................................13

3.1 Signature Authority ......................................................................................................13

3.2 Equipment and Capital Expenditures...........................................................................14

3.3 Informal Bid and Proposal Process ........................................................................ 14-16

3.4 Purchase Orders ...........................................................................................................16

3.5 Purchase Agreement ....................................................................................................16

3.6 Professional Service Agreement ..................................................................................17

3.7 Consultant Invoices .....................................................................................................17 167
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 3

4. Formal Solicitations ($60,000 and above) ................................................... 17-18

4.1 Signature Authority ......................................................................................................18

4.2 Formal Bidding Process ...............................................................................................18 Public Projects .......................................................................................................18 Requests for Proposals (services or consultants) ...................................................18 Requests for Qualifications (pre-qualification for consultants) .............................18 Invitation to Bid (goods, materials equipment) .....................................................18

4.3 Local Business Preference ...........................................................................................19

4.4 Bidders Security ...........................................................................................................19

4.5 Bid and RFP/RFQ Evaluations ....................................................................................19 Rejections / Tie Bids ..............................................................................................20 Less than three Bids/ No Bids Received ................................................................21 Waiver of Irregularities and Rejection of Bids ......................................................21

4.6 City Council Staff Recommendations .........................................................................21 Staff Report / Resolution .......................................................................................22

4.7 Bid Protests ..................................................................................................................22

4.8 Maintaining Documentation ........................................................................................23

5. Forms and Templates ................................................................................................ 24-96 Exhibit A- Payment Request Form ........................................................................25 Exhibit B – Sole Source Justification ....................................................................27 Exhibit C – Request for Quotes .............................................................................29 Exhibit D – Contract/Agreement Routing Form ....................................................31 Exhibit E – Proposal Evaluation Forms and Scoresheet .................................. 33-36 Exhibit F – Standard RFP/RFQ Required Template........................................ 38-45 Exhibit G – Standard PSA (Professional Services Agreement)....................... 48-64 Exhibit H – Standard Invitation to Bid ............................................................ 65-73 Exhibit I – Standard Purchasing Agreement (contract for goods) ................... 74-83 Exhibit J – Bid Rejection Letter.............................................................................85 Exhibit K – Bid Acceptance Letter ........................................................................87 Exhibit L – Instructions to Create a PO ........................................................... 88-97 168
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 4

1. GENERAL STANDARDS
The City's Purchasing Ordinance (SLTCC § 3.45) and Procurement Policy are in place as guideline to ensure materials and services are purchased in a legal and cost-effective manner.

The purchasing functions are decentralized, with each Department/Division responsible for procuring their own goods, services, and contracts, and maintaining compliance with City policies and procedures. Employees and City Officials are responsible for exercising good judgment in requesting, approving, and procuring goods, services, and contracts on behalf of the City of South Lake Tahoe to provide prudent stewardship of public funds and City resources.

Adoption and Implementation: The City Council is responsible for adopting the City's Purchasing Ordinance and Procurement Policy and approving significant policy revisions. The City Manager, or his/her designee, is responsible for developing administrative procedures to implement this policy. In this role, the City Manager is authorized to make minor administrative changes in the guidelines without significant policy impacts.

Public Records Requirement: All documents related to City procurement are public records and may be subject to disclosure under the California Public Records Act (Government Code §6250- 6270).

1.1 CODE OF ETHICS
Public employees and officials shall act in good faith to perform their duties ensuring fair and equitable treatment of all persons dealing with government procurement; to foster public confidence in the integrity of the procurement process; and to ensure the appropriate application of purchasing ethics. When engaging in procurement, any person employed by the City of South Lake Tahoe, or vendors and third parties doing business with the City of South Lake Tahoe, shall be bound by this code of ethics, including but not limited to the following:

1. Avoid the intent and appearance of unethical behavior or fraudulent practices;

2. Diligently follow the procurement laws, rules, and procedures;

3. Refrain from any activity that would create a conflict between personal interests and the interests of the City;

4. Identify and eliminate any conflicts of interest;

5. Avoid soliciting or accepting money, loans, credits, discounts, favors, gifts, or services from present or potential suppliers which may influence or appear to influence purchasing decisions;

6. Ensure that all persons are afforded equal opportunity to compete in a fair and open environment, and;

7. Encourage any person, including any actual or prospective bidder, offeror, contractor, or business to act in good faith to practice purchasing ethics, and display business integrity as a responsible offeror.
169
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 5

1.2 Conflict of Interest
Any officer or employee of the City acting or appearing to act on behalf of someone other than the City; or in carrying out duties has or appears to have a self-interest from which a personal profit or gain is realized or that is actually or potentially adverse to the best interests of the City is displaying a “conflict of interest”.

No officer or employee of the City shall have any interest, financial or otherwise, direct, or indirect, or have any arrangement that may reasonably be expected to bias the procurement process or influence the bidding and purchasing of goods, services, or public projects. Officials and employees of the City shall avoid any action that might result in, or create the appearance of:
 Using his or her official position for private gain
 Giving preferential treatment to any person or organization  Losing complete independence or impartiality
 Making an official decision outside official channels  Adversely affecting public confidence in the City and the procurement process  Or any other Conflict of Interest, real or perceived
The City of South Lake Tahoe reserves the right to deny approval, purchase, payment, or reimbursement of expenses that are considered fraudulent, lavish, extravagant, or are unsupported by required documentation.

1.3 PUBLIC PROJECTS
ALL construction, reconstruction, alteration, renovation, improvement, demolition, painting, repainting, and repair work involving ANY publicly owned, leased, or operated facility is considered a Public Project and is subject to the City’s Public Works Code and the Uniform Public Construction Cost Accounting Act.” (CUPCCAA) (City Code SLTCC § 3.45, Article II) Prequalification: The City may require each prospective bidder for a contract to submit a standardized questionnaire and financial statement in the form specified by the director of public works. The City may establish a process for prequalifying prospective bidders on a quarterly basis, and a prequalification pursuant to this process shall be valid for one calendar year following the date of initial prequalification. The director of public works is authorized to establish such a quarterly prequalification process. Refer to City Code for bidder appeal process. (City Code SLTCC § 3.45.105)
Director of public works authority for Public Projects: Public project contracts of $60,000 or less may be executed by the director of public works or his or her designee by force account, negotiated contract, or purchase order. This limit shall be automatically adjusted from time to time to reflect changes in the limits established by the state of California. This includes contract change orders combined up to this amount. Vendors chosen in this manner must be on the prequalification list.

Informal bidding for Public Projects: Monetary Limit. Public contracts of $200,000 or less may be executed by the director of public works or his or her designee as well as let to contract by 170
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 6 informal procedures as set forth in this section. Contract change orders up to this amount may be approved by the director of public works, so long as the combined amounts are within the approved project budget. This limit shall be automatically adjusted from time to time to reflect changes in the limits established by the state of California.

1. Contractors List: The city shall maintain a contractors list and contractors shall be selected to perform public projects in accordance with the provisions of Public Contract Code Section 22034.

2. Notice Inviting Informal Bids: Not less than 10 calendar days before bids are due, the city will mail notices inviting informal bids to all contractors on the contractors list and/or all trade journals specified in Public Contract Code Section 22034(b).

Formal Competitive Bidding: Public projects of greater than $200,000 shall be bid in accordance with the procedures set forth in Public Contract Code Section 22037 et seq. (Ord. 1069 § 1 (Exh.

A); Ord. 1109 § 1 (Exh. A). Code 1997 § 22-22)
Lowest Responsible Bidder: Contracts for public projects shall be awarded to the lowest responsible bidder. If two or more bids are the same and the lowest, the city may accept the one it chooses. In determining the lowest responsible bidder, the following factors may be considered in addition to price:

1. The ability, capacity and skill of the bidder to perform the contract or provide the service required;

2. The character, integrity, reputation, judgment, experience, efficiency and performance demonstrated in previous contracts or services for the city;

3. The sufficiency of the financial resources and ability of the bidder to perform the contract or provide the services;

4. The ability of the bidder to provide future maintenance for service for the public project. (Ord. 1171 § 1; Ord. 1165 § 1; Ord. 1069 § 1 (Exh. A); Ord. 1109 § 1 (Exh. A). Code 1997 § 22-25)
Design-Build Contracts: The purpose of this section is to authorize and provide guidelines for the award and use of “design-build contracts,” which means a public project procurement method in which both the design and construction of the project are procured from a single entity, in accordance with Public Contract Code Section 22160 et seq. This section shall be effective until January 1, 2025, unless the authorizing statute is extended, in which case this section shall be effective so long as Public Contract Code Section 22160 et seq. is in effect.

1. Design-build procurement may be used for public projects in excess of $1,000,000 consisting of the construction of a building or buildings and improvements directly related thereto and park and recreational facilities, and may not be used for construction of other infrastructure including, but not limited to, streets and highways;

2. Any architectural firm, engineering firm, specialty consultant, or individual retained by the city to assist in the development of plans, designs, performance standards, or the request for proposals shall not be eligible to submit a proposal as a design-build entity or join a design-build team.
171
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 7

3. Refer to City Code SLTCC § 3.45.165 Design-build contracts for additional guidelines when utilizing this method for procurement.

Contact the Public Works Department (ext. 6034) for further direction prior to engaging in any activity considered to be a Public Project per definition above.

1.4 ON-SITE SERVICES
On-Site Service: any repair service, maintenance, professional service, or service of any kind conducted on the property of any city-owned facility or property is subject to the following:

1. Regardless of dollar amount, a Purchase Order (PO), Professional Service Agreement (PSA), or Written Contract must be used for ALL On-Site Services.

2. Cal-Cards are prohibited as a payment for On-Site Services.

1.5 SPLITTING PURCHASES
Splitting Purchases Prohibited: Pursuant to SLTCC § 3.45.050, it is unlawful to split or separate any public project into smaller work orders or projects for the purpose of circumventing or evading these requirements.

Bifurcation of Purchases: No acquisition of materials, supplies, equipment or services from a single vendor, provider, or contractor shall be accomplished by the issuance of several purchase orders or contracts for portions thereof.

1.6 SOLE SOURCE PURCHASING
Pursuant to SLTCC § 3.45.060; where an acquisition would otherwise be subject to competitive bidding, the procurement of materials, supplies, equipment, or services from a Sole Source may be permitted only when submitting an approved Sole Source Justification Form (Exhibit B) and one of the following conditions exists:

1. Proprietary: The item is available only from a single source; the item is held under exclusive title, trademark, or copyright by a private person or company; a proprietary distributorship would also apply.

2. Emergency Purchase: Non-public projects requiring public exigency or emergency for the requirement will not permit a delay resulting from competitive solicitation, per SLTCC § 3.45.070. Whereas the procedures set forth in this policy would result in hazardous delays, loss to the City, or damage to life, health, safety of citizens, the City Manager may approve the non-competitive purchase of materials, supplies, equipment, or services. For Public Projects, refer City Code § 3.45.180, and Public Contract Code Section 22050.

3. Sole Source: After solicitation of several sources, competition is determined inadequate or no other items are known to exist which perform the same function. 172
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 8

4. Federal Awards: when purchasing goods or services with Federal Funds where the Federal awarding agency expressly authorizes noncompetitive proposals in response to a written request from the City. (Attach authorization to this form)

5. Standardization: The City requires the item(s) to standardize parts, design, quality, etc. (When using Federal Funds, you must have written authorization from the Federal Awarding agency if claiming sole source for Standardization purposes).

1.7 ENVIRONMENTALLY PREFERABLE PRODUCTS
Pursuant to SLTCC § 3.45.080; the city desires to purchase environmentally preferable products that minimize environmental impacts, reduce waste by increasing product efficiency, contain recycled content, and contain U.S. Environmental Protection Agency Energy Star-certified materials whenever economically feasible.

1.8 SB 1383 RECOVERED ORGANIC WASTE PRODUCTS
Beginning January 1, 2022, SB 1383 requires cities and counties to procure annually a quantity of recovered organic waste products. These procurement requirements will strengthen California’s green, self-sustaining economy. Recovered organic waste products can benefit local communities and spaces, improve soil and air quality, and support local environmental initiatives, such as the City’s Climate Action Plan.

CalRecycle will assign an annual procurement target to each jurisdiction based on its population.

Jurisdictions can fulfill their target by procuring any combination of the following recovered organic waste products where applicable:
 Compost
 Mulch
 Renewable Energy (Transportation Fuel, Heat, and Electricity) The City’s Sustainability Coordinator will be responsible for collecting and maintaining the documents needed to support and demonstrate compliance with the SB 1383 regulatory target for recovered organic waste product procurement and the SB 1383 recycled-content paper regulatory requirements.

Pursuant to SB1383 and SLTCC §3.45.080, Departments should use best efforts in procuring and using “recycled organic products” to help the city meet its procurement target by:

1. Coordinating with the Sustainability Coordinator to identify applicable products.

2. Recognize areas in your department that could utilize these products.

3. Provide invoice copies to Sustainability Coordinator for tracking and reporting. 173
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 9

1.9 COOPERATIVE PURCHASING
Where another governmental agency performs a solicitation and/or bid process for the City and/or multiple agencies or jurisdictions, and where the purchase of materials, supplies and equipment is based upon an agreement or cooperative purchasing program pursuant to authority granted by statue or ordinance, pursuant to contractual arrangement between the city and said governmental agency, or pursuant to a determination by the City Manager that the governmental agency conducted a competitive bidding process, the City may purchase materials, supplies, and complying with the bidding requirements of this policy (ex: CMAS, NASPO, GMAS, SOURCEWELL) (SLTCC § 3.45.090). Cooperative Purchasing is not applicable to Public Projects.

1.10 BUSINESS LICENSE REQUIREMENT
The City shall not render payment to any vendor, contractor, or professional service provider where such vendor or provider does not possess a valid South Lake Tahoe business and professions tax certificate (SLTCC § 3.45.095). Contact the Revenue Dept. to inquire about a valid business license (ext. 6012 or ext. 6013).

1. It is the Departments responsibility to ensure the vendor, contractor, service provider, consultant, has a required Business License and appropriate requisite insurance (where applicable).

2. The license and insurance requisites must be obtained prior to purchase or work commencing.

1.11 BUDGET APPROPRIATION
Federal, State, and Local Governments are legally required to operate within an approved Municipal Budget. Article 1, Section 9, of the U.S. Constitution states, “No money shall be drawn from the Treasury, but in Consequence of Appropriations made by Law”.

1. Government Fund Accounting is required by California Law meaning each stream of revenue and associated expenses must be accounted for and tracked within a specific governmental fund.

2. Appropriated budget MUST be available and verified prior to ANY purchase, contract, or professional service agreement rendered.

3. If budget is not identified, or funding has not been approved and appropriated into the current fiscal year budget, STOP. Do not proceed with the purchase or contract until City Council or the City Manager has appropriated budget in accordance with the following delegation of authority:
174
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 10 Transferring/ Adding Budget Authorization
Transfers between budgeted line items
within the same account number:

Department Head- via email to the
Administrative Services Director
Transfers between account numbers within
the same fund:

City Manager- via email from Dept.

Head. CM will authorize adjustment via
email to Admin. Services Director.

Transfers between funds: (including
transfers from undesignated reserves)
City Council- via staff report and
resolution with explanation for transfer
Adding new Budget (grants, new revenue,
unforeseen expenses etc..)
City Council – via staff report and
resolution with explanation and request to
appropriate funding.

1.12 DISPOSITION OF SURPLUS
Surplus property: Goods, materials, vehicles, equipment etc. retained by a government, but not currently being utilized. These items may be out of date, useless, or no longer working.

Surplus property shall be identified by the department; officially declared to the City Council for approval; eliminated from the fixed asset accountability list and; sold at auction or to any organization or non-employee willing to pay fair market price. Alternatively, the City Council may elect to donate or destroy the same in accordance with whatever provision and/or terms and conditions at City Council discretion.

In the event any single item of property’s original value is less than $10,000, the Finance Director shall have the authority to sell, or dispose of such surplus supplies or equipment by donation to local schools or nonprofit organizations, or if surplus has no value, by disposal at a refuse company.

Proceeds from sale of surplus property will be allocated to the City’s General fund or Vehicle Replacement fund unless the property was originally purchased under contractual obligations with monies from a specific fund, in which case, the proceeds will be returned to that fund.

1.13 INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) EQUIPMENT
To maintain proper internal controls, and asset inventory; Any IT item requiring installation, support, or security evaluation, should be researched, vetted, PURCHASED, and inventoried by the IT Department. Under no circumstances should these items be purchased by departments other than IT. These items include but are not limited to:
175
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 11 o Printers
o Smart TV’s
o Computers
o Laptops
o Software/ Software Subscriptions
o Tablets/ IPads/ Accessories
o Cell Phones/ Cell Phone Apps
o Monitors
o Any network connected device (wired or wifi)
o Any other IoT (Internet of Things) devices
 An IoT device is defined as web-enabled smart devices that use embedded systems, such as processors, sensors and communication hardware to collect, send and act on data acquired from their environments.

Departments should consult IT via email to ensure compliance and compatibility for small purchases such as USB drives, keyboards, mice, charging devices, etc.  Please Note: all employees responsible for procurement or utilizing any City information device are required to complete the Cybersecurity Trainings issued city-wide by the IT department. Employees who do not complete the trainings may be prohibited from using City Information Systems and Devices.

2. DISCRETIONARY PURCHASES: $0 - $9,999.00
Items and services less than $10,000 can be purchased directly by a City department without a competitive bid process, this threshold must include tax, shipping, and handling. Purchasers should use best efforts and judgment to provide greatest value to the city. ALL purchases require an itemized receipt or invoice upon purchase.

2.1 SIGNING AUTHORITY
Discretionary Purchases require the approval signature of the Department Supervisor or the designated “Purchaser” for the department. Accounts Payable requires a valid invoice, appropriate account number, printed name, department, and authorized signature to complete a payment. An e-mail approval to pay invoice with account number is acceptable.

2.2 LOCAL VENDOR MASTER ACCOUNT PURCHASES: Many local vendors allow city employees to make discretionary purchases against an approved master account (ex. Meeks, Ace Hardware, DIY, etc.). Departments utilizing this option should do the following:
o Ensure budget is available and purchase is necessary. o Ensure staff member making the purchase is a designated employee on the account. o Provide your name, department, and a clear, legible signature at point of purchase. o Receive a copy of the receipt/invoice upon point of purchase. o Submit copy of receipt/invoice, approved for payment, with signature, department and account number to accounts payable within 5 business days of purchase. 176
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 12 o ALL purchases require an invoice/receipt. For missing/lost receipts, departments should contact the vendor to acquire a copy of the receipt or written documentation of proof of purchase signed by the Department Head.
o Habitual problems with lost receipts can result in disciplinary action for the offending purchaser.

2.3 PETTY CASH PURCHASES
Petty cash funds are issued to departments, in the charge of a custodian, to be used on a revolving basis for the payment of small emergency and commonly budgeted, pre-approved expenses. Only those expenditures considered as having a public purpose, being for the benefit of the City of South Lake Tahoe will be allowed. Employees should use good judgment when expending public funds and should avoid any transactions that may appear inappropriate. Refer to Financial Policies – Cash for additional information regarding guidelines for establishment and use of petty cash.

Per Financial Polices- Cash, approved by City Council:
 Petty cash disbursements are not to exceed $50 unless approved by the Director of Finance  Petty cash funds are for small purchases only and cannot be used for services, employee meals, or travel reimbursements.

2.4 FEDERAL PROCUREMENT/OTHER REVENUE FUNDS
Purchases utilizing Federal Funds, Grant Funds or other Revenue Sources as the funding source require procurement compliance with this policy, Grant Funding Compliance Policy, as well as the procurement standards set forth in the contract funding the purchase.

Federal Awards, Cooperative Agreements, or State Awards utilizing Federal Funds must also follow the General Procurement Standards in the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR); Title 2:

Grants and Agreements section §200.317 through §200.327. These guidelines can be found at https://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/text-idx?tpl=/ecfrbrowse/Title02/2cfr200_main_02.tpl; or contact Grants Manager for additional information (ext. 7410).

Suspension and Debarment: ALL Federal Awards used to procure vendors, consultants, contractors, subrecipients, providing goods or services to the city in excess of $25,000.00 must maintain evidence of vendor “Suspension and Debarment” verification through the “Systems for Awards Management (SAM). Print or save electronic copy of verification through SAM.gov or contact Grant Manager to assist in obtaining verification. This requirement must also be included in your Contract, Professional Services Agreement, or PO. (Refer to templates in this policy for “Suspension and Debarment language) per Section 2 CFR §200.332.

Grant Awards and Cooperative Agreements utilizing funds through Caltrans must follow the Local Assistance Procedures Manual (LAPM, particularly Chapters 5 and 16. These guidelines can be found at https://dot.ca.gov/programs/local-assistance/guidelines-and-procedures/localassistance-procedures-manual-lapm or contact Grants Manager for additional information.

Contracting with small and minority businesses, women’s business enterprises, and labor surplus area firms: to the extent possible, the city will assure that small, minority, and women’s 177
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 13 business enterprises are solicited when there are potential sources. Effective 10/1/24, “VeteranOwned Businesses” will be encouraged. When utilizing federal funds refer to CFR §200.321 In determining purchasing bid thresholds while maintaining compliance with multiple policies; utilize the most stringent requirements to ensure meeting all standards and regulations.

2.5 DISCRETIONARY PROCESS
Following are preferred purchasing methods for purchases less than $10,000:

1. Cal-Card procurement card: purchase of non-service goods at this level. (refer to Cal Card Policy for further guidelines)

2. Direct vendor invoice: include account number, “ok to pay”, printed name, department and authorized signature on the invoice or attach Payment Request Form (Exhibit A) to the invoice.

3. Purchase Orders: when required by the Vendor, or for on-site service, refer to instructions in Exhibit L.

3. INFORMAL SOLICITATIONS: $10,000 - $59,999
Purchases and services between $10,000 and $59,999 are subject to informal bidding and proposal processes. In calculating the total amount, include tax, shipping, and handling as well as total lease or contract cost over the life of the contract or lease.

3.1 SIGNING AUTHORITY
$10,000 - $29,999: The Department Head may approve contracts and expenditures up to $29,999.99 and must sign all corresponding invoices, POs, and/or Requests for Payment, or provide authorized e-mail approval to Accounts Payable. $30,000 - $59,999: Upon approval by Dept. Head, the City Manager must also approve and sign all Contracts, Purchasing Agreements, and/or POs between $30,000 and $59,999, as well as approve all invoices in this threshold. Authorized e-mail by DH and CM for approval is accepted for invoices.

3.2 EQUIPMENT AND CAPITAL EXPENDITURES
Capital Expenditure: funds used to acquire or upgrade the City’s fixed assets, such as property, plant, equipment, facilities, and infrastructure.

Capital (fixed) Asset: any asset used in operations with an estimated useful life in excess of three years and generally has value over a longer period (ex. computer equipment, machinery, vehicles etc.).

1. When capital assets are acquired or deeded to the City, copies of related documents shall be routed to the Finance Department in a timely manner to ensure these assets are recorded in the City’s financial records.
178
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 14

2. Fixed assets will be subject to inventory control if they meet at least one (1) of the following criteria:
 The original cost of the fixed asset is equal to or greater than $10,000 if classified as equipment, $50,000 if classified as buildings or land, or $200,000 if classified as infrastructure.
 Any asset less than the capitalization threshold as recommended by the Finance Director or requested by a department to be controlled to satisfy an internal or external requirement.
 Any asset required to be controlled and separately reported pursuant to grant conditions or other externally imposed reporting requirement.

Capital Expenditures utilizing Federal Funds: must follow Code of Federal Regulations CFR §200.313 and §200.439. These guidelines can be found at the link below:
https://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/text-idx?tpl=/ecfrbrowse/Title02/2cfr200_main_02.tpl.

1. Federal capital expenditures are allowable as direct costs, provided items with a unit cost of $5,000 or more have the prior written approval of the Federal awarding agency or passthrough entity. Effective 10/1/2024, rate is increased to $10,000, per Section 2 CFR §200.313 and CFR §200.313.

2. Notify A/P through e-mail or notation on invoice when purchasing equipment with Federal Funds costing $10,000 or more. A/P will provide an inventory tag to track the item as noted below. ($5K through 9/30/24).

3. Property records must be maintained that include a description of the property, a serial number or other identification number, the source of funding for the property (including the Federal Award Identification Number), who holds title, the acquisition date, and cost of the property, percentage of Federal participation in the project costs for the Federal award under which the property was acquired, the location, use and condition of the property, and any ultimate disposition data including the date of disposal and sale price of the property.

4. A physical inventory of the property must be taken, and the results reconciled with the property records at least once every two years.

3.3 INFORMAL BID AND PROPOSAL PROCESS
The following processes are to be followed by the Department Head or his/her Designee.

1. Obtain at least three written quotes or proposals from vendors, individuals, companies, consultants, and/or business entities, documenting in writing each quote received (optional to use Request for Quotes Form (Exhibit C) or provide copies of written proposals/quotes received.

2. Informal solicitations should include detailed information of the goods or services required with clear specifications to allow objective competition. Specifications should include all requirements (quantity, dimensions, timeline, compatibility, delivery, discounts, warranties, tax, shipping, etc.).
179
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 15

3. Provide suppliers a date and time in which to respond to your request for quote. Allow minimum 4 business days for response to email or phone requests, and minimum 10 days for Planet Bids response.

4. Solicitations can be in via email, telephone, or Planet Bids. When soliciting by phone, provide adequate and similar information to all suppliers, follow up with written documentation, ensuring that all responses are in written form. Verbal quotes are not sufficient.

5. Optional - to reach a broad spectrum of qualified vendors, Planet Bids may be used to circulate a Request For Proposal (RFP), Request For Qualification (RFQ), or Invitation to Bid (BID). Allow a minimum response time of 10 days. Quotes and Proposals shall be evaluated by Department Head or designee based on requirements of the solicitation.

6. For price quotes Department selects lowest responsible quote (i.e., Department selects quote which is responsive to the needs of the department and is the lowest in price).

7. For proposals or Professional Services, the department selects the vendor whose qualifications meet the highest evaluation ranking as the most responsible bidder.

8. Provide in writing, the rationale for choosing the selected vendor. (Can use Request for Quotes/Proposal form)

9. Tie Bid- If two or more quotes are for the same total amount or unit price and all requirements being equal, Department Head may choose to award to the proposer meeting the needs of the department (up to $29,999). Tie-Bid Quotes $30,000 and over may be chosen by the City Manager.

10. If at least two responsible vendors respond, the evaluation may proceed according to this policy. Document the effort to procure 3 quotes and the fact that two was received.

11. If the result is only one response, and the sole response meets all specifications and requirements, the purchase may be awarded subject to the threshold and Signing Authority of this policy. Document the effort to procure 3 quotes, and the fact that one was received.

12. No Response: When competition results in no quotes, or no quotes meeting the requirements; the department can re-bid, modifying any possible restrictive requirements, or if in the opinion of the DH, a second solicitation would not result in a different outcome; the DH may reach out to vendors using the same specifications and proceed with Sole Source documentation in accordance with this policy.

13. $10,000 - $29,999: Professional Service Agreement (PSA), Purchase Order (PO), or direct invoice may be used, signed by Dept. Head.

14. $30,000 - $59,999: Purchase Agreement (PA), PSA, or PO must be used; reviewed by Finance and City Attorney, signed by City Manager
 Department Head or designee (DH) prepares the contract using the appropriate template (see Exhibits F through I); negotiates and agrees upon terms, scope, and cost with chosen vendor/supplier and;
 Electronically submits document along with Contract Routing Form (Exhibit D) to the City Clerk’s Department with the email address of the authorized 180
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 16 Vendor/Supplier signatory. The City Clerk’s Department will then route the contract in Adobe sign in the following manner:
 Department Head for approval, Finance Director for budget review, City Attorney’s Office for review and/or approval, City Manager for approval and back to City Clerk to attest (where applicable) for records retention, and onto the Vendor/Supplier for their signature (do not obtain any signatures in advance of the Contract being routed). City Clerk sends executed copy back to the Department and mails/emails copy to the vendor.

15. Department sends the following documents to Accounts Payable for payment:
 Signed invoice and/or PO, Request for Payment with Contract/Agreement  Business License #
 Three Original Quotes
 Approved Sole source Request Form (if used)
 Proof of Insurance (when required)
 Gov’t. cooperative contract information (if used)

3.4 PURCHASE ORDERS
Purchase Orders must be used when requesting an on-site service of any kind on City property.

This protects the City while outside vendors are doing business on/in City-owned property.

Purchase Orders can be used when:

1. A vendor does not accept Cal-Cards for discretionary purchases

2. A vendor will not invoice the city without a PO

3. For any type of purchase up to $59,999

4. Clearly note the PO# on the approved invoice and send to Accounts Payable

5. Refer to Exhibit L for instructions in creating a PO

3.5 PURCHASE AGREEMENT
Purchase Agreements (PA) can be used as written contracts when purchasing goods, materials, equipment, and/or products. This type of agreement can NOT be used when procuring consultants for professional services or on-site service on City property. Purchase Agreements can be used when:

1. Purchases over $30,000 or when a written contract is necessary for such goods, materials, products, etc.

2. A vendor requires a written contract other than a PO

3. Submit copy of agreement with approved invoice to Accounts Payable for payment

4. Refer to Exhibit I for template (this template is mandatory when issuing a PA) 181
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 17

3.6 PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT
A Professional Service Agreement (PSA) is a legal contract which is drafted to provide service on a professional level to the City. These services are typically unique in nature, highly technical or require specific qualifications. PSA’s can be used when:

1. A professional consultant is necessary to perform a specific set of tasks

2. Should generally be in effect for a specific period, noted in the agreement

3. Should include a “not to exceed” dollar limit

4. Submit a copy of PSA with first approved invoice to Accounts Payable for payment

5. Refer to Exhibit G for template (this template is mandatory when issuing a PSA)

3.7 CONSULTANT INVOICES
Professional and consultant services are generally acquired to obtain information, advice, opinions, alternatives, conclusions, recommendations, training or direct assistance, such as studies, analyses, evaluations, liaison with Government officials, or other forms of representation. As such, their invoices should reflect the services performed. Consultant invoices should include:
o Date of work performed/ period of performance
o Nature and scope of the service rendered during period of performance o Sufficient detail as to time expended on tasks performed (number of hours worked, hourly rate, travel costs, mileage rate as approved, etc.) o Subconsultant backup documentation should be included; invoices, hours worked/hourly rate, travel documentation, receipts, etc. o Fees for services rendered are allowable only when supported by evidence of the nature and amount of other expenses and in accordance with the executed PSA. o In-direct costs are only allowable up 10% de minimis, or a federally approved rate.

Consultant must provide documentation of approved rate if more than 10%. Please note, effective 10/1/2024 the de minimis rate is increased to 15%, which will be the allowable rate after 10/1/24 per Section 2 CFR§200.414 o PROHIBITED: mark-ups, bonus’s, commissions, incentives, gifts and entertainments costs, are all prohibited from being paid on consultant invoices.

4. FORMAL SOLICITATIONS: $60,000.00 and ABOVE
Purchases and services over $60,000 are subject to formal competitive bidding. Total cost should include tax, shipping, and handling, as well as total lease or contract cost over the life of the contract or lease. The process for obtaining goods and services over this dollar limit is set forth below.
182
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 18

4.1 SIGNING AUTHORITY
All purchases of goods and services over $60,000 must have City Council approval and must be signed by the Mayor or have Mayor’s authorization for City Manager as designee for signature.

4.2 FORMAL BIDDING PROCESS
The following processes are to be followed by the Department Head (DH) or his/her Designee.

This may include any employee who is the designated purchaser of a good or service or is the project manager for a project.

1. Public Projects (i.e., CIP, Public Works) follow Public Contracts and Uniform Public Construction Cost Account Act (CUPCCA) per City Code SLTCC § 3.45, Article II.

2. Verify funding availability. Identify available funding in your current department budget.

If there is no funding identified, prepare to request budget transfer or appropriate new funding source through City Council action. (see section 1.9)

3. Depending on the type of service and/or good sought, DH prepares and circulates a Request for Proposals (RFP), or Invitation to Bid (BID) utilizing Planetbid.com or circulated via similar means.

4. Request for Proposals (RFP): used for soliciting professional services, consultants, lease contracts, complex non-public projects.
 RFPs are subject to three proposals but are not subject to competitive sealed bidding procedures
 Must use mandatory RFP template (Exhibit F)
 DH selects Proposal Evaluation Committee and drafts Evaluation Scorecard.

Committee reviews Proposals and scores per criteria detailed in RFP.

5. Request for Qualification (RFQ): used as the pre-qualification stage of the procurement process. Only those proponents who successfully respond to the RFQ and meet the qualification criteria will be included in the subsequent RFP solicitation process.  Used when there is potential for significant interest in a contract opportunity. This can make the process more efficient as the field can be narrowed down prior to the RFP process.
 Can be used to create a pre-qualified list for a future opportunity  Can be used as the sole selection process for straightforward projects/services that require a specialized skill set or where the task is very specific and contract negotiations can proceed with the most qualified vendor.

6. Invitations to Bid (BID): used when the City is seeking a specific good, material, equipment, tangible object.
 BIDs are subject to competitive sealed bidding procedures  Must use mandatory BID template (Exhibit H)
183
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 19  DH selects BID Evaluation Committee and drafts BID Evaluation Scorecard per details outlined in the BID.
 DH opens bids at the date, time, and location specified in the invitation. The public may attend. Bids shall be open for public inspection at the office of the DH during regular business hours for a period of 30 days after the bid opening.  Clarifications or changes to a BID must be transmitted to all participating bidders by an “Addendum”. A solicitation may be modified prior to BID response due date.

4.3 LOCAL BUSINESS PREFERENCE
The City shall apply a five percent (5%) discount to all Local Businesses which submit bids for materials, supplies, equipment, and services for non-public projects. The City shall evaluate the Local Businesses’ bids as though the bid had been submitted at a cost of 5% lower than the cost submitted (SLTCC § 3.45.020(F)). Local Business shall mean a business which maintains its principal place of business in a fixed office within the City of South Lake Tahoe and possesses a current South Lake Tahoe business license. (SLTCC § 3.45.095)

4.4 BIDDER’S SECURITY
When deemed necessary, bidder’s security may be prescribed in invitations to bid, RFPs, and RFQs. Bidders shall be entitled to return of bid security; provided however, that a successful bidder shall forfeit his or her bid security upon his or her refusal or failure to execute that contract within ten days after receipt of contract (SLTCC § 3.45.020).

4.5 BID AND RFP/RFQ EVALUATIONS
BID or RFP Evaluation committee means the body appointed by the DH to review and evaluate proposals submitted in response to the Request for Proposal or Invitation to Bid. The functions of the Committee are as follows:

1. Determine and apply evaluation criteria per Evaluation Forms and Scoresheet

2. Evaluate proposals individually and/or discuss as a committee

3. Rank based on highest score to lowest and/or develop a shortlist

4. Interview/ obtain clarifications

5. Recommend Award
Evaluation Committee shall be comprised of at least three (3) individuals, including:
 At least one employee from the same department as the Department Head  An employee with knowledge of the subject matter of the service or good, or end user of the service or good
 An employee of the Finance Department
184
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 20  May also include outside individuals who bring expertise to the process - Evaluation Committee should meet prior to evaluation to review RFP or BID criteria to ensure knowledge of the proposal and to vet questions, concerns, or issues. All members of the committee should have clear understanding of the requirements and the Evaluation Forms prior to review of RFP/BID.

Evaluation Form- Bids and Proposals shall be evaluated based on an Evaluation Form which sets forth the total possible points for each category reviewed (see mandatory template Exhibit E)  Evaluators shall each complete their evaluation forms in confidence, however evaluators can discuss requirements of the RFP or BID in relation to the Evaluation Forms.
 Evaluators shall give a point score and Comments for each evaluation category.  Evaluators may ask questions or request clarification from the Department but should not disclose scores until all reviews are complete and total points tallied.  The Committee may meet to discuss criteria and results.  The Committee may request vendor interviews, depending on the outcome or type of solicitation.
 The Evaluation Committee provides the Evaluation Forms and Scoresheet to the Department Head for final determination.

Rejection, Tie Bids, and Rejection of All Bids: A bid or proposal may be rejected by the Evaluation Committee where it is found that the bid or proposal is “non-responsive.” Where Evaluation Committee chooses to reject one or all bids, Committee shall confer with the City Attorney on the rejection.

1. Any of the following conditions may render a Bid “non-responsive”  The bid or proposal does not strictly conform to the required specifications as set forth in the RFP or Invitation to Bid (the City may waive immaterial, minor irregularities in bids).
 The bidder or proposer has demonstrated that they are unable to satisfactorily meet the responsibilities required of the contract.
 The bidder’s or proposer’s products or services have been demonstrated, through documented past performance in the industry or through prior use by the City, to be incapable of satisfactorily meeting the accepted demands required of the product or service.

2. Tie Bid- If two or more bids are for the same total amount or unit price and if the responsibility and final score (from the Evaluation Scorecards) are equal, the Department Head or City Council may award to whichever bidder or proposer it so chooses.
185
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 21 Less Than Three BID Responses: Solicitations advertised on the city’s Planet Bids portal is considered “competitive solicitation”, therefore:

1. If at least two responsible bidders respond, the evaluation may proceed as noted in Evaluation section above.

2. If the result is only one bid response, and the sole bid is responsive (meets all specifications and requirements), the contract may be awarded subject to the award threshold and Signing Authority of this policy. Documentation of the effort and result of the BID should be noted with the procurement documents.

No Responsive BIDS Received from Responsible Bidders: When competition results in no responsive bids from responsible bidders, the DH has two options:

1. The Solicitation may be cancelled and re-bid, modifying any possible restrictive requirements. Shorter response time can be used if a timeline is a concern.

2. If, in the opinion of the DH, a second solicitation would not result in a different outcome, the DH may cancel the solicitation and proceed with Sole Source documentation, subject to approval by City Council. DH may reach out to bidders using the same specifications as original solicitation. The chosen bidder must be deemed responsible and compliant/responsive to the original specifications.

Waiver of irregularities and rejection of bids: At its discretion, the city may waive any irregularity in any bid received and award the contract, may reject all bids presented and may readvertise the project, or the city may abandon the project. (Ord. 1171 § 1; Ord. 1165 § 1; Ord. 1069 § 1 (Exh. A); Ord. 1109 § 1 (Exh. A). Code 1997 § 22-24)

4.6 CITY COUNCIL STAFF RECOMMENDATIONS
Staff Recommendations for Formal bids and proposals shall be drafted and presented by the Department Head or his/her designee to City Council. Prior to writing the staff report the DH should:

1. Contact losing bidders and informs them that City has selected another bidder (see template Exhibit F)

2. Contacts winning bidder and negotiates terms of contract along with assistance of City Attorney. (see template Exhibit G)

3. Ensures the winning bidder has obtained a City Business License and has the requisite insurance. The License must be obtained before any work commences.

4. Places staff recommendation for award of contract on next available City Council Agenda. 186
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 22 Staff Report and/or Resolution must include the following elements:

1. A description and background of the project/product for which the RFP or Invitation to Bid was circulated.

2. A brief summary of how the bids were circulated and brief description of the bids or proposals received.

3. If using a Cooperative Agreement- provide the name of the Gov’t. Contract, contract number, and attach a copy of the contract.

4. A description of the reasons the winning bidder/proposer was selected.

5. The Financial Implication section should include the complete account number and appropriate budget to fund the product, service, or project.

6. The recommended bidder or proposer’s original submission shall be attached.

7. The Professional Service Agreement or Purchase Agreement with negotiated terms approved by the City Attorney should be attached.

4.7 BID PROTESTS
A non-selected bidder may protest the award of an Invitation to Bid. A non-selected proposer may not protest the award of a Request For Proposal or Request for Qualifications.

Bid Protest Procedures: Per SLTCC § 3.45.020(E), a written Bid Protest must be received by the City Clerk no later than seven (7) calendar days after the City’s selection of the winning bidder or no later than ten calendar days from the date that the City issues notice of designation of a bidder as non-responsible.

Contents of Bid Protest: The Bid Protest shall state all grounds claimed for the protest and include supporting documentation. Failure to clearly state the grounds for the protest and provide supporting documentation shall be deemed a waiver of all protest rights.

Bid Protests Presented to Council: Where award of the contract is to be made by the City Council, the City Clerk shall place a discussion of the Bid Protest on the next regularly scheduled Council Meeting Agenda and the City Council shall determine whether, based on the Protest, to award the contract to the selected bidder, to reject all bids, or to award the contract to the next responsible bidder. Staff Recommendations addressing a Bid Protest shall contain the following elements:

1. A description of the project for which the Invitation to Bid was circulated.

2. A brief summary of the bids received.

3. A description of the reasons the winning bidder was selected.

4. A description of the reasons the bid is being protested.

5. The winning bidder’s original bid shall be attached.

6. The protesting bidder’s original bid shall be attached.

7. All Bid Evaluation Scorecards shall be attached.

8. The Bid Protest shall be attached.
187
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 23

4.8 MAINTAINING DOCUMENTATION
Procurement must be clearly documented throughout each step of the process and documents maintained and filed for audit purposes. The City’s annual audit process includes conducting procurement reviews to determine procedures are correctly implemented.

The following documentation should be maintained by the Department for a period of 3 years from the date of submission of the final expenditure per Resolution No. 2018-102 City Records Management and Retention Policy and Code of Federal Regulations CFR Chapter II 200 §200.33:

1. All communication documentation with vendors, purveyors, suppliers, etc.

2. Documents related to preparation of the procurement documents, dialogue, or negotiation

3. Original RFP or Invitation to Bid

4. All Bids/Proposals received

5. All Evaluation Scorecards, notes, documentation

6. Copies of Staff Recommendation, staff report, resolution

7. Copies of Contract/Agreement

8. Proof of Insurance (if applicable)

9. Labor Compliance Documentation (if applicable)

10. Sole Source forms (if applicable)

11. Cooperative Govt. Contract documents (if applicable) The following documentation should be sent to the Finance Department (Accounts Payable) along with the first payable invoice:

1. Signed invoice and/or Request for Payment, or PO

2. Quotation Form noting bid process and outcome or;

3. Copies of 3 bids, proposals, or quotes

4. Budgeted/approved account number

5. Copy of Executed Contract/ Agreement

6. Copy of approved Council Resolution (if applicable)

7. Sole Source Justification Form (if applicable)

8. Cooperative Gov’t Contract (if applicable)
188
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 24

EXHIBIT A

PAYMENT REQUEST
FORM
189
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 25

PAYMENT REQUEST
Vendor#______________
Date Prepared: ____________ Comments/Notes: ________
___________________________
Pay To: _______________________________
_______________________________
_______________________________
_______________________________
Due Date: _______________

ACCOUNT
NUMBER

DESCRIPTION
PO
NUMBER

INVOICE
DATE

INVOICE
NUMBER

TOTAL PER

ACCOUNT

INVOICE

TOTAL PAYMENT: $________________

APPROVED: ____________________________
APPROVED: ____________________________ Budget Available: ________ APPROVED: ____________________________ Reimbursable: ____________ Project/ Funding Source: _____________________________
Project/ Funding Source: _____________________________
190
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 26

EXHIBIT B

SOLE SOURCE

JUSTIFICATION

REQUEST FORM
191
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 27

SOLE SOURCE JUSTIFICATION REQUEST
SOLE SOURCE VENDOR: ______________________________________________________ ADDRESS: ______________________________________PHONE NO.__________________ ITEM TO BE PURCHASED: ________________________ COST: $_____________________

1. Check reasons for sole source request:
_____ Proprietary: The item is available only from a single source; the item is held under exclusive title, trademark, or copyright by a private person or company; a proprietary distributorship would also apply.
______ Emergency Purchase: The public exigency or emergency for the requirement will not permit a delay resulting from competitive solicitation, per City Code SLTCC § 3.45.070 _____ Sole Source: After solicitation of several sources, competition is determined inadequate or no other items are known to exist which perform the same function. ______ Federal Awards: when purchasing goods or services with Federal Funds where the Federal awarding agency expressly authorizes noncompetitive proposals in response to a written request from the City. (attach authorization to this form) _____ Standardization: The City requires the item(s) to standardize parts, design, quality, etc.

Explain: ________________________________________________________________ Note: when using Federal Funds, you must have written authorization from the Federal Awarding agency if claiming sole source for Standardization purposes.

2. Describe the product or service and how it is unique or one-of-a-kind: _________________ ______________________________________________________________________________

3. Explain why the product/service is available from only one source and what avenues you pursued to confirm that this is factual. _______________________________________________

5. Can your requirements be modified to allow competitive products or services be used? Explain:______________________________________________________________________ REQUESTOR NAME/ DEPARTMENT: __________________________________________ DEPARTMENT HEAD SIGNATURE: ____________________ DATE: _______________ FINANACE DEPT. _____________________________________ DATE: ________________ CITY ATTORNEY SIGNATURE: ________________________ DATE:________________ CITY MANAGER SIGNATURE: _________________________ DATE: _______________ * Requests over $60,000 requires City Council’s approval 192
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 28 .

EXHIBIT C

REQUEST FOR QUOTES

AND PROPOSALS
FORM
193
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 29 194
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 30

EXHIBIT D
Contract/Agreement
Routing Form
Template
195
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 31 196
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 32

EXHIBIT E

PROPOSAL

EVALUATION FORMS/

SCORESHEET

TEMPLATE
197
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 33

EVALUATION FORMS

CITY OF SOUTH LAKE TAHOE REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS

INSERT RFP/BID TITLE AND NUMBER HERE
Evaluators must give a numeric score for each of the five categories described below. The numeric score may be as low as zero and may not be greater than the maximum score set forth in the point range for each category. Evaluators should explain the reasoning for their allocation of points in the “Comments” section of each category. Attach additional sheets if necessary. Use one form for each Vendor/Proposer and each Evaluator.

Vendor / Proposer: ____________________________________________________________________ Evaluator Name: ______________________________________________________________________ I. RESPONSIVENESS OF PROPOSAL/ BID (P/F)
The Pass or Fail shall be based upon the vendor’s compliance with the requirements for proposals/bids as set forth in the RFP/ Invitation to Bid, including quality, clarity, and conformance with instructions therein, and shall take into consideration the quality of the Cover Letter and Introduction.

Pass/Fail___________________
Comments_________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ II. COVER LETTER (0-5 points)
The cover letter shall be addressed to the Director of the Department, and at a minimum, must contain the following:
 Identification of Firm, including name, address, and telephone number  Name, title, address, and telephone number of contact person during period of proposal evaluation
198
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 34  A statement to the effect that the proposal shall remain valid for a period of not less than 120 calendar days from date of submittal
 Signed by person authorized to bind the Firm to the terms of the proposal.

Total Points_____________
Comments_________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ III. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY (0 – 10 points)
Scoring shall be based upon the vendor’s ability to describe the overall approach and plans to meet the requirements of the RFP. The intent of this narrative is to convince the City that the Proposer understands the requirements of proposal, the nature of the work, and the level of effort necessary to successfully provide the defined services.

Total Points___________________
Comments_________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ IV. COMPANY HISTORY, BACKGROUND AND EXPERIENCE (0-20 points) Describe the Company’s history and organizational structure, including the size of the company, location of office(s) and years in business. Provide resumes for project team members. Also include the Firm’s background, experience, and capacity to undertake the services requested for the City of South Lake Tahoe in conformity with the requirements of the RFP.

Total Points___________________
Comments_________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ V. SCOPE OF WORK/IMPLEMENTATION (0 – 35 points)
Describe the Company’s general approach to managing the services provided including an explanation of the collection methodology to be followed and specific plans to manage, control, and supervise the services in order to insure satisfactory 199
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 35 provision of services. In developing the work plan, reference should be made to the specific requirements and specifications noted in the Scope of Services (pages x – xx).

Provide a delivery schedule designed to meet the requirements of the City. An implementation timeline from the Company is required. Provide description of implementation plan considerations, including timeframes and deliverables for various stages of the agreement.

Total Points___________________
Comments_________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ VI. PROJECT BUDGET (0 – 25 points)
Provide a description of the project cost and/or fees itemized according to the RFP proposal. The total all-inclusive maximum price to be bid is to contain all direct and indirect costs, including all out-of-pocket expenses. The City of South Lake Tahoe will not be responsible for the expenses incurred in preparing and submitting the proposal.

The Company shall present all costs, fees, taxes, and charges based on achievement of deliverables, which should be outlined in the Company’s Cost Proposal.

Total Points ___________________
Comments_________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ VII. RECENT PROJECTS/REFERENCES (0 – 5 points)
Provide a description of accounts/ agreements of a similar nature including at least three (3) recent client references with names and telephone numbers, contact persons.

Total Points ___________________
Comments_________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ TOTAL COMBINED POINTS: __________________
(Add total points from Sections I, II, III, IV, and V)
RANKING (from scoresheet): _______________
200
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 36

EVALUATION SCORE SHEET
.
201
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 37

EXHIBIT F

STANDARD RFP/RFQ

TEMPLATE
202
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 38

REQUEST FOR

PROPOSALS/QUALIFICATIONS
TITLE

PICTURE
RFP/RFQ # date of award yyyy-mm-dd
203
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 39

SUMMARY
The City of South Lake Tahoe is requesting proposals( or statement of qualifications (SOQ) for an RFQ) from…brief summary of who/what we are looking for Proposals are due on or before MM/DD/YYYY no later than 12:00 p.m. (Pacific Standard Time) at City offices (City address xxx, South Lake Tahoe, CA 96150). Proposals received after the deadline will not be accepted. Proposals and required copies must be submitted by Planet Bids on-line portal. Fax and Electronic-mailed (e-mail) submission will/will not be accepted. (Choose preferred method)
City of South Lake Tahoe
Attn:

RFP Title
City address
South Lake Tahoe, CA 96150
Read this RFP document carefully as the award will be given to the most “qualified or best value”.

Proposer responding to this RFP. The City of South Lake Tahoe reserves the right to accept or reject any or all proposals or to make no award at all, to extend the period for accepting proposals, to advertise the RFP at any time and to waive any minor irregularities in any proposals.

In the opinion of the City of South Lake Tahoe, this RFP is complete and without need of explanation. However, if you have questions, or should you need any clarifying information, please use the Q&A feature that is found within Planet Bids, where the RFP is posted.

Please note that no information given will be binding upon the City unless such information is issued in writing as an official addendum to this RFP.

TIMELINE OF CRITICAL DATES
Release of RFP
Mandatory Pre-Proposal Meeting Write N/A or Delete Row
Deadline for Question Submittal via Planet
Bids
RFP submittals DUE
Selection Committee Review Period/Interviews
Award Date
204
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 40

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

1. Register with the City
All Proposers must register through the Vendor Portal in PlanetBids to be entered in the City of South Lake Tahoe Vendor Database, which is required to submit a proposal. Proposers will be notified by the City of any addenda that may be issued to this Request for Proposal (RFP).

Proposers must register in the City’s Vendor Database to be notified of such addenda.

To register, go to: https://pbsystem.planetbids.com/portal/14997/portal-home and follow the instructions applicable to Proposer. Following submission, Proposer will receive a confirmation message within 24 hours from the City. Proposers are solely responsible for maintaining up to date and accurate information in the Vendor Database.

2. Public Record
Proposals must be submitted through the Planetbid portal. Proposals shall/shall not be e-mailed or faxed to the City (determined by Dept.) Proposals not received by the date and time specified in this RFP, will be rejected. Documents submitted in response to this RFP will become the property of the City of South Lake Tahoe and will be regarded as public record under California Public Records Act under Government Code 6250 et seq., and subject to review or release to the public, excluding financial records marked “confidential” which shall be available for the Proposer to pick up following a review and selection of the firm(s).

3. Format
Font, Type and Style: All proposals shall be single sided and professionally prepared (no handwritten proposals will be accepted). There are no requirements on font size, type, or style requirements.

Not Bound: Proposals shall not be bound with anything other than a clip or staple to allow the City to make additional copies as needed. No comb binding or permanent binding is permitted.

4. Submittal Deadline
Response to this RFP is due on or before MM/DD/YYY no later than 12:00 p.m. (Pacific Standard Time) at City offices (address below). Reponses received after the deadline will not be accepted; there are no exceptions. Fax and Electronic-mailed (e-mail) submission will not be accepted. Submit Proposals to:

City of South Lake Tahoe
Attn:

RFP Title
City Address
South Lake Tahoe, CA 96150
205
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 41

5. Selection Process
A Selection Committee consisting of City Staff will evaluate the submitted proposals. Proposer(s) will be objectively evaluated based on their responses to the project scope outlined in this RFP.

The written proposal should clearly demonstrate how the Proposer could best satisfy the requirements of the City. The Selection Committee will utilize the Evaluation Method and Criteria described on page XX of this RFP to rate and rank each proposal.

If more information is needed following a review of the Proposals, the Selection Committee may invite one or more of the Proposers to a Selection Interview. Upon completion of interviews, (if needed) a recommendation by the Selection Committee to the City Manager/City Council will be made at that time and awarded in accordance with the City of South Lake Tahoe Procurement Policies & Procedures.

The City of South Lake Tahoe reserves the right to accept or reject any or all proposals or to make no award at all, to extend the period for accepting proposals, to advertise the RFP at any time and to waive any minor irregularities in any proposal.

6. Professional Services Agreement
The Professional Services Agreement with the selected Proposer will begin within 30 days of award of contract. The selected Proposer will be required to sign the City’s Standard Professional Services Agreement. A sample of this Agreement is attached hereto, and the City reserves the right to amend or edit this Agreement however it sees fit.

7. Reservations
a) The City reserves the right to reject any and all proposals, whether or not minimum qualifications are met, and to modify, postpone, or cancel this Request for Proposal, in whole or in part, or decide to award a contract to perform only some of the services outlined in this Request For Proposal, without liability, obligation, or commitment to any party, firm, or organization.
b) In addition, the City reserves the right to request and obtain additional information from any Proposer and to negotiate the final scope of services with the selected Proposer.

The City is not liable for any costs incurred by Proposers prior to issuance of an agreement, contract, or purchase order. Costs of developing the proposals, oral presentations or any other such expenses incurred by the Proposer in responding to the RFP are entirely the responsibility of the Proposer and shall not be reimbursed in any manner by the City of South Lake Tahoe.
c) Only the Mayor, or the City Manager, after being duly authorized by the City Council, may execute the Agreement with the successful Proposer. Further, it is understood that respondents must independently evaluate the information in this RFP and that the City makes no guarantee of data accuracy.
206
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 42 d) The City reserves the right to waive or permit cure of minor informalities and/or insignificant mistakes such as matters of form rather than substance and to conduct discussions and negotiations with any qualified respondent in any manner deemed necessary by the City to serve its best interests. The City also reserves the right, based on its sole judgment and discretion, to award a contract based upon the written proposals it receives without conducting discussions, interviews, or negotiations. e) If, in the opinion of the City, a proposal contains false or misleading statements or references, it may be rejected without notice to Proposer. f) The City reserves the right to obtain written clarification of any point in a Proposer's proposal or to obtain additional information necessary to properly evaluate a particular proposal. Failure of a Proposer to respond to such a request for additional information or clarification may result in rejection of the proposal. g) The City reserves the right, without qualification, to select a Proposer for further discussions based solely on the content of the RFPs and relevant information obtained from others concerning the respondent's respective records of past performance. h) Proposer agrees that any response submitted to this RFP will remain current and valid for a period of not less than 120 calendar days from the proposal due date.

8. Bidder’s Security
a) When deemed necessary, bidder’s security may be required. Bidders shall be entitled to return of bid security; provided however, that a successful bidder shall forfeit his or her bid security upon his or her refusal or failure to execute that contract within 10 days after receipt of contract.
207
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 43

INTRODUCTION
Background
Background information that would be relevant to what service is being requested Objective
What is the City’s primary objective? What are we trying to accomplish through this RFP?

SCOPE OF SERVICE
Scope of Work to be Performed
- List all technical and general specifications of service, etc.…. - Be specific with all details and descriptions.
- Request proposal to be all inclusive of all fees, incl taxes, delivery charges etc... - Request implementation schedule, timeline, delivery date etc.… 208
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 44

PROPOSAL CONTENT REQUIREMENTS
Proposal Requirements - All proposals must include the following information and shall be organized as described below. Criteria titles and points should be edited or deleted as needed for each RFP –
A. Cover Letter (0-5 points)
The cover letter shall be addressed to the Director of the Department, and at a minimum, must contain the following:
 Identification of Firm, including name, address, and telephone number  Name, title, address, and telephone number of contact person during period of proposal evaluation
 A statement to the effect that the proposal shall remain valid for a period of not less than 120 calendar days from date of submittal
 Signed by person authorized to bind the Firm to the terms of the proposal.

B. Executive Summary (10 points)
The intent of this narrative is to convince the City the Proposer understands the requirements of proposal, the nature of the work, and the level of effort necessary to successfully provide the defined services.

C. Company History, Background and Experience (0-20 points) Describe the Company’s history and organizational structure, including the size of the company, location of office(s) and years in business. Provide resumes for project team members. Also include the Firm’s background, experience, and capacity to undertake the project/services for the City of South Lake Tahoe in conformity with the requirements of the RFP.

D. Scope of Work/Implementation (0-35 points)
Describe the Company’s general approach to managing the services provided including an explanation of the methodology to be followed and specific plans to manage, control, and supervise the services in order to insure satisfactory provision of services. In developing the work plan, reference should be made to the specific requirements and specifications noted in the Scope of Services (pages x – xx). Provide a delivery schedule designed to meet the requirements of the City. An implementation timeline from the Company is required. Provide description implementation plan considerations, including timeframes and deliverables for various stages of the agreement.

E. Project Budget (0-25 points)
Provide a description of the project cost and/or fees itemized according to the RFP proposal. The total all-inclusive maximum price to be bid is to contain all direct and indirect costs, including 209
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 45 all out-of-pocket expenses. The City of South Lake Tahoe will not be responsible for the expenses incurred in preparing and submitting the proposal. The Company shall present all costs, fees, taxes, and charges based on achievement of deliverables, which should be outlined in the Company’s Cost Proposal.

F. Description of Recent Projects/References (0-5 points) Provide a description of accounts/ agreements of a similar nature including at least three (3) recent client references with names and telephone numbers, contact persons.

EVALUATION METHOD & CRITERIA
Proposals will first be reviewed for responsiveness to the requirements. If any information is missing from the required content, the proposal may be deemed non-responsive and returned to proposer and any further review is subject to the City’s discretion (see Reservations, page 4).

The Selection Committee will make a recommendation based on the criteria in this Proposal to award the contract/agreement to a selected Proposer. The City may conduct interviews as described on page 4 under Selection Process.

12. Evaluation Criteria
Recommendations for selection will be based on the following weighted criteria of 100 possible points and passing status on all Pass or Fail categories, if any. This information should match the proposal content requirements on page XX
Criteria Points
A. Cover Letter 5
B. Executive Summary 10
C. Company History, Background & Experience 20
D. Scope of Work/Implementation 35
E. Project Budget 25
F. Description of Recent Projects/References 5

210
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 46 ATTACHMENT 1
SAMPLE

PROFESSIONAL SERVICE AGREEMENT
211
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 47

EXHIBIT G

STANDARD

PROFESSIONAL

SERVICES AGREEMENT

TEMPLATE
212
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 48

CITY OF SOUTH LAKE TAHOE

PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT
This Agreement is made and entered into as of the_________day of ________ 202X by and between the City of South Lake Tahoe, a municipal corporation (“City”) and _____________________ (“Consultant”).

RECITALS
A. Consultant is specially trained, experienced, and competent to perform the special services which will be required by this Agreement.

B. Consultant possesses the skill, experience, ability, background, certification, and knowledge to provide the services described in this Agreement on the terms and conditions described herein.

C. City desires to retain Consultant to render professional services as set forth in this Agreement.

AGREEMENT

1. Scope of Services. Consultant shall perform the services set forth in this agreement and shall provide said services at the time, place, and in the manner specified in this agreement. Consultant shall have no power or authority by this Agreement to bind City in any respect.

The Consultant agrees that it has satisfied itself by its own investigation and research regarding the conditions affecting the work to be done and labor and materials needed, and that its decision to execute this Contract is based on such independent investigation and research.

All services provided by Consultant pursuant to this Agreement will be provided in accordance with the terms set forth in the Exhibit A, “Scope of Services,” attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference. Exhibit B, “Compensation Schedule,” attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference, outlines the fees and compensation which shall be paid pursuant to this Agreement.

2. Term/Time of Performance. The services by Consultant are to commence upon the execution of the Agreement and continue for _________ years. 213
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 49

3. Compensation. Compensation to be paid to Consultant shall be in accordance with the Schedule set forth in Exhibit B which is attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference. In no event shall Consultant’s compensation, including travel and out-of-pocket expenses, exceed ___________ without additional written authorization from City. Payment by City under this Agreement shall not be deemed a waiver of defects, even if such defects were known to City at the time of payment. Payment is contingent upon compliance with all terms and conditions of this Agreement, as set forth herein. Consultant shall obtain prior written authorization from the City Project Manager for any costs in excess of budgeted amounts for each line item, task, or obligation under the Scope of Services.

4. Method of Payment. Consultant shall submit monthly billings to City describing the work performed during the preceding month. Consultant’s bills shall include a brief description of the services performed, the date the services were performed, the number of hours spent and by whom, the applicable hourly rate, and a description of any reimbursable expenditures. City shall pay Consultant no later than 30 days after approval of the monthly invoice by City staff.

5. Extra Work. At any time during the term of this Agreement, City may request that Consultant perform extra work. As used herein, “Extra Work” means any work which is determined by City to be necessary for the proper completion of the Project, but which the parties did not reasonably anticipate would be necessary at the execution of this Agreement. Consultant shall not perform, nor be compensated for, extra work without prior written authorization from City.

6. Termination. This Agreement may be terminated by City or Consultant immediately for cause or without cause upon thirty days (30) days written notice of termination. Upon termination, Consultant shall be entitled to compensation for services performed up to the effective date of termination, and City shall be entitled to all work performed to that date.

Termination, revocation, or expiration of this Agreement shall not release either party from liability resulting from an event which occurred prior to such termination, revocation, or expiration.

7. Ownership of Documents.

All plans, studies, documents, and other writings, including working notes and internal documents, prepared by and for Consultant, its officers, employees 214
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 50 and agents and subcontractors in the course of implementing this Agreement, shall become the property of City upon payment to Consultant for such work, and City shall have the sole right to use such materials in its discretion without further compensation to Consultant or to any other party.

Consultant shall, at Consultant’s expense, provide such reports, plans, studies, documents, and other writings to City upon written request. All documents prepared by Consultant are confidential and shall be maintained to preserve their confidential nature. Release of any such documents to third parties shall only be made upon written consent of City.

8. Consultant’s Books and Records.
a. Consultant shall maintain any and all ledgers, books of account, invoices, vouchers, canceled checks, and other records or documents evidencing or relating to charges for services, or expenditures and disbursements charged to City for a minimum period of three (3) years, or for any longer period required by law, from the date of final payment to Consultant for services provided pursuant to this Agreement.
b. Consultant shall maintain all documents and records which demonstrate performance under this Agreement for a minimum period of three (3) years, or for any longer period required by law, from records shall be available at Consultant’s address indicated for the date of termination or completion of this Agreement. c. Any records or documents required to be maintained pursuant to this Agreement shall be made available for inspection or audit, at any time during regular business hours, upon written request by the City Manager, City Attorney, City Auditor, or a designated representative of these officers. Copies of such documents shall be provided to City for inspection at City offices when it is practical to do so. Otherwise, unless an alternative is mutually agreed upon, the receipt of notices in this Agreement.
d. Where City has reason to believe that such records or documents may be lost or discarded due to dissolution, disbandment or termination of Consultant’s business, City may, by written request by any of the above-named officers, require that custody of the records be given to City and that the records and documents be 215
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 51 maintained at City offices. Access to such records and documents shall be granted to any party authorized by Consultant, Consultant’s representatives, or Consultant’s successor-in-interest.

9. Independent Contractor. It is understood that Consultant, in the performance of the work and services agreed to be performed, shall act as and be an independent contractor and shall not act as an agent or employee of City.

Consultant shall obtain no rights to retirement benefits or other benefits which accrue to City’s employees, and Consultant hereby expressly waives any claim it may have to any such rights. All employees, agents, contractors, or subcontractors hired or retained by Consultant are employees, agents, contractors, or subcontractors of Consultant and not of the City.

City is not required to make any deductions or withholdings form the compensation payable to Consultant under the provisions of this Contract and is not required to issue W-2 Forms for income and employment tax purposes for any of Consultant’s assigned personnel. Any third-party persons employed by Consultant shall be entirely and exclusively under the direction, supervision, and control of Consultant. Consultant hereby indemnifies and holds City harmless from any and all claims that may be made against City based upon any contention by any third party that an employer-employee relationship exists by reason of this Contract.

10. Interest of Consultant. Consultant, (and principals, associates, and professional employees of consultant) covenants and represents that it does not now have any investment or interest in real property and shall not acquire any interest, direct or indirect, in the area covered by this Agreement or any other source of income, interest in real property or investment which would be affected in any manner or degree by the performance of Consultant’s services hereunder. Consultant further covenants and represents that in the performance of its duties hereunder no person having any such interest shall perform any services under this Agreement.

Consultant is not a designated employee within the meaning of the Political Reform Act because Consultant:
a. Will not serve in a staff capacity and will conduct research and arrive at conclusions with respect to their rendition of information, advice, recommendation, or counsel independent of the control and direction of City or of any City official, other than normal agreement monitoring; and,
216
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 52 b. Possesses no authority with respect to any city decision beyond rendition of information, advice, recommendation, or counsel. [FPPC Reg. 18700.3(a).

11. Professional Ability of Consultant. City has relied upon the professional training and ability of Consultant to perform the services hereunder as a material inducement to enter into this Agreement. Consultant shall therefore provide properly skilled professional and technical personnel to perform all services under this Agreement. All work performed by Consultant under this Agreement shall be in accordance with applicable legal requirements and shall meet the standard of quality ordinarily to be expected of competent professionals in Consultant’s field of expertise.

12. Compliance with Laws. Consultant shall comply with all applicable federal, state, regional and local laws, codes, ordinances, and regulations in carrying out their duties under this Agreement. Consultant shall observe and comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, regulations, and codes of federal, state, and local governments, and shall commit no trespass on any public or private property in performing any of the work authorized by this Agreement. The City, its officials, officers, elected officials, appointed officials, and employees shall not be liable at law or in equity as a result of any failure of Consultant to comply with this section.

In the event it is determined that the Consultant is required to pay prevailing wages for the work performed under this Agreement, the Consultant shall pay all penalties and wages as required by law.

13. Licenses. Consultant represents and warrants to City that it has all licenses, permits, qualifications, insurance, and approvals of whatsoever nature which are legally required of Consultant to practice its profession. Consultant represents and warrants to City that Consultant shall, at its sole cost and expense, keep in effect or obtain at all times during the term of this Agreement, any licenses, permits, insurance and approvals which are legally required of Consultant to practice its profession. If Consultant will be physically present in the City of South Lake Tahoe to perform some or all of the services, Consultant shall maintain a City of South Lake Tahoe business license at all times services are performed under this Agreement. Consultant acknowledges that payments made pursuant to this Agreement may be withheld until this provision has been satisfied.
217
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 53

14. Indemnity. Consultant hereby agrees to and shall indemnify and hold harmless City, its elected and appointed boards, officers, agents, employees and volunteers from and against any liability for any and all claims, demands, actions, losses, damages and injuries, direct or indirect (including any and all costs and expenses in connection therein), arising out of this Agreement or caused in any way by Consultant’s negligent performance of this Agreement or its breach of its obligations contained in this Agreement, except for any such claims arising out of the negligence or willful misconduct of the City.

Consultant agrees to defend City from and against any and all losses, damages, claims costs and fees arising out Consultant’s negligent acts, errors, omissions, regarding this Agreement, the Consultant’s work under this Agreement, or the consultant’s Scope of Work.

City does not, and shall not, waive any rights against Consultant which it may have by reason of the aforesaid hold harmless agreement, because of the acceptance by City, or the deposit with City by Consultant, of any of the insurance policies hereinafter set forth.

This hold harmless agreement by Consultant shall apply to all damages and claims for damages, or alleged to have been suffered, by reason of any of the aforesaid operation of Consultant or any subcontractor, regardless of whether such insurance policies shall have been determined to be applicable to any of such damages or claims for damages.

Consultant further waives any and all rights to any type of express or implied indemnity or right of contribution from the City for any liability, claims, demands, costs, charges, and expenses and causes of action of whatsoever arising out of or in any way connected with this Agreement, and consultant’s work under this Agreement.

15. Insurance Requirements.
a. Consultant, at Consultant’s own cost and expense, shall procure and maintain, for the duration of the contract, the following insurance policies.
i. Workers’ Compensation Coverage. Consultant shall maintain Workers’ Compensation Insurance and Employer’s Liability Insurance for their employees in accordance with the laws of the State of California. In addition, Consultant shall require each subcontractor to similarly maintain Workers’
218
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 54 Compensation Insurance and Employer’s Liability Insurance in accordance with the laws of the State of California for all the subcontractor’s employees. Any notice of cancellation of all Workers’ Compensation policies must be received by City at least thirty (30) days prior to such change. Consultant shall provide thirty (30) days written notice of nonrenewal of any Workers’ Compensation policies. The insurer shall agree to waive all rights of subrogation against City, its officers, agents, employees, and volunteers for losses arising from work
performed by Consultant for City.
ii. Commercial General Liability Coverage. Consultant shall maintain commercial general liability insurance no less broad than ISO form CG 00 01 in an amount not less than one million dollars ($1,000,000) per occurrence for bodily injury, personal injury, and property damage. Coverage must be made on
the standard Occurrence form. Claims-Made forms are not acceptable without prior written consent of City. City of South Lake Tahoe must be endorsed as an additional insured for liability arising out of ongoing operation by on behalf of Consultant. If a commercial general liability insurance form or other form with a general aggregate limit is used, either the general aggregate limit shall apply separately to the work to be performed under this Agreement or the general
aggregate limit shall be at least twice the required
occurrence limit.
iii. Automobile Liability Coverage. Consultant shall maintain automobile liability insurance covering bodily injury and property damage for all activities of the Consultant arising out of or in connection with the work to be performed under this Agreement, including coverage for owned, hired and nonowned vehicles, in an amount of not less than one million dollars ($1,000,000) combined single limit for each occurrence. iv. Professional Liability Coverage. Consultant shall maintain professional errors and omissions liability insurance for protection against claims alleging negligent acts, errors or omissions which may arise from Consultant or by its employees, or subcontractors. The amount of this insurance shall not be less 219
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 55 than one million dollars ($1,000,000) on a claims-made annual aggregate basis, or a combined single-limit per occurrence basis.
v. Cyber Liability Coverage. Consultant shall maintain cyber liability insurance with limits not less than one million dollars ($1,000,000) per claim, two million dollars ($2,000,000) aggregate. Coverage shall be sufficiently broad to sufficiently broad to respond to the duties and obligations as is
undertaken by Vendor in this agreement and shall include, but not limited to, claims involving security breach; system failure; data recovery; business interruption; cyber extortion; social engineering; infringement of intellectual property, including but not limited to infringement of copyright, trademark, trade dress, invasion of privacy violations, information theft, damage to or destruction of electronic information, release of private information, and alteration of electronic information. The policy shall provide coverage for breach response costs as well as regulatory fines and penalties, and credit monitoring expenses with limits sufficient to respond to these obligations. Vendor’s policy shall be primary and shall not seek contribution from the City’s coverage, shall contain a waiver of subrogation in favor of the City, and shall be endorsed to provide that City and its officers, officials, employees, agents, and volunteers are additional
insureds. Any failure to comply with the reporting provisions of the policy by Vendor shall not affect coverage provided to the City. If Vendor maintains broader coverage and/or higher limits than the minimums listed above, City requires and shall be entitled to the broader coverage and/or higher limits maintained by the Vendor. Any available insurance proceeds in excess of the specified minimum limits of insurance and coverage shall be available to City.
b. Endorsements. Each general liability and automobile liability insurance policy shall be with insurers possessing an AM Best’s rating of no less than A:VII and shall be endorsed with the following specific language:
220
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 56 i. City, its elected or appointed officers, officials, employees, agents, and volunteers are to be covered as additional
insureds under Consultant’s General Liability and Automobile Liability policies with respect to liability arising out of this Agreement and/or work performed by or on behalf of the
Consultant, including materials, parts or equipment furnished in connection with such work or operations.
ii. This policy shall be considered primary insurance as respects City, its elected or appointed officers, officials, employees, agents, and volunteers. Any insurance maintained by City, including any self-insured retention City may have, shall be considered excess insurance only and shall not contribute with it.
iii. This insurance shall act for each insured and additional insured as though a separate policy had been written for each,
except with respect to the limits of liability of the insuring Consultant.
iv. The insurer waives all rights of subrogation against City except for Consultant’s Professional Liability and Employers’ Liability policies, its elected or appointed officers, officials, employees, or agents.
v. Any failure to comply with reporting provisions of the policies shall not affect coverage provided to City, its elected or appointed officers, officials, employees, agents, or volunteers. vi. No policies of insurance carried by Consultant shall be suspended, voided, canceled, or changed in coverage or in limits except after thirty (30) days written notice to the City Attorney by Certified Mail.
c. Deductibles and Self-Insured Retentions. The Consultant shall be responsible for all deductibles in all of Consultant’s insurance policies.

The amount of deductibles for insurance coverage required herein shall be reasonable and approved by the City Attorney.
221
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 57 d. Certificates of Insurance. Consultant shall provide certificates of insurance with original endorsements to City as evidence of the insurance coverage required herein. Consultant shall not commence work under this contract until all insurance required under this section has been approved by City as to form, amount, and carrier, nor shall Consultant allow any subcontractor to commence work on any subcontract until all similar insurance required and reasonably consistent limits of the subcontractor has been so obtained and approved. Certificates of insurance shall contain no exclusions unless negotiated with the City Attorney and approved, in writing, by the City Attorney.

16. Notices. Any notice required to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and either served personally or sent prepaid, first-class mail. Any such notice shall be addressed to the other party at the address set forth below.

Notice shall be deemed communicated within 48 hours from the time of mailing if mailed as provided in this section.

If to City: City of South Lake Tahoe
1901 Lisa Maloff Way
South Lake Tahoe, CA 96150
Provide a copy to: City Attorney’s Office
City of South Lake Tahoe
1901 Lisa Maloff Way, Suite 300
South Lake Tahoe, CA 96150
If to Consultant:

Provide a copy to:

17. Assignment and Subcontracting. The parties recognize that a substantial inducement to City for entering into this Agreement is the professional reputation, experience, and competence of Consultant. Assignments of any or all rights, duties or obligations of the Consultant under this Agreement will be permitted only with the express consent of City. Consultant shall not subcontract any portion of the work to be performed under this Agreement without the written authorization of City. If City consents to such subcontract, Consultant shall be fully responsible to City for all acts or omissions of the subcontractor. Nothing in the Agreement shall create any contractual relationship between City and subcontractor nor shall it create any obligation on the part of City to pay or to see to the payment of any monies due to any such subcontractor other than as otherwise required by law. 222
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 58

18. Waiver. Waiver of a breach or default under this Agreement shall not constitute a continuing waiver of a subsequent breach of the same or any other provision under this Agreement.

19. Dispute Resolution. Any dispute concerning this Agreement will be first submitted to the City Manager or his designee for resolution. If no resolution is reached, such dispute shall be submitted to the City Council. The decision of the City Council shall be final and shall be appealable only to the El Dorado Superior Court pursuant to California Code of Civil Procedure §1094.5, and as provided by law.

20. Controlling Law Venue. This Agreement and all matters relating to it shall be governed by the laws of the State of California and any action brought relating to this Agreement shall be held exclusively in the Superior Courts in the County of El Dorado, South Lake Tahoe Division.

21. Prohibited Interests. Consultant maintains and warrants that it has not employed nor retained any Consultant or person, other than the independent contractors hired in accordance with Consultant’s standard business practice, to solicit or secure this Agreement. Further, Consultant warrants that it has not paid, nor has it agreed to pay any Consultant or person, other than a bona fide employee working solely for Consultant or an independent contractor hired as discussed above, any fee, commission, percentage, brokerage fee, gift, or other consideration contingent upon or resulting from the award or making of this Agreement. For breach or violation of this warranty, City shall have the right to rescind this Agreement without liability. For the term of this Agreement, no member, officer, or employee of City, during the term of his or her service with City, shall have any direct interest in this Agreement, or obtain any present or anticipated material benefit arising therefrom.

22. Equal Opportunity Employment. Consultant represents that it is an equal opportunity employer, and it shall not discriminate against any subcontractor, employee, or applicant for employment because of ancestry, age, color, disability, genetic information, gender expression, gender identity, marital status, medical condition, military or veteran status, national origin, race, religion, reproductive health decision making, sex/gender, or sexual orientation. Such non-discrimination shall include, but not be limited to, all activities related to initial employment, upgrading, demotion, transfer, recruitment or recruitment advertising, layoff, or termination.

23. Drug-Free Workplace Certification. This certification is only required for Consultants receiving payment from Grant Funding. By signing this Agreement, 223
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 59 Consultant hereby certifies under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the Consultant will comply with the requirements of the DrugFree Workplace Act of 1990 (Government Code Section 8355, et seq.) and will provide a drug-free workplace by taking the following actions:
a. Publish a statement notifying employees that unlawful manufacture, distribution dispensation, possession, or use of a controlled substance is prohibited and specifying actions to be taken against employees for violations, as required by Government Code Section 8355 (a). b. Establish a Drug-Free Awareness Program as required by Government Code Section 8355(b) to inform employees about all of the following:
i. The dangers of drug abuse in the workplace;
ii. The person’s or organization’s policy of maintaining a drug-free workplace;
iii. Any available counseling, rehabilitation, and employee assistance program; and
iv. Penalties that may be imposed upon employees for drug abuse violations.
c. Provide, as required by Government Code Section 8355(a)(3), that every employee who performs grant activities under this Agreement:
i. Will receive a copy of the Consultant’s drug-free policy statement; and
ii. Will agree to abide by the terms of the Consultant’s statement as a condition of employment on this Agreement.

Failure to comply with these requirements may result in suspension of payments under this Agreement or termination of the Agreement, or both, and Consultant may be ineligible for award of any future City agreements if City determines that any of the following has occurred: the Consultant (1) has made false certification, or (2) violates the certification by failing to carry out the requirements as noted above.

24. Anti-Lobbying Certification. Consultant shall submit to City the Anti-Lobbying Certification contained in Exhibit C. Further, Consultant shall require that the language of the certification in Exhibit C be included in all contracts or subcontracts entered into in connection with this Agreement and that all Consultants and contractors shall certify and disclose accordingly.

25. Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion. By signing this Agreement, Consultant assures that neither it nor its principals, is presently 224
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 60 debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participating in covered transactions by any Federal department or agency.

26. Americans with Disabilities Act. By signing this Agreement, Consultant assures the City that it complies with the American with Disabilities Act (ADA) of 1990, (42 U.S.C. 12101, et.seq.), which prohibits discrimination on the basis of disability, as well as all applicable regulations and guidelines issued pursuant to ADA.

27. Amendments. This Agreement may be modified or amended only by a written document executed by both Consultant and City and approved as to form by the City Attorney.

28. Severability. If any term or portion of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal, or otherwise unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect.

29. Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the complete and exclusive statement of Agreement between City and Consultant. All prior written and oral communications, including correspondence, drafts, memoranda, and representations, are superseded in total by this Agreement.

30. Execution. This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall constitute one and the same instrument and shall become binding upon the parties when at least one copy hereof shall have been signed by both parties hereto. In approving this Agreement, it shall not be necessary to produce or account for more than one such counterpart.

31. Time is of the Essence. Time is of the essence for this Agreement.

32. Authority to Enter Agreement. Consultant has all requisite power and authority to conduct its business and to execute, deliver, and perform the Agreement.

Each party warrants that the individuals who have signed this Agreement have the legal power, right, and authority to make this Agreement and to bind each respective party.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed on the date first written above.

CITY OF SOUTH LAKE TAHOE: CONSULTANT:
225
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 61 By___________________________ By ________________________________ City Manager Name, Title
Date_________________________ Date______________________________

Business License # __________________
APPROVED AS TO FORM:

By____________________________ Date_____________________________ City Attorney
ATTEST:

By____________________________ Date___________________________ City Clerk
Attachments:

Exhibit A – Scope of Services
Exhibit B – Compensation Schedule
Exhibit C - Anti-Lobbying Certification
226
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 62

EXHIBIT A

SCOPE OF SERVICES
227
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 63

EXHIBIT B

SCHEDULE OF CHARGES AND TIMELINE
BUDGET
Estimated fees (not to exceed) $________
Hourly Rate: $________/hour
Travel and out-of-pocket expenses $________
(travel is included in the TOTAL (not to exceed amount) TOTAL (not to exceed) $________

TIMELINE
228
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 64

EXHIBIT C

ANTI-LOBBYING CERTIFICATION
Consultant shall submit to City this certification prior to or at the time of the execution of this Agreement.

This certification is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when this transaction was made or entered into. Submission of this certification is a prerequisite for making or entering into this transaction imposed by Section 1352, Title 31, U. S. Code. Any person who fails to file the required certification shall be subject to a civil penalty not less than $10,000 and no more than $100,000 for such failure.

The undersigned certifies, to the best of his or her knowledge or belief, that:

1. No federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid, by or on behalf of it, to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with the awarding of any Federal contract, the making of any Federal grant, the making of any Federal loan, the entering into of any cooperative agreement, and the extension, continuation, renewal, amendment, or modification of any Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement; and

2. If any funds other than federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with this Federal contract, grant, loan, cooperative agreement, it will complete and submit Standard Form-LLL, “Disclosure Form to Report Lobbying,” in accordance with its instruction.

Consultant:

Name, Title
By:________________________________________ Date_______________________ 229
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 65

EXHIBIT H

STANDARD

INVITATION TO BID

TEMPLATE

230
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 66

INVITATION TO BID
TITLE
Picture
BID# date of award yyyy-mm-dd Title
*note: Formal Bids must be posted for minimum of 30 days 231
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 67

SUMMARY
The City of South Lake Tahoe is requesting formal competitive bids from qualified professional vendors/firms for (short sentence describing what you are looking for).

Electronic Bids are due on or before MM/DD/YYYY no later than 12:00 p.m. (Pacific Standard Time) Electronic Bids must be uploaded by said time and date. Bids received after the deadline will not be accepted. Bids must be submitted by Planet Bids. Fax and Electronic mailed (e-mail) submission will not be accepted.

Bidders will be notified by the City of any addenda that may be issued to this Formal Invitation to Bid (BID). Bidders must register in the City’s Vendor Database to be notified of such addenda (see page 3 for instructions on how to register).

Read this BID document carefully as the award will be given to the “lowest qualified responsible bidder” responding to this BID. The City reserves the right to reject any or all bids. Bids will be publicly opened and read aloud at the “department address” office immediately after the closing of the bid.

In the opinion of the City of South Lake Tahoe, this BID is complete and without need of explanation. However, if you have questions, or should you need any clarifying information, please use the Q&A feature that is found within Planet Bids, where the BID is posted.

Please note that no information given will be binding upon the City unless such information is issued in writing as an official addendum to this BID.

TIMELINE OF CRITICAL DATES
Release of Formal Competitive Bid xx-xx-xxxx
Mandatory Pre-Bid Meeting *optional
Deadline for questions Submitted via
Planted Bids
xx-xx-xxxx
Questions & Answers Uploaded xx-xx-xxxx
Formal Bid Due xx-xx-xxxx
City Council Award xx-xx-xxxx
232
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 68

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

1. Register with the City
All Bidders must register through the Vendor Portal in the Planet Bids website to be entered in the City of South Lake Tahoe Vendor Database, which is required to submit a bid. Go to this website address: https://pbsystem.planetbids.com/portal/14997/portal-home and follow the instructions applicable to Bidder. Following submission, Bidders will receive a confirmation message within 24 hours from Planet Bids. Bidders are solely responsible for maintaining up to date and accurate information in the Vendor Database.

2. Public Record
Bids not received by the date and time specified in this BID, will be rejected. Documents submitted in response to this BID will become the property of the City of South Lake Tahoe and will be regarded as public record under California Public Records Act under Government Code 6250 et seq., and subject to review or release to the public, excluding financial records marked “confidential” which shall be available for the bidder to pick up following a review and selection of the bid.

3. Format
Font, Type and Style: All proposals shall be single sided and professionally prepared (no handwritten proposals will be accepted). There are no requirements on font size, type, or style requirements.

4. Submittal Deadline
Response to this BID is due on or before MM/DD/YYYY no later than 12:00 p.m. (Pacific Standard Time) through Planet Bids on-line portal. Reponses received after the deadline will not be accepted; there are no exceptions. Fax and Electronic-mailed (e-mail) submission will not be accepted.

5. Purchase Agreement/ Contract
Upon approval of the Award by City Council; a written Purchase Agreement or Contract will be issued by the City Attorney’s Office. The Agreement is in force through the time period specified in the Scope of Work in the bid. The selected Bidder will be required to sign the City’s Purchase Agreement or Contract. A sample of this Agreement is attached hereto, and the City reserves the right to amend or edit this agreement however it sees fit. No changes may be made in the agreement without written authorization by the City of South Lake Tahoe. Quantities specified in the purchase agreement are not to be exceeded without written authorization from the City of South Lake Tahoe.
233
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 69

7. Reservations
a) The City reserves the right to reject any and all bids, whether or not minimum qualifications are met, and to modify, postpone, or cancel this Invitation to Bid, in whole or in part, or decide to award a contract on the basis of individual items, or groups of items, or on the entire list of items; to reject any or all bids or any part thereof; and to waive any informalities and/or negotiate minor deviations to the bid, with the successful bidder. The City's decision shall be final, without liability, obligation, or commitment to any party, firm, or organization.
b) In addition, the City reserves the right to request and obtain additional information from any Bidder and to negotiate the final scope of services with the selected vendor. The City is not liable for any costs incurred by Bidders prior to issuance of an agreement, contract, or purchase order. Costs of developing the bid, oral presentations or any other such expenses incurred by the vendor in responding to the BID are entirely the responsibility of the vendor and shall not be reimbursed in any manner by the City of South Lake Tahoe. c) Only the City Council of South Lake Tahoe, or the City Manager after being duly authorized by the City Council, may execute the Agreement with the successful bidder.

Further, it is understood that respondents must independently evaluate the information in this BID and that the City makes no guarantee of data accuracy. d) The City reserves the right to waive or permit cure of minor informalities and/or insignificant mistakes such as matters of form rather than substance and to conduct discussions and negotiations with any qualified respondent in any manner deemed necessary by the City to serve its best interests. The City also reserves the right, based on its sole judgment and discretion, to award a contract based upon the written bids it receives without conducting discussions, interviews, or negotiations. e) If, in the opinion of the City, a bid contains false or misleading statements or references, it may be rejected without notice to Bidder.
f) The City reserves the right to obtain written clarification of any point in a vendor bid or to obtain additional information necessary to properly evaluate a particular bid. Failure of a Bidder to respond to such a request for additional information or clarification may result in rejection of the bid.
g) The City reserves the right, without qualification, to select a Bidder for further discussions based solely on the content of the BID and relevant information obtained from others concerning the respondent's respective records of past performance. h) Proposer agrees that any response submitted to this BID will remain current and valid for a period of not less than 120 calendar days from the proposal due date. 234
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 70

8. Bid Protests
a) A non-selected bidder may protest award of contract by submitting a written bid protest which shall be received by the city clerk no later than seven calendar days after the city’s selection of the winning bidder or no later than 10 calendar days from the date that the city issues notice of designation of a bidder as non-responsible. b) The bid protest shall state all grounds claimed for the protest and include supporting documentation. Failure to clearly state the grounds for the protest and provide supporting documentation shall be deemed a waiver of all protest rights. c) Where award of the contract is to be made by the city council, the city clerk shall place a discussion of the bid protest on the next regularly scheduled council meeting agenda and the city council shall determine whether, based on the protest, to award the contract to the selected bidder, to reject all bids, or to award the contract to the next lowest responsible bidder.

9. Local Business Preference
a) The city shall apply a five percent discount to all local businesses which submit bids for materials, supplies, equipment, and services for nonpublic projects. The city shall evaluate the local businesses’ bids as though the bid had been submitted at a cost of five percent lower than the cost submitted.
b) Local Business shall mean a business which maintains its principle place of business in a fixed office within the city of South Lake Tahoe and possesses a current South Lake Tahoe business license. To establish a principle place of business in South Lake Tahoe, a business must demonstrate the majority of its principals are based in the South Lake Tahoe office, and that it pays South Lake Tahoe payroll taxes on at least 51 percent of its total payroll.

9. Bidder’s Security
a) When deemed necessary, bidders’ security may be prescribed in invitations to bid, RFP’s and RFQ’s. Bidders shall be entitled to return of bid security; provided however, that a successful bidder shall forfeit his or her bid security upon his or her refusal or failure to execute that contract within 10 days after receipt of contract. 235
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 71

INTRODUCTION

8. Background
Background information that would be relevant to what product is being requested

9. Objective
What is the City’s primary objective? What are we trying to accomplish through this BID?

SCOPE OF WORK

11. Scope of Work to be Performed:

- List all technical and general specifications of item(s), product, service, etc…. - Be specific with all details and descriptions.
- Request bid to include all fees, tax (8%), delivery charges - Request implementation schedule, timeline, delivery date 236
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 72

BID CONTENT REQUIREMENTS

12. Bid Requirements - All bids must include the following information and shall be organized as described below.

A. Cover Letter
The cover letter shall be addressed to the Department, Department Head, Title, and at a minimum, must contain the following:
 Identification of Vendor, including name, address, and telephone number  Name, title, address, and telephone number of contact person during period of bid evaluation
 A statement to the effect that the bid shall remain valid for a period of not less than 120 calendar days from date of submittal
 Signed by person authorized to bind the bidder the terms of the proposal.

B. Product Specification
In a brief narrative, describe the specifications to meet the requirements of the Invitation to Bid.

The intent of this narrative is to convince the City that the Bidder understands the objective that the bid is intended to meet, the nature of the work and/or product, and the level of effort necessary to successfully provide the defined product or scope of work.

C. Company History, Background and Experience
Describe the Vendor’s history and organizational structure, including the size of the company, location of office(s) and years in business. Provide resumes project team members (if applicable). Also include the Vendor’s background and public sector experience in conducting description of work/item.

D. Scope of Work/Implementation
Describe the Vendor’s general approach to managing the project or providing the goods, including specific plans to manage, control, and/or deliver the project to insure satisfactory provision of services. Provide a schedule designed to meet the requirements of the City. The City’s target date for completion/delivery is xxxx weeks/days from the date the contract is signed; however, a timeline from the Vendor is required. Provide description of all costs, implementation, including estimated timeframes and deliverables.
237
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 73 E. Project Budget (0-25 points)
Provide a detailed description of the project budget/ product itemized according to Scope of Work.

The Vendor shall present a specific “not to exceed” fixed fee /cost including associated taxes, fees, and charges and be based on achievement of deliverables. Provide itemized budget.

F. Description of Recent Projects/References (0-5 points) Provide a description of projects/products of a similar nature including at least three (3) client references with names and telephone numbers, contact persons.

EVALUATION METHOD & CRITERIA
Bids will first be reviewed for responsiveness to the requirements. If any information is missing from the required content, the bid may be deemed non-responsive and returned to bidder. Further review is subject to the City’s discretion (see Reservations, page 4).

The Selection Committee will make a recommendation to the City Manager based on the criteria in this bid to award the contract to the lowest qualified responsible bidder. The City Council will make the final determination whether or not to award a contract/agreement.

ATTACHMENT 1

SAMPLE

STANDARD PURCHASE AGREEMENT
238
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 74

EXHIBIT I

STANDARD

PURCHASE

AGREEMENT

TEMPLATE
239
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 75

CITY OF SOUTH LAKE TAHOE

PURCHASE AGREEMENT
This Agreement is made and entered into as of the_________day of ________ 202x by and between the City of South Lake Tahoe, a municipal corporation (“City”) and _____________________ (“Vendor”).

RECITALS
A. Vendor has been selected as the lowest qualified bidder to provide the goods/materials/products set forth in this Agreement.

B. Vendor and City desire to enter into this Agreement for the purchase of said goods/ materials/ products. .

AGREEMENT

1. Scope of Agreement. Vendor shall provide the goods/materials/products set forth in this agreement and described more fully in the Exhibit A, “Description of Goods/Materials/Products,” attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference (hereinafter the “product(s)”). Exhibit A further sets forth the requirements for delivery of the product(s), including requirements for installation, maintenance, servicing, etc.

2. Term/Time of Performance. The goods/materials/services described in Exhibit A shall be delivered to the City on or before ______________.

3. Compensation. Compensation to be paid to Vendor shall be in accordance with Exhibit B which is attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference. In no event shall Vendor’s compensation exceed ___________ without additional written authorization from City. Payment by City under this Agreement shall not be deemed a waiver of defects, even if such defects were known to City at the time of payment. Payment is contingent upon compliance with all terms and conditions of this Agreement, as set forth herein. Vendor shall obtain prior written authorization from the City Project Manager for any costs in excess of budgeted amounts for each line item set forth in Exhibit A.

4. Expiration and Termination of Agreement. This Agreement shall expire upon written confirmation from the City that Vendor has delivered product(s) in compliance with the scope set forth in Exhibit A. Such confirmation shall not be unreasonably withheld.
240
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 76 The City may terminate this agreement if Vendor fails to deliver product(s) and comply with the terms of Exhibit A within ten (10) days of the date of delivery set forth in paragraph two (2) herein.

5. Independent Contractor. It is understood that Vendor, in the performance of the work and services agreed to be performed, shall act as and be an independent contractor and shall not act as an agent or employee of City.

Vendor shall obtain no rights to retirement benefits or other benefits which accrue to City’s employees, and Vendor hereby expressly waives any claim it may have to any such rights. All employees, agents, contractors, or subcontractors hired or retained by Vendor are employees, agents, contractors, or subcontractors of Vendor and not of the City.

City is not required to make any deductions or withholdings form the compensation payable to Vendor under the provisions of this Contract and is not required to issue W-2 Forms for income and employment tax purposes for any of Vendor’s assigned personnel. Any third-party persons employed by Vendor shall be entirely and exclusively under the direction, supervision, and control of Vendor. Vendor hereby indemnifies and holds City harmless from any and all claims that may be made against City based upon any contention by any third party that an employer-employee relationship exists by reason of this Contract.

6. Interest of Vendor. Vendor, (and principals, associates, and professional employees of Vendor) covenants and represents that it does not now have any investment or interest in real property and shall not acquire any interest, direct or indirect, in the area covered by this Agreement or any other source of income, interest in real property or investment which would be affected in any manner or degree by the performance of Vendor’s services hereunder.

Vendor further covenants and represents that in the performance of its duties hereunder no person having any such interest shall perform any services under this Agreement.

7. Professional Ability of Vendor. City has relied upon the professional training and ability of Vendor to provide the product(s) hereunder as a material inducement to enter into this Agreement. Vendor shall therefore provide properly skilled professional and technical personnel to perform all tasks related to delivery of the product(s), etc. as set forth in Exhibit A.

8. Compliance with Laws. Vendor shall comply with all applicable federal, state, regional and local laws, codes, ordinances, and regulations in carrying out his/her duties under this Agreement. Vendor shall observe and comply with all 241
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 77 applicable laws, ordinances, regulations, and codes of federal, state, and local governments.

9. Licenses. Vendor represents and warrants to City that it has all licenses, permits, qualifications, insurance, and approvals of whatsoever nature which are legally required of Vendor to engage in this Agreement. Vendor represents and warrants to City that Vendor shall, at its sole cost and expense, always keep in effect or obtain during the term of this Agreement, any licenses, permits, insurance and approvals which are legally required of Vendor.

Vendor shall always maintain a City of South Lake Tahoe business license during this Agreement. Vendor acknowledges that payments made pursuant to this Agreement may be withheld until this provision has been satisfied.

10.Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion. By signing this Agreement, Consultant assures that neither it nor its principals, is presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participating in covered transactions by any Federal department or agency.

11. Indemnity. Vendor hereby agrees to and shall indemnify and hold harmless City, its elected and appointed boards, officers, agents, employees and volunteers from and against any liability for any and all claims, demands, actions, losses, damages and injuries, direct or indirect (including any and all costs and expenses in connection therein), arising out of this Agreement or caused in any way by Vendor’s negligent performance of this Agreement or its breach of its obligations contained in this Agreement, except for any such claims arising out of the negligence or willful misconduct of the City. Vendor agrees to defend City from and against any and all losses, damages, claims costs and fees arising out Vendor’s negligent acts, errors, omissions, regarding this Agreement, the Vendor’s work under this Agreement, or the Vendor’s Scope of Work.

City does not, and shall not, waive any rights against Vendor which it may have by reason of the aforesaid hold harmless agreement, because of the acceptance by City, or the deposit with City by Vendor, of any of the insurance policies hereinafter set forth.

12. Warranty. Vendor will provide warranty language.

13. Notices. Any notice required to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and either served personally or sent prepaid, first-class mail. Any such 242
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 78 notice shall be addressed to the other party at the address set forth below.

Notice shall be deemed communicated within 48 hours from the time of mailing if mailed as provided in this section.

If to City: City of South Lake Tahoe
1901 Lisa Maloff Way
South Lake Tahoe, CA 96150
Provide a copy to: City Attorney’s Office
City of South Lake Tahoe
1901 Lisa Maloff Way, Suite 300
South Lake Tahoe, CA 96150

If to Vendor:

Provide a copy to:

14.Assignment and Subcontracting. The parties recognize that a substantial inducement to City for entering into this Agreement is the professional reputation, experience, and competence of Vendor. Assignments of any or all rights, duties or obligations of the Vendor under this Agreement will be permitted only with the express consent of City. Vendor shall not subcontract any portion of the Agreement without the written authorization of City. If City consents to such subcontract, Vendor shall be fully responsible to City for all acts or omissions of the subcontractor. Nothing in the Agreement shall create any contractual relationship between City and subcontractor nor shall it create any obligation on the part of City to pay or to see to the payment of any monies due to any such subcontractor other than as otherwise required by law.

15.Waiver. Waiver of a breach or default under this Agreement shall not constitute a continuing waiver of a subsequent breach of the same or any other provision under this Agreement.

16.Dispute Resolution. Any dispute concerning this Agreement will be first submitted to the City Manager or his designee for resolution. If no resolution is reached, such dispute shall be submitted to the City Council. The decision of the City Council shall be final and shall be appealable only to the El Dorado 243
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 79 Superior Court pursuant to California Code of Civil Procedure §1094.5, and as provided by law.

17.Controlling Law Venue. This Agreement and all matters relating to it shall be governed by the laws of the State of California and any action brought relating to this Agreement shall be held exclusively in the Superior Courts in the County of El Dorado, South Lake Tahoe Division.

18.Prohibited Interests. Vendor maintains and warrants that it has not employed nor retained any Vendor or person, other than the independent contractors hired in accordance with Vendor’s standard business practice, to solicit or secure this Agreement. Further, Vendor warrants that it has not paid, nor has it agreed to pay any Vendor or person, other than a bona fide employee working solely for Vendor or an independent contractor hired as discussed above, any fee, commission, percentage, brokerage fee, gift, or other consideration contingent upon or resulting from the award or making of this Agreement. For breach or violation of this warranty, City shall have the right to rescind this Agreement without liability. For the term of this Agreement, no member, officer, or employee of City, during the term of his or her service with City, shall have any direct interest in this Agreement, or obtain any present or anticipated material benefit arising therefrom.

19.Amendments. This Agreement may be modified or amended only by a written document executed by both Vendor and City and approved as to form by the City Attorney.

20. Severability. If any term or portion of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal, or otherwise unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect.

21.Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the complete and exclusive statement of Agreement between City and Vendor. All prior written and oral communications, including correspondence, drafts, memoranda, and representations, are superseded in total by this Agreement.

22. Time is of the Essence. Time is of the essence for this Agreement.

23.Authority to Enter Agreement. Vendor has all requisite power and authority to conduct its business and to execute, deliver, and perform the Agreement.

Each party warrants that the individuals who have signed this Agreement have the legal power, right, and authority to make this Agreement and to bind each respective party.
244
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 80 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed on the date first written above.

CITY OF SOUTH LAKE TAHOE: VENDOR:

By___________________________ By ________________________________ City Manager Name, Title
Date________________________ Date______________________________

Business License # __________________
APPROVED AS TO FORM:

By____________________________ Date__________________
City Attorney
ATTEST:

By____________________________ Date___________________
City Clerk
Attachments:

Exhibit A – Description of Goods/Materials/Products
Exhibit B – Compensation
Exhibit C - Anti-Lobbying Certification
245
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 81

EXHIBIT A
Description of Goods/Materials/Products
246
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 82

EXHIBIT B

COMPENSATION
 Provide total itemized costs
 Include all taxes, shipping, handling, fees, and discounts 247
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 83

EXHIBIT C

ANTI-LOBBYING CERTIFICATION
Vendor shall submit to City this certification prior to or at the time of the execution of this Agreement.

This certification is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when this transaction was made or entered into. Submission of this certification is a prerequisite for making or entering into this transaction imposed by Section 1352, Title 31, U. S. Code. Any person who fails to file the required certification shall be subject to a civil penalty not less than $10,000 and no more than $100,000 for such failure.

The undersigned certifies, to the best of his or her knowledge or belief, that:

1. No federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid, by or on behalf of it, to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with the awarding of any Federal contract, the making of any Federal grant, the making of any Federal loan, the entering into of any cooperative agreement, and the extension, continuation, renewal, amendment, or modification of any Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement; and

2. If any funds other than federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with this Federal contract, grant, loan, cooperative agreement, it will complete and submit Standard Form-LLL, “Disclosure Form to Report Lobbying,” in accordance with its instruction.

Vendor:

Name, Title
By: ________________________________________ Date________________________ 248
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 84

EXHIBIT J

RFP REJECTION
LETTER –

TEMPLATE/EXAMPLE
249
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 85

USE DEPARTMENT- CITY LETTERHEAD
Date
Address
Re: Award Decision, Department of ________, RFP # _____ for [service requested] Dear
Thank you for submitting a proposal in response to the subject Request for Proposals (RFP).

An evaluation panel, using the weighted criteria outlined in the RFP, has completed its review, and scoring of all the proposals we received. The proposal submitted by ______________ received the panel’s highest score. We will be developing a contract for the requested services with that organization. Thank you again for your participation, and for your interest in doing business with the City of South Lake Tahoe.

This award is a final decision subject to the successful negotiation of a mutually acceptable contract. A nonselected bidder may protest the award of a contract by submitting a written bid protest which shall be received by the city clerk no later than seven calendar days after the city’s selection of the winning bidder or no later than 10 calendar days from the date that the city issues notice of designation of a bidder as nonresponsible. Please see City of South Lake Tahoe Code section 3.45.020 for the full bid protest procedure.

Very truly yours,
250
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 86

EXHIBIT K

RFP ACCEPTANCE
LETTER

TEMPLATE/EXAMPLE
251
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 87 *Use Department City Letterhead
Date
Address
Re: Award Decision, Department of ________, RFP # _____ for [service requested] Dear
Congratulations. The evaluation panel, using the weighted criteria outlined in the subject Request for Proposals (RFP), has completed its review of the proposals received. We are pleased to announce that your proposal received the panel’s highest score.

Enclosed with this letter is an electronic copy of the City’s approved Professional Services Agreement. We respectfully ask you to review the terms and conditions. Any changes should be made with MS Word Track Changes so that our Attorney may review them. We also kindly ask that you provide us a scope of services attachment that includes all services requested in our RFP. When both parties arrive at mutually acceptable terms, we will place the master agreement on the City Council agenda for adoption.

Thank you for your interest in working with the City of South Lake Tahoe. If you have any questions or concerns, please do not hesitate to reach out to me at __________________.

Very truly yours,
Attachment: Professional Services Agreement/ or Purchase Agreement 252
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 88

EXHIBIT L

INSTRUCTIONS TO

CREATE A STANDARD

PURCHASE ORDER
(PO)
253
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 89 Creating a Purchase Order

1. Login to OneSolution

2. Type POUPPR into the top right search tool and click on “Purchase Requests (POUPPR)

3. Click on “Add”

4. Click on Generate

5. Click on PR_SEED

6. Write down the PR Number

7. If you know the vendor ID then type it in the text box that is located in the Vendor tab. If you don’t know the ID then you can search for it by name. If the vendor is not in our system then you will have to request a W9 from the vendor and send it over to Ben so he setup the new 254
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 90 vendor in our system. If this new vendor is doing any work on one of our properties then a business license is needed. Have Finance contact this new vendor to setup a business license.

8. Type in the Vendor ID in the text box or look it up. Select the vendor and the correct address then click on OK at the top.

9. Click on the Ship to Tab. If you know the ship to ID then type it in the box or you can search for it. To search click on the Lookup button. All city building starts with a S. Filter by PE ID and type 255
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 91 in an “S” and click on “Apply”. Look for the city building that it needs to be shipped to and select the correct person at that address.

10. Under the “Details” tab type in the following
a. Confirming Person – The person requesting this item/service 256
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 92 b. Cust / Order # - Quote or order number if available
c. Bid # - If available
d. Contract # - If available
e. End Use – The department or division requesting this PR f. Buyer – Leave Blank

11. Go to the “Details” tab and type in the current date

12. Skip “Blanket” Tab

13. Click on “Req. Codes” Tab. Make sure the following codes are selected.

14. Skip “Misc.” Tab

15. Click on the “Notes” Tab. In the dropdown there are three choices a. PR Notes – This is for internal notes only
b. Print Before – This will place the note directly on the PO above the first line item. 257
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 93 i. Quote number
ii. Delivery instructions
iii. Etc…
c. Print After – This will place the note directly after the last line item. i. Quote number
ii. Delivery instructions
iii. Etc…

16. In the “Items” tab. Enter in the Quantity, Account Number, Units, Description, Unit Price. If Tax is NOT required, then scroll to the right and select EX under the “Tax Code” column. After entering the data in each filed press the “Enter” to save the item and two add a second item.

17. Once you are finished adding items. You will have to approve the PR out of your queue. At the top you should have “Pending Approvals” tab; If you don’t, please see below to activate it. Click on that tab and select one of the four choices. When you select one a second window will popup so you can type additional notes for yourself or for the next approver in the queue. 258
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 94

18. If there are multiple approvers you can click on refresh to see who next in line to approve the PR.

Adding Attachments to the PR

1. Click on the “Attachments” tab on the top will allow you add new documents. The “Attachment” tab on the left will show you the current documents attached to the PR.

2. Click on “New Document”. A second window will popup. You will need to add a description and then browse to the location where your attachment is saved. Then click on “Attach.” 259
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 95

3. You will see the document listed on the left side. If the wrong document was attached; just hover you mouse of the attached document and send IT the document ID and request that document to be removed.

Activating the “Pending Approval” tab and “Attachments” Tab

1. Click on the Globe
260
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 96

2. Click on “Settings”

3. Click on “Preferences” tab and select “Enable for “Show Attachments”. Then click on “Apply Settings”
261
Procedures and required Forms and Templates are located in Outlook, Public Folders/ Purchasing Page 97

4. Click on “Screens Specific” tab and select “Enable” for “Pending Approvals” Purchase Order Rules

1. All quotes, sole source form, state contracts, etc.… and the approved PO must be attached to the PR.
262
City of SLT Financial Policies – Grants 1 September 2023August 2024

FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT

GRANT FUNDING AND COMPLIANCE POLICY
The purpose of this document is to establish uniform guidelines for oversight of the City of South Lake Tahoe in the pursuit of grant related revenue. Adherence to the following policies and procedures promote increased efficiencies, transparency, accountability to ethical standards, and a strategic approach to funding opportunities, which enable the City to be competitive in securing grant funding. All City personnel utilizing or seeking Grant funding for City business purposes are responsible for knowing and following this policy.

Table of Contents
This Policy is organized into the following six sections:

1. General Standards ......................................................................................................... 2-3

2. Grant Application .............................................................................................................3

2.1 Grant Planning and Opportunities .................................................................................3

2.2 Determining Eligibility .............................................................................................. 3-4

2.3 City Council Approval to Apply ....................................................................................4

2.4 Submitting Grant Application .................................................................................... 4-5

3. Grant Acceptance...............................................................................................................5

3.1 Approval Process ...........................................................................................................5

3.2 City Council Approval to Accept Award.......................................................................5

3.3 Execution of Award ................................................................................................... 5-6

4. Grant Management and Compliance ................................................................................6

4.1 Roles and Responsibilities ......................................................................................... 6-7

4.2 Grant Procurement .........................................................................................................8

4.3 Compliance Standards ...................................................................................................9

5. Grant Accounting ................................................................................................................9

5.1 Monitoring the Budget .................................................................................................10

5.2 Cash Management ........................................................................................................11

5.3 Reimbursement Requests .............................................................................................11

5.4 Staff Time/ Administration .................................................................................... 11-12

5.5 Internal Controls/Equipment/Capital Expenditures ............................................... 12-13

6. Post Award ........................................................................................................................14

6.1 Close-out ......................................................................................................................14

6.2 Audit ...................................................................................................................... 14-15 263
City of SLT Financial Policies – Grants 2 September 2023August 2024

1. GENERAL STANDARDS
Grant funding allows the City to supplement local public funds to increase the efficiency and impact of programs, projects, and services provided to the community; therefore, the effect of grant funding and the process that governs it is significant.

Grants are not "free money". A grant is a financial award provided by a federal, state, local government, or other organization to fund specific, beneficial, goals, objectives, and/or legislative initiatives through legal, contractual, and binding grant agreements. Because government grants are funded by tax dollars, they include stringent compliance and reporting measures to ensure the money is well-spent. Careful consideration and analysis should be given prior to applying or accepting these funds.

This policy describes the City’s grant management and administration procedures and intends to do the following:
 Promote the use of best practices
 Promote sound financial management
 Promote efficiency and effectiveness in grant funded projects and programs  Ensures the grant related activity is consistent with City’s strategic priorities  Ensures the integrity of the City’s good standing among granting agencies  Ensures accountability for financial and programmatic elements of grant administration and management
Adoption and Implementation: The City Council is responsible for adopting the City's Grant Funding and Compliance Policy and for approving any significant policy revisions. The City Manager, or his/her designee, is responsible for developing administrative procedures to implement this policy. In this role, the City Manager is authorized to make minor administrative changes in the guidelines without significant policy impacts.

Public Records Requirement: All documents related to Grant applications, contracts, expenditures, revenues, and grant compliances are public records and may be subject to disclosure under the California Public Records Act (Government Code §6250-6270).

Conflicts of Interest: An officer or employee of the City acting or appearing to act on behalf of someone other than the City; or in carrying out duties has or appears to have a self-interest from which a personal profit or gain is realized or that is actually or potentially adverse to the best interests of the City.

Conflicts of interest and the appearance of a conflict of interest can damage the reputation, credibility, and trust of the City. These situations may involve ethical, legal, or other issues and City officials and employees should be diligent in the identification of potential conflicts when working in any capacity with proposed or funded grant activity involving the City. 264
City of SLT Financial Policies – Grants 3 September 2023August 2024 No officer or employee of the City shall have any interest, financial or otherwise, direct or indirect, or have any arrangement that may reasonably be expected to bias the design, conduct, or reporting of a city grant funded project.

It shall be the responsibility of the Grants Project Manager for each grant funded project to ensure in the use of project funds, officials or employees of the City and nongovernmental recipients or sub‐recipients shall avoid any action that might result in, or create the appearance of:
 Using his or her official position for private gain
 Giving preferential treatment to any person or organization  Losing complete independence or impartiality
 Making an official decision outside official channels  Adversely affecting public confidence in the City and the grant funded program  Or any other Conflict of Interest outlined per the specific grant agency Employees and City Officials are responsible for exercising good judgment in applying, approving, requesting, managing and administering grant funds. Accordingly, the basic standard should prevail to provide prudent stewardship of public funds, the City's resources, and granting agency compliance.

2. GRANT APPLICATION

2.1 GRANT PLANNING AND OPPORTUNITIES
Each respective department within the City may research and identify grant opportunities to facilitate City Council’s strategic goals, objectives, and initiatives as well as department work plans, to provide supplemental or alternative funding sources to public projects, capital expenditures, or operating programs and expenses.

Once grant opportunities are identified, employees are responsible for obtaining approval from their Department Head to pursue review of such funding. Gathering information beforehand will help ensure success in meeting a tight deadline. Coordination with the Principal Management Analyst, serving as Grants Manager is encouraged to facilitate the process. Necessary components in pursuit of a competitive grant application are:

1. A list of approved projects/programs meeting the needs of the Department as well as City Council priorities (ex. CIP, Master Plans, EIP, Community Plans etc.).

2. Project/program descriptions, goals and objectives.

3. Project timelines, estimated costs, project budgets.

4. Matching fund contribution and fiscal impacts.

2.2 DETERMING ELIGIBILITY
To determine eligibility for grant funding;

1. Review grant guidelines, specifications, and requirements 265
City of SLT Financial Policies – Grants 4 September 2023August 2024

2. Coordinate with key personnel for staff and departmental impacts as well as Finance to access fiscal impact

3. Applications should be evaluated for administrative burden, compliance cost, city match requirements, long term costs, and operation and maintenance costs

4. In the event the cost to the City exceeds the amount received from the grant, the Department should seek approval from Finance as well as the City Manager to pursue the grant further

5. Department Head shall assign a Project Manager to manage the grant project, program, and department grant compliances

6. If an outside consultant is hired to assist with grant writing or project management; the Director will assign a staff member responsible for overseeing the consultant contract and ensuring grant compliance

2.3 CITY COUNCIL APPROVAL TO APPLY
City Council approval to submit an application is required for ALL Grant Applications. A detailed staff report and a resolution (if required) should be brought forth to City Council for Council approval/adoption. The staff report should include the following information:

1. Project and grant details

2. Budget summary

3. Administration requirements and funding source

4. Match requirements

5. Compliance requirements

6. Grantee responsibilities

7. Maintenance and operations requirements

8. Long-term costs including staffing needs after the expiration of the grant Background: should summarize and detail the need for the project or program and which priorities will be met. Provide grant agency information.

Issue and Discussion: should summarize the proposed project or program, including all departmental impacts, goals and objectives and benefits or impacts to the City.

Financial Implications: should detail all fiscal impacts, long-term costs, matching contributions, operation and maintenance costs, budget availability or budget constraints.

In the event the application deadline does not allow the necessary lead time for City Council approval; and prior Council approval is not a requirement of the application; the Department Director should ensure the approval of the City Manager prior to submitting the application and will bring the item before council to the next appropriate meeting for ratification.

2.4 SUBMITTING GRANT APPLICATION
Following City Council approval, a completed grant proposal may be submitted by the department overseeing the project or program. The Project Manager and/or Grants Manager will follow the 266
City of SLT Financial Policies – Grants 5 September 2023August 2024 grant guidelines, and requirements to review and submit a complete and competitive grant proposal.

Budget Summary: When determining the budget for the grant application all of the project expenses must be included in the application. This includes:

1. Total cost of the project

2. Project management and oversight, staff time, administration

3. Expenses that arise as a result of your project

4. City share of costs where applicable

5. Operation and maintenance, long-term or ongoing costs

3. GRANT ACCEPTANCE

3.1 APPROVAL PROCESS
Upon Grant approval the Department will receive a grant award letter from the funding agency detailing the measures necessary to accept the award. The city should also receive a finalized grant award contract which will become a binding agreement. The grant contract and all compliance measures should be reviewed by the Grants Manager, Project Manager, and the Department Director. Grant Manager reviews the grant contract to ensure ability to maintain compliance, and the Director will ensure the department’s capability to comply with the contract and will make the appropriate recommendation to City Manager and City Council.

3.2 CITY COUNCIL APPROVAL TO ACCEPT AWARD
The final step in the approval process is taking the awarded grant contract and funding acceptance, to City Council for approval and budget appropriation. Staff report should include:

1. Details of the grant contract, project/program and all compliance required.

2. Acceptance of the grant award, as well as the details necessary to appropriate the grant funding into the City’s Budget. The appropriated budget must match the approved budget in the grant award.

3. Anticipated revenues, along with balanced associated expenditures with account numbers must be outlined in detail in the staff report and resolution. (Expenditures cannot exceed revenues).

4. All pertinent documentation should be attached, including the grant award contract.

Provide a copy of the signed Council Resolution, and the executed Grant Contract to the Grant Manager to ensure the funds are appropriated into the budget, andbudget, and tracking procedures can begin.

3.3 BUDGET APPROPRIATION
267
City of SLT Financial Policies – Grants 6 September 2023August 2024 Federal, State, and Local Governments are legally required to operate within an approved Municipal Budget. Article 1, Section 9, of the U.S. Constitution states, “No money shall be drawn from the Treasury, but in Consequence of Appropriations made by Law”.

1. Government Fund Accounting is required by California Law meaning each stream of revenue and associated expenses must be accounted for and tracked within a specific governmental fund.

2. Appropriated budget MUST be available and verified prior to ANY purchase, contract, or professional service agreement rendered.

3. If budget is not identified, or funding has not been approved and appropriated into the current fiscal year budget, STOP.

4. Do not proceed with any grant purchase, contract, loan, or grant expenditure until City Council has approved through resolution, the appropriation of grant funds into the current fiscal year budget.

3.43 EXECUTION OF AWARD
The Grant Contract is fully executedexecuted, and the funds can be spent when the following steps are complete:

1. Granting Agency signs the grant contract and specifies the dates of the “term of the agreement”

2. Grant Contract has been approved through City Council

3. City’s Authorized Signatory signs the grant contract

4. Grant revenues and expenses have been loaded into the appropriate account within the City’s Budget
Grant funding cannot be spent prior to approvals and a grant award notification is received from the Granting Agency. The Granting Agency typically sends the Department the original, signed, and fully executed, Grant Agreement. The Department will forward the original copy to the City Clerk as well as a copy to the Grant Manager. A copy needs to be kept within the department in a centralized file for future reference.

Authorized Signatory Responsibility: All Grant applications require an Authorized Signatory on behalf of the City. The Authorized Signatory is usually the Mayor, City Manager, or the Department Director. The signature legally binds the City to all terms and conditions within the grant agreement regardless of whether; the city is the main beneficiary of the funding; the city has applied on behalf of another agency for pass through funding; or the city has hired an outside agency to oversee and manage the project.

4. GRANT MANAGEMENT AND COMPLIANCE

4.1 ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITY
268
City of SLT Financial Policies – Grants 7 September 2023August 2024 The following shall describe responsible parties for activities surrounding the submittal, implementation, maintenance, reporting and other related duties for grant funded projects by or on behalf of the City of South Lake Tahoe. The full development of a project or program requires the assistance and support from all affected departments.

Financial Services Department
The Principal Management Analyst in Finance will serve as the Grants Manager and is the primary person responsible for providing city‐wide coordination and monitoring of grants. This individual is responsible for ensuring the City’s grants management and compliance program is current and effectively fulfills the compliance requirements of the City’s policies and external granting agencies and is available for assistance and guidance for a successful proposal.

The Grants Manager is responsible for:

1. Researching grant opportunities and notifying departments of such opportunities.

2. Acting as a liaison between departments and funding agency personnel.

3. Assisting staff, adhering to grant guidelines, policies, and deadlines.

4. Assisting departments with City Council agenda items regarding applying for grants, accepting awards, and appropriating the grant budgets and/or reviewing agenda items related to grants prior to submission.

5. Receiving a copy of the grant award and maintaining a grant file; tracking grant activity at all stages of the grant cycle. Maintain master files of “open” and “closed” grants in accordance with retention requirements.

6. Developing and conducting grants administration training and assistance to staff pertaining to grant management and compliance.

7. Ensuring the departments track and report programmatic and financial grant activity in a timely manner in accordance with grant agreement, providing the proper account codes as budgeted.

8. Coordinating with Department Head, Project Manager and Finance personnel to gather all information required to meet grant funding requirements, including contracts, professional agreements, and proper invoicing from vendors.

9. Preparing and submitting grant reimbursement requests, financial reports, and final financial reconciliation and closing reports.

10. Monitoring and tracking cash flow and accounts receivable.

11. Preparing Schedule of Expenditures of Federal Award for the Single-Audit requirement.

12. Acts as a liaison between auditors, granting agency, and department personnel.

City Departments
The Department Director is responsible for programmatic and fiscal responsibilities for the designated department. This individual ensures adequate staff and infrastructure are provided for the appropriate performance of grant award management and provides oversight of staff identified as key personnel on grant awards.

Department Director is responsible for:

1. Ensuring adequate management of programmatic and fiscal aspects of the grant awards. 269
City of SLT Financial Policies – Grants 8 September 2023August 2024

2. Assigning staff to adequately manage the grant awards.

3. Managing general departmental-level support activities related to grants management.

4. Approving submittals and proposed programmatic and fiscal changes to the grant.

5. Reviewing budget amendment requests if they affect commitments by the department.

6. Ensuring cost sharing dollars are available and the budget is adequate relative to the project scope and its justification is appropriate.

The Department Project Manager is the primary person responsible for the programmatic activities on a project/grant. Although some tasks may be delegated, the Project Manager is the chief accountable person and bears responsibility for the overall administrative and fiscal conduct of the grant project, for meeting the terms and conditions of the grant award, and for representing the project to the granting agency.

The Project Manager is responsible for:

1. Preparing the grant proposal, with an emphasis on the technical details, scope of work and budgetary components; coordinate with Grants Manager for fiscal impact and assistance.

2. Forwarding all grant agreements and documentation to the Grants Manager for review prior to execution by the proper City officials; prepare City Council agenda items, staff reports, resolution, and requesting budget be established and approved prior to incurring expenditures.

3. Modify and monitor the project budget, scope of work, and ensuring the appropriate charging of expenditures to the project in compliance with grant award.

4. Appropriately managing the programmatic aspects of the project, monitoring expenditures to ensure grant funds are spent in accordance with the approved budget.

5. Approving all grant expenditures and payment request, utilizing appropriate account numbers and ensuring budget. Submit to Department Director for approval.

6. Working with the Grants Manager to ensure the completeness, accuracy, and timeliness of programmatic and financial reports submitted to the granting agency.

7. Prepares project reporting, progress reports, final reports, monitoring reports.

8. Ensures Finance Department receives copies of pertinent information, documentation, reports or correspondence with the granting agency.

9. Ensuring contractors, subcontractors, consultants have complied with the appropriate work in a timely manner and in accordance with technical, financial, and other requirements of the award, as well as reviewing their invoices for accuracy and grant compliance.

10. Adhering to the terms of the grant agreement and policies and notifying the Grants Manager if changes are needed.

11. Follows State, Federal and City procurement, and contract policies in the utilization of grant funding.

12. Complying with Single Audit Act requirements; providing documentation for audit requests; and adhering to audit recommendations.

4.2 GRANT PROCUREMENT
The purchase of goods, materials, supplies, equipment, services, and non-public contracts must follow the City Procurement Policies and Procedures as well as the City’s Purchasing Ordinance (SLTCC § 3.45) adopted by City Council. Public Contracts and Public Projects must adhere to 270
City of SLT Financial Policies – Grants 9 September 2023August 2024 Public Contracts and the Uniform Public Construction Cost Accounting Act as adopted by City Council (SLTCC § 3.45 Article II).

Federal Awards, Cooperative Agreements, or State Awards utilizing Federal Funds must also follow the General Procurement Standards in the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR); Title 2:

Grants and Agreements section §200.3178 through §200.3276. These guidelines can be found at https://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/text-idx?tpl=/ecfrbrowse/Title02/2cfr200_main_02.tpl; or contact Grants Manager for additional information (ext. 7410).

Grant Awards and Cooperative Agreements utilizing funds through Caltrans must follow the Local Assistance Procedures Manual (LAPM, particularly Chapters 5 and 16. These guidelines can be found at https://dot.ca.gov/programs/local-assistance/guidelines-and-procedures/localassistance-procedures-manual-lapm or contact Grants Manager for additional information.

Suspension and Debarment: ALL Federal Awards used to procure vendors, consultants, and/or contractors, and subrecipients, providing goods or services to the city in excess of $25,000.00 must maintain evidence of vendor “Suspension and Debarment” verification through the “Systems for Awards Management (SAM). Print or save an electronic copy of verification through SAM.Gov and submit it to Finance or contact Grant Manager to assist in obtaining verification. a copy. This requirement must also be included in your Contract, Professional Services Agreement, or PO. (Refer to Purchasing Policy for boiler plate “Suspension and Debarment” language). Per Section 2 CFR §200.332.

Contracting with small and minority businesses, women’s business enterprises, and labor surplus area firms: to the extent possible, the city will assure that small, minority, and women’s business enterprises are solicited when there are potential sources. Effective 10/1/24, “veteranowned businesses” will be encouraged. When utilizing federal funds refer to CFR §200.321

4.3 COMPLIANCE STANDARDS
The City “shall at all time exercise responsibility over the implementation of the project” and is held liable for all provisions set forth in the agreement, as quoted from a current grant contract.

Therefore, it is imperative that all departments involved, as well as the Authorized Signatory, fully understand the conditions of the grant agreement and follow the compliance measures put into place. This will further ensure the integrity of the City’s commitment to the Grantor, help maintain audit compliance, and avoid grant fraud speculation.

Non- compliance; non-compliance findings can result in loss of final retention reimbursement, terminating the grant agreement, repayment of funds, suspension or debarment from receiving future grants, and/or implementation of grant special conditions.

Evidence that an organization has grossly misused funds or committed fraudulent activity, can result in civil actions against the City and/or City Officials and Personnel to include:

1. Recovery of funds up to triple damages
271
City of SLT Financial Policies – Grants 10 September 2023August 2024

2. Criminal remedies including arrest

3. Prison sentences

4. Seizure of assets

5. Monetary fines.

Falsification of Documentation- Submitting fraudulent receipts, falsifying an application, or report will result in disciplinary action and may lead to termination of employment and/or criminal action.

The City of South Lake Tahoe reserves the right to deny request of reimbursement for expenses that are considered lavish, extravagant, or are unsupported by required documentation.

Unusual expenses incurred due to special circumstances must be approved by the City Manager and the granting agency, if those expenses do not violate Federal or State requirements.

5. GRANT ACCOUNTING
After award acceptance, the Grant Manager will maintain documentation and begin proper tracking and monitoring of the new grant. The Project Manager will monitor and manage the consultant and/or contractor contracts, and track the project budget.

1. Grant funds should be appropriated into the city budget per City Council Resolution during grant acceptance process.

2. Grant Revenues will be identified in the City budget separately from other revenue sources, to adequately identify the source of funds per revenue account number. Expenditures will be budgeted in the same project/program account to identify the application of funds in an appropriate expense account number.

1.3.Before initiating a contract, purchase order, agreement with a service provider, professional services agreement, or other expense; review the Grant Agreement for terms and conditions.

2.4.Compliance must be maintained with City policy, the Grant Award, and State and/or Federal Policies. Follow the most stringent procedures to ensure all compliances are being met.

3.5.Before entering into agreements with vendors or contractors, verify that the provider or business has a valid City Business License.

4.6.Staff and/or contractors, consultants or service providers utilizing grant funding must disclose all relevant conflict of interest or criminal violations in writing to the appropriate granting agency and follow the guidelines as outlined in the City Council adopted resolution #2016-69.

5.7.Grant expenditures must be expensed as detailed in the grant application, grant contract and as approved in the City Annual Budget.

6.8. Consultant/contractor/vendor invoices must be thoroughly reviewed by Project manager for compliance with City and Grant Procurement, Federal compliances and Public Contract Code prior to authorization for payment.

7.9.If conditions of the Grant Contract are not met; the Grantor is under no obligation to disburse funds or reimbursement.
272
City of SLT Financial Policies – Grants 11 September 2023August 2024

8.10. ALL Federal Awards, Cooperative Agreements, or State Awards utilizing Federal Funds must follow the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) Uniform Administrative Requirements, Cost Principles, and Audit Requirements for Federal Awards (2 CFR Chapter 1, Chapter 2, Part 200). These guidelines can be found at https://www.ecfr.gov/cgibin/text-idx?tpl=/ecfrbrowse/Title02/2cfr200_main_02.tpl.

5.1 MONITORING THE BUDGET
Funds must be spent in the manner approved by the Granting Agency and City Council. The Project Manager is responsible for:

1. Monitoring the project budget and city staff time budget.

2. Monitoring sub-contractors, sub-recipients, service providers.

3. Monitoring budgets for contractors, consultants, and professional service agreements.

4. Reviewing invoices for payment; specifying appropriate account numbers.

5. Timely submittal of invoices for payment ensuring adequate cash management.

The Grants Manager is responsible for:

1. Monitoring expenses after payment to ensure compliance between the grant budget and the City’s budget.

2. Preparing and submitting grant payment requests, managing receivables, and cash flow.

3. Preparing and/or reviewing Staff time, administration, and activity delivery.

4. Tracking expenses and revenues in accordance with Grant Contract.

5. Providing direct communication with granting agencies and city departments.

Adjustment between budgeted line items to the approved grant budget; must be approved by the Granting Agency in the manner stated in the Grant Agreement. Concurrently, the Department Director should request a budget adjustment via e-mail to the Finance Department.

Adding additional budget to an approved grant or reducing budget or scope via a Grant Amendment must follow procedures and request council approval accepting the additional funding and loading the budget or reducing the budget and accept reducing the scope of the project.

5.2 CASH MANAGMENT
To minimize time lapsing between outlay of city funds and receipt of grant funds, timely review, approval, and submittal of vendor invoices and grant reimbursement requests is imperative.

1. Invoices and receipts must be paid, with a check cut to the vendor prior to requesting reimbursement; therefore timely submittal of invoices is required.

2. All work performed and items purchased within a fiscal year; must be paid within the fiscal year the work was performed (This is an audit requirement). 273
City of SLT Financial Policies – Grants 12 September 2023August 2024

3. Provide a brief explanation/justification on the delay of pay requests for invoices submitted for payment 45 days or more beyond the date of the invoice; this will help provide information to auditor, or Grantor.

4. When submitting invoices (over $250,000) for payment, notify Accounts Payable and Grants Manager to manage bank balance cash flow and expedite grant reimbursement.

5.3 REIMBURSEMENT REQUESTS
Most grant reimbursements are submitted in arrears. The city must first expend the funds; pay the invoice and request reimbursement after payment has been finalized. Grant reimbursements will be requested in the manner set forth in the grant agreement and as frequent as permitted when expenditures dictate.
 Grants Manager will be responsible for preparing the reimbursement request, or reviewing the request before submitting to the Granting Agency.  Invoices must be paid in a timely manner and distributed in the General Ledger prior to reimbursement requests.
 Once the billing is complete, it will submitted to the Authorized Signatory for review and approval.
 This review enables an examination of expenditures, proper account numbers, staff time accuracy, and project deliverables.
 After the billing is signed, the Grants Manager will submit as required in the Grant Agreement.
 The revenue is entered into accounts receivable and tracked by the Grants Manager to ensure receipt.

5.4 STAFF TIME/ ADMINISTRATION
Follow grant guidelines in determining eligibility of charging staff time to the grant or using staff time as the City’s match or cost share. Employee rates provided should be directly from employee payroll at current actual hourly rates and remain in effect until such changes are submitted through a “change of status” to Human Resources, or a change to the employee “MOU” within the city.  Grant timesheets (provided by Finance, Grant Manager) must be used when charging staff time to a grant.
 The Grant timesheet must represent the actual hours worked in a pay period and account for the grant hours within that pay period.
 Department Head and employee must approve the grant timesheets at the end of the pay period and submit the timesheets to the Grant Manager.  Grant Manager will calculate the staff time directly from the pay period payroll documentation.
 Compensation for personnel services on federal grants must be based on payroll documented through standard City policy and procedures. The consequences of noncompliance with employee time and effort certification may be the disallowance of such charges to the grant.
274
City of SLT Financial Policies – Grants 13 September 2023August 2024  Federal grants require accounting for 100% of one’s time even if all of one’s time is not allocated to the grant project (2 CFR 200.430).
 Wages of employees used in meeting cost sharing or matching requirements of federal awards must be supported in the same manner as those claimed as allowable costs under federal awards.

5.5 INTERNAL CONTROLS
Internal controls are the mechanisms, rules, and procedures implemented by the Ccity and/or required by the Granting Agency to ensure the integrity of financial and accounting information, promote accountability, and prevent fraud.

The seven internal control procedures are separation of duties, access controls, physical audits, standardized documentation, trial balances, periodic reconciliations, and approval authority.

Expenditures
When an invoice is received for a grant funded project, the workflow for payment shall be as follows:

1. Reviewed by Project Manager and back-up documentation verified.

2. Approved by Department Head or Authorized Signatory per Procurement Policy.

3. Submitted to Accounts Payable for entry and procurement documentation verified.

3.4.Check Register is verified by the Finance Director.

5. Vendor checks are printed by Revenue Accountant, posting payment to the General Ledger.

4.6.Checks are mailed by Revenue Technician.

5.7.GL detail is reviewed by Grants Manager for grant reimbursement preparation.

8. Grant Manager prepares reimbursement request according to grant budget and agreement. terms, as well as information provided from Project Manager below.

6. To assure the invoice gets paid from the proper grant and project; the Project Manager shall:

1. Determine available budget within vendor contract as well as city financial system

1.2.Ensure the expenses are allowable grant expenditures

2.3.Specify the grant name, agency, and grant number on the pay request or invoice

3.4.Specify whether the invoice is 100% reimbursable or what portion is reimbursable through which revenue sources assigned to project

4.5.Specify the amount and revenue source when splitting an invoice between multiple grants or revenue sources

5.6.Be specific when paying an invoice between multiple account numbers

7. Make a notation of the account number, name and grant number on the receipt of an expense being paid with a direct invoice or City Cal Card or petty cash 275
City of SLT Financial Policies – Grants 14 September 2023August 2024 Information Technology (IT) Equipment
To maintain proper internal controls, and asset inventory; Any IT item requiring installation, support, or security evaluation, should be researched, vetted, PURCHASED, and inventoried by the IT Department. Under no circumstances should these items be purchased by departments other than IT.
 Please Note: all employees utilizing any City information device, and/or employees utilizing grant funding, are required to complete the Cybersecurity Trainings issued citywide by the IT department. Employees who do not complete the trainings may be prohibited from using City Information Systems and Devices. In addition, all grant subrecipients are required to include cybersecurity internal control measures to safeguard information in accordance with Section 2 CFR §200.303.

Consultant Invoices should include:
o Date of work performed/ period of performance
o Nature and scope of the service rendered during period of performance o Sufficient detail as to time expended on tasks performed (number of hours worked, hourly rate, travel costs, mileage rate as approved, etc.) o Subconsultant backup documentation should be included; invoices, hours worked/hourly rate, travel documentation, receipts, etc. o Fees for services rendered are allowable only when supported by evidence of the nature and amount of other expenses and in accordance with the executed PSA.
 In-direct costs are only allowable up 10% de minimus, or a federally approved rate.

Consultant must provide documentation of approved rate if more than 10%. Please note, effective 10/1/2024 the de minimus rate is increased to 15%, which will be the allowable rate after 10/1/24 per Section 2 CFR§200.414  Signed, reviewed and approved by signature authority
 PROHIBITED: mark-ups, bonus’s, commissions, incentives, gifts and entertainments costs, are all prohibited from being paid on consultant invoices.

Revenues
When a Reimbursement Request is submitted it is:

1. Prepared by Grants Manager after verifying account numbers, budgets, proper grant documentation, matching documentation and back up

2. Approved and signed by Authorized Signatory per grant Agreement

3. Submitted and entered into Accounts receivable by Grants Manager

4. Funds are received and deposited by Revenue Supervisor

5. Deposit is reviewed and reconciled into the GL System by Revenue Accountant 276
City of SLT Financial Policies – Grants 15 September 2023August 2024 Equipment and other Capital Expenditures
Equipment (Capital Expenditures) purchased with Federal funds must follow Code of Federal Regulations CFR §200.313 and §200.439. These guidelines can be found at the link below:
https://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/text-idx?tpl=/ecfrbrowse/Title02/2cfr200_main_02.tpl.

1. Capital expenditures for special purpose equipment are allowable as direct costs, provided items with a unit cost of $55,000 or more have the prior written approval of the Federal awarding agency or pass-through entity. . Effective 10/1/2024, rate is increased to $10,000, per Section 2 CFR §200.313 and CFR §200.439.

2. Equipment must be used in the program or project for which it was acquired as long as needed, whether or not the project or program continues to be supported by the Federal award.

3. Procedures for managing equipment (including replacement equipment), whether acquired in whole or in part under a Federal award, until disposition takes place will, at a minimum, meet the following requirements:
 Property records must be maintained that include a description of the property, a serial number or other identification number, the source of funding for the property (including the FAIN), who holds title, the acquisition date, and cost of the property, percentage of Federal participation in the project costs for the Federal award under which the property was acquired, the location, use and condition of the property, and any ultimate disposition data including the date of disposal and sale price of the property.
 A physical inventory of the property must be taken, and the results reconciled with the property records at least once every two years.  Control system must be developed to ensure adequate safeguards to prevent loss, damage, or theft of the property. Any loss, damage, or theft must be investigated.  Adequate maintenance procedures must be developed to keep the property in good condition.
 If the City is authorized or required to sell the property, proper sales procedures must be established to ensure the highest possible return. See CFR §200.313 (e) Disposition, for guidelines.

Revenues
When a Reimbursement Request is submitted it is:

1. Prepared by Grants Manager after verifying account numbers, budgets, proper grant documentation, matching documentation and back up

2.1.Approved and signed by Authorized Signatory per grant Agreement

3.1.Submitted and entered into Accounts receivable by Grants Manager 277
City of SLT Financial Policies – Grants 16 September 2023August 2024

4.1.Funds are received and deposited by Revenue Supervisor

5.1.Deposit is reviewed and reconciled into the GL System by Revenue Accountant

6. POST AWARD

6.1 CLOSEOUT
After completion of all required performance period activities, the Administering Department and Finance shall perform grant closeout tasks in accordance with Federal CFR §200.343, or corresponding State regulations, and/or contractual requirements.

1. The Project Manager is responsible for final performance reports and programmatic reporting required by the terms and conditions of the award and shall provide copies to the Grants Manager in Finance

2. The Grants Manager is responsible for final financial reports and final reimbursement as required by the terms and conditions of the award

3. The Project Manager and Grant Manager are responsible for collecting and maintaining all appropriate back up documentation for performance, financial, and final reports

4. The Administering Department and Finance shall ensure that all financial activities are recorded, that revenues balance to expenditures, and that revenues and expenditures balance to budget figures

5. The Administering Department and Finance are responsible for ensuring their records retention follows the compliance in the grant award or at a minimum is held 5 years after final close date of award.

6.2 AUDIT
All Granting Agencies reserve the right to call for a program audit or a financial audit at any time between execution of the agreement and the completion or termination of the project.

All non-Federal entities that expend $750750,000 ($1,000,000 effective 10/1/24) or more of Federal awards in a year are required to obtain an annual audit in accordance with the Single Audit Act Amendments of 1996, OMB Circular A-133, the OMB Circular Compliance Supplement and Government Auditing Standards. A single audit is intended to provide a cost-effective audit for non-Federal entities in that one audit is conducted in lieu of multiple audits of individual programs.

The City exceeds the $1,000750,000 threshold and is subject to this required Audit annually.

Federal Single Audit Act and annual reporting requirements are contained in 2 CFR Part 200 Subpart F (200.5 Compliance and Audit Requirements.) It is important that all grant activity and any changes to the grant are well documented to facilitate any audit. Audit findings made during the audit are provided to the grantor, which could prompt an audit by the grantor.

The following activities are the fourteen types of compliance requirements considered in every audit conducted under 2 CFR Part 200 Subpart F, and many are described throughout this policy:
278
City of SLT Financial Policies – Grants 17 September 2023August 2024

1. Activities: Allowed or Unallowable

2. Allowable Costs/Cost Principles

3. Cash Management

4. Compliance with Terms & Conditions (e.g. Davis-Bacon Act)

5. Eligibility

6. Equipment and Real Property Management

7. Matching, Level of Effort, Earmarking

8. Period of Availability of Federal Funds

9. Procurement, Suspension and Debarment

10. Program Income

11. Real Property Acquisition and Relocation Assistance

12. Reporting

13. Subrecipient Monitoring

14. Special Tests and Provisions
The Administering Department and Finance are responsible for ensuring their records are maintained in accordance with applicable City policy, State law, and Federal regulations and maintain compliance with Federal Code 2 CFR Part 200.
 Project Manager is responsible to provide all programmatic and procurement documentation requested by a Granting Agency or Auditor  Grant Manager is responsible to provide all fiscal documentation requested by a Granting Agency or Auditor
Complete and proper documentation is instrumental to a smooth and successful audit; which reflects positively on the City, and in turn increases the chance for future successful grant applications.
279
City of SLT Financial Policies – Grants 1 August 2024

FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT

GRANT FUNDING AND COMPLIANCE POLICY
The purpose of this document is to establish uniform guidelines for oversight of the City of South Lake Tahoe in the pursuit of grant related revenue. Adherence to the following policies and procedures promote increased efficiencies, transparency, accountability to ethical standards, and a strategic approach to funding opportunities, which enable the City to be competitive in securing grant funding. All City personnel utilizing or seeking Grant funding for City business purposes are responsible for knowing and following this policy.

Table of Contents

1. General Standards ......................................................................................................... 2-3 Grant Application ...................................................................................................................3

2.1 Grant Planning and Opportunities .................................................................................3

2.2 Determining Eligibility .............................................................................................. 3-4

2.3 City Council Approval to Apply ....................................................................................4

2.4 Submitting Grant Application .................................................................................... 4-5

3. Grant Acceptance...............................................................................................................5

3.1 Approval Process ...........................................................................................................5

3.2 City Council Approval to Accept Award.......................................................................5

3.3 Budget Appropriation ....................................................................................................6

3.4 Execution of Award .......................................................................................................6

4. Grant Management and Compliance ................................................................................7

4.1 Roles and Responsibilities ......................................................................................... 7-8

4.2 Grant Procurement .........................................................................................................9

4.3 Compliance Standards ............................................................................................. 9-10

5. Grant Accounting.............................................................................................................10

5.1 Monitoring the Budget .................................................................................................11

5.2 Cash Management .................................................................................................. 11-12

5.3 Reimbursement Requests .............................................................................................12

5.4 Staff Time/ Administration ..........................................................................................12

5.5 Internal Controls ..........................................................................................................13 Information Technology (IT Equipment) ....................................................................14 Equipment and Capital Expenditures...........................................................................15

6. Post Award .......................................................................................................................15

6.1 Close-out ................................................................................................................ 15-16

6.2 Audit ...................................................................................................................... 16-17 280
City of SLT Financial Policies – Grants 2 August 2024

1. GENERAL STANDARDS
Grant funding allows the City to supplement local public funds to increase the efficiency and impact of programs, projects, and services provided to the community; therefore, the effect of grant funding and the process that governs it is significant.

Grants are not "free money". A grant is a financial award provided by a federal, state, local government, or other organization to fund specific, beneficial, goals, objectives, and/or legislative initiatives through legal, contractual, and binding grant agreements. Because government grants are funded by tax dollars, they include stringent compliance and reporting measures to ensure the money is well-spent. Careful consideration and analysis should be given prior to applying or accepting these funds.

This policy describes the City’s grant management and administration procedures and intends to do the following:
• Promote the use of best practices
• Promote sound financial management
• Promote efficiency and effectiveness in grant funded projects and programs • Ensures the grant related activity is consistent with City’s strategic priorities • Ensures the integrity of the City’s good standing among granting agencies • Ensures accountability for financial and programmatic elements of grant administration and management
Adoption and Implementation: The City Council is responsible for adopting the City's Grant Funding and Compliance Policy and for approving any significant policy revisions. The City Manager, or his/her designee, is responsible for developing administrative procedures to implement this policy. In this role, the City Manager is authorized to make minor administrative changes in the guidelines without significant policy impacts.

Public Records Requirement: All documents related to Grant applications, contracts, expenditures, revenues, and grant compliances are public records and may be subject to disclosure under the California Public Records Act (Government Code §6250-6270).

Conflicts of Interest: An officer or employee of the City acting or appearing to act on behalf of someone other than the City; or in carrying out duties has or appears to have a self-interest from which a personal profit or gain is realized or that is actually or potentially adverse to the best interests of the City.

Conflicts of interest and the appearance of a conflict of interest can damage the reputation, credibility, and trust of the City. These situations may involve ethical, legal, or other issues and City officials and employees should be diligent in the identification of potential conflicts when working in any capacity with proposed or funded grant activity involving the City. 281
City of SLT Financial Policies – Grants 3 August 2024
No officer or employee of the City shall have any interest, financial or otherwise, direct or indirect, or have any arrangement that may reasonably be expected to bias the design, conduct, or reporting of a city grant funded project.

It shall be the responsibility of the Grants Project Manager for each grant funded project, to ensure in the use of project funds, officials or employees of the City and nongovernmental recipients or sub‐recipients shall avoid any action that might result in, or create the appearance of:
• Using his or her official position for private gain
• Giving preferential treatment to any person or organization • Losing complete independence or impartiality
• Making an official decision outside official channels • Adversely affecting public confidence in the City and the grant funded program • Or any other Conflict of Interest outlined per the specific grant agency Employees and City Officials are responsible for exercising good judgment in applying, approving, requesting, managing and administering grant funds. Accordingly, the basic standard should prevail to provide prudent stewardship of public funds, the City's resources, and granting agency compliance.

2. GRANT APPLICATION

2.1 GRANT PLANNING AND OPPORTUNITIES
Each respective department within the City may research and identify grant opportunities to facilitate City Council’s strategic goals, objectives, and initiatives as well as department work plans, to provide supplemental or alternative funding sources to public projects, capital expenditures, or operating programs and expenses.

Once grant opportunities are identified, employees are responsible for obtaining approval from their Department Head to pursue review of such funding. Gathering information beforehand will help ensure success in meeting a tight deadline. Coordination with the Principal Management Analyst, serving as Grants Manager is encouraged to facilitate the process. Necessary components in pursuit of a competitive grant application are:

1. A list of approved projects/programs meeting the needs of the Department as well as City Council priorities (ex. CIP, Master Plans, EIP, Community Plans etc.).

2. Project/program descriptions, goals and objectives.

3. Project timelines, estimated costs, project budgets.

4. Matching fund contribution and fiscal impacts.

2.2 DETERMING ELIGIBILITY
To determine eligibility for grant funding;

1. Review grant guidelines, specifications, and requirements 282
City of SLT Financial Policies – Grants 4 August 2024

2. Coordinate with key personnel for staff and departmental impacts as well as Finance to access fiscal impact

3. Applications should be evaluated for administrative burden, compliance cost, city match requirements, long term costs, and operation and maintenance costs

4. In the event the cost to the City exceeds the amount received from the grant, the Department should seek approval from Finance as well as the City Manager to pursue the grant further

5. Department Head shall assign a Project Manager to manage the grant project, program, and department grant compliances

6. If an outside consultant is hired to assist with grant writing or project management; the Director will assign a staff member responsible for overseeing the consultant contract and ensuring grant compliance

2.3 CITY COUNCIL APPROVAL TO APPLY
City Council approval to submit an application is required for ALL Grant Applications. A detailed staff report, and a resolution (if required) should be brought forth to City Council for Council approval/adoption. The staff report should include the following information:

1. Project and grant details

2. Budget summary

3. Administration requirements and funding source

4. Match requirements

5. Compliance requirements

6. Grantee responsibilities

7. Maintenance and operations requirements

8. Long-term costs including staffing needs after the expiration of the grant Background: should summarize and detail the need for the project or program and which priorities will be met. Provide grant agency information.

Issue and Discussion: should summarize the proposed project or program, including all departmental impacts, goals and objectives and benefits or impacts to the City.

Financial Implications: should detail all fiscal impacts, long-term costs, matching contributions, operation and maintenance costs, budget availability or budget constraints.

In the event the application deadline does not allow the necessary lead time for City Council approval; and prior Council approval is not a requirement of the application; the Department Director should ensure the approval of the City Manager prior to submitting the application and will bring the item before council to the next appropriate meeting for ratification.

2.4 SUBMITTING GRANT APPLICATION
Following City Council approval, a completed grant proposal may be submitted by the department overseeing the project or program. The Project Manager and/or Grants Manager will follow the 283
City of SLT Financial Policies – Grants 5 August 2024
grant guidelines, and requirements to review and submit a complete and competitive grant proposal.

Budget Summary: When determining the budget for the grant application all of the project expenses must be included in the application. This includes:

1. Total cost of the project

2. Project management and oversight, staff time, administration

3. Expenses that arise as a result of your project

4. City share of costs where applicable

5. Operation and maintenance, long-term or ongoing costs

3. GRANT ACCEPTANCE

3.1 APPROVAL PROCESS
Upon Grant approval the Department will receive a grant award letter from the funding agency detailing the measures necessary to accept the award. The city should also receive a finalized grant award contract which will become a binding agreement. The grant contract and all compliance measures should be reviewed by the Grants Manager, Project Manager, and the Department Director. Grant Manager reviews the grant contract to ensure ability to maintain compliance, and the Director will ensure the department’s capability to comply with the contract and will make the appropriate recommendation to City Manager and City Council.

3.2 CITY COUNCIL APPROVAL TO ACCEPT AWARD
The final step in the approval process is taking the awarded grant contract and funding acceptance, to City Council for approval and budget appropriation. Staff report should include:

1. Details of the grant contract, project/program and all compliance required.

2. Acceptance of the grant award, as well as the details necessary to appropriate the grant funding into the City’s Budget. The appropriated budget must match the approved budget in the grant award.

3. Anticipated revenues, along with balanced associated expenditures with account numbers must be outlined in detail in the staff report and resolution. (Expenditures cannot exceed revenues).

4. All pertinent documentation should be attached, including the grant award contract.

Provide a copy of the signed Council Resolution, and the executed Grant Contract to the Grant Manager to ensure the funds are appropriated into the budget, and tracking procedures can begin. 284
City of SLT Financial Policies – Grants 6 August 2024

3.3 BUDGET APPROPRIATION
Federal, State, and Local Governments are legally required to operate within an approved Municipal Budget. Article 1, Section 9, of the U.S. Constitution states, “No money shall be drawn from the Treasury, but in Consequence of Appropriations made by Law”.

1. Government Fund Accounting is required by California Law meaning each stream of revenue and associated expenses must be accounted for and tracked within a specific governmental fund.

2. Appropriated budget MUST be available and verified prior to ANY purchase, contract, or professional service agreement rendered.

3. If budget is not identified, or funding has not been approved and appropriated into the current fiscal year budget, STOP.

4. Do not proceed with any grant purchase, contract, loan, or grant expenditure until City Council has approved through resolution, the appropriation of grant funds into the current fiscal year budget.

3.4 EXECUTION OF AWARD
The Grant Contract is fully executed, and the funds can be spent when the following steps are complete:

1. Granting Agency signs the grant contract and specifies the dates of the “term of the agreement”

2. Grant Contract has been approved through City Council

3. City’s Authorized Signatory signs the grant contract

4. Grant revenues and expenses have been loaded into the appropriate account within the City’s Budget
Grant funding cannot be spent prior to approvals and a grant award notification is received from the Granting Agency. The Granting Agency typically sends the Department the original, signed, and fully executed, Grant Agreement. The Department will forward the original copy to the City Clerk as well as a copy to the Grant Manager. A copy needs to be kept within the department in a centralized file for future reference.

Authorized Signatory Responsibility: All Grant applications require an Authorized Signatory on behalf of the City. The Authorized Signatory is usually the Mayor, City Manager, or the Department Director. The signature legally binds the City to all terms and conditions within the grant agreement regardless of whether; the city is the main beneficiary of the funding; the city has applied on behalf of another agency for pass through funding; or the city has hired an outside agency to oversee and manage the project.
285
City of SLT Financial Policies – Grants 7 August 2024

4. GRANT MANAGEMENT AND COMPLIANCE

4.1 ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITY
The following shall describe responsible parties for activities surrounding the submittal, implementation, maintenance, reporting and other related duties for grant funded projects by or on behalf of the City of South Lake Tahoe. The full development of a project or program requires the assistance and support from all affected departments.

Financial Services Department
The Principal Management Analyst in Finance will serve as the Grants Manager and is the primary person responsible for providing city‐wide coordination and monitoring of grants. This individual is responsible for ensuring the City’s grants management and compliance program is current and effectively fulfills the compliance requirements of the City’s policies and external granting agencies and is available for assistance and guidance for a successful proposal.

The Grants Manager is responsible for:

1. Researching grant opportunities and notifying departments of such opportunities.

2. Acting as a liaison between departments and funding agency personnel.

3. Assisting staff, adhering to grant guidelines, policies, and deadlines.

4. Assisting departments with City Council agenda items regarding applying for grants, accepting awards, and appropriating the grant budgets and/or reviewing agenda items related to grants prior to submission.

5. Receiving a copy of the grant award and maintaining a grant file; tracking grant activity at all stages of the grant cycle. Maintain master files of “open” and “closed” grants in accordance with retention requirements.

6. Developing and conducting grants administration training and assistance to staff pertaining to grant management and compliance.

7. Ensuring the departments track and report programmatic and financial grant activity in a timely manner in accordance with grant agreement, providing the proper account codes as budgeted.

8. Coordinating with Department Head, Project Manager and Finance personnel to gather all information required to meet grant funding requirements, including contracts, professional agreements, and proper invoicing from vendors.

9. Preparing and submitting grant reimbursement requests, financial reports, and final financial reconciliation and closing reports.

10. Monitoring and tracking cash flow and accounts receivable.

11. Preparing Schedule of Expenditures of Federal Award for the Single-Audit requirement.

12. Acts as a liaison between auditors, granting agency, and department personnel.

City Departments
The Department Director is responsible for programmatic and fiscal responsibilities for the designated department. This individual ensures adequate staff and infrastructure are provided for 286
City of SLT Financial Policies – Grants 8 August 2024
the appropriate performance of grant award management and provides oversight of staff identified as key personnel on grant awards.

Department Director is responsible for:

1. Ensuring adequate management of programmatic and fiscal aspects of the grant awards.

2. Assigning staff to adequately manage the grant awards.

3. Managing general departmental-level support activities related to grants management.

4. Approving submittals and proposed programmatic and fiscal changes to the grant.

5. Reviewing budget amendment requests if they affect commitments by the department.

6. Ensuring cost sharing dollars are available and the budget is adequate relative to the project scope and its justification is appropriate.

The Department Project Manager is the primary person responsible for the programmatic activities on a project/grant. Although some tasks may be delegated, the Project Manager is the chief accountable person and bears responsibility for the overall administrative and fiscal conduct of the grant project, for meeting the terms and conditions of the grant award, and for representing the project to the granting agency.

The Project Manager is responsible for:

1. Preparing the grant proposal, with an emphasis on the technical details, scope of work and budgetary components; coordinate with Grants Manager for fiscal impact and assistance.

2. Forwarding all grant agreements and documentation to the Grants Manager for review prior to execution by the proper City officials; prepare City Council agenda items, staff reports, resolution, and requesting budget be established and approved prior to incurring expenditures.

3. Modify and monitor the project budget, scope of work, and ensuring the appropriate charging of expenditures to the project in compliance with grant award.

4. Appropriately managing the programmatic aspects of the project, monitoring expenditures to ensure grant funds are spent in accordance with the approved budget.

5. Approving all grant expenditures and payment request, utilizing appropriate account numbers and ensuring budget. Submit to Department Director for approval.

6. Working with the Grants Manager to ensure the completeness, accuracy, and timeliness of programmatic and financial reports submitted to the granting agency.

7. Prepares project reporting, progress reports, final reports, monitoring reports.

8. Ensures Finance Department receives copies of pertinent information, documentation, reports or correspondence with the granting agency.

9. Ensuring contractors, subcontractors, consultants have complied with the appropriate work in a timely manner and in accordance with technical, financial, and other requirements of the award, as well as reviewing their invoices for accuracy and grant compliance.

10. Adhering to the terms of the grant agreement and policies and notifying the Grants Manager if changes are needed.

11. Follows State, Federal and City procurement, and contract policies in the utilization of grant funding.

12. Complying with Single Audit Act requirements; providing documentation for audit requests; and adhering to audit recommendations.
287
City of SLT Financial Policies – Grants 9 August 2024

4.2 GRANT PROCUREMENT
The purchase of goods, materials, supplies, equipment, services, and non-public contracts must follow the City Procurement Policies and Procedures as well as the City’s Purchasing Ordinance (SLTCC § 3.45) adopted by City Council. Public Contracts and Public Projects must adhere to Public Contracts and the Uniform Public Construction Cost Accounting Act as adopted by City Council (SLTCC § 3.45 Article II).

Federal Awards, Cooperative Agreements, or State Awards utilizing Federal Funds must also follow the General Procurement Standards in the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR); Title 2:

Grants and Agreements section §200.317 through §200.327. These guidelines can be found at https://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/text-idx?tpl=/ecfrbrowse/Title02/2cfr200_main_02.tpl; or contact Grants Manager for additional information (ext. 7410).

Grant Awards and Cooperative Agreements utilizing funds through Caltrans must follow the Local Assistance Procedures Manual (LAPM, particularly Chapters 5 and 16. These guidelines can be found at https://dot.ca.gov/programs/local-assistance/guidelines-and-procedures/localassistance-procedures-manual-lapm or contact Grants Manager for additional information.

Suspension and Debarment: ALL Federal Awards used to procure vendors, consultants, contractors, and subrecipients, providing goods or services to the city in excess of $25,000.00 must maintain evidence of vendor “Suspension and Debarment” verification through the “Systems for Awards Management (SAM). Print or save an electronic copy of verification through SAM.Gov or contact Grant Manager to assist in obtaining verification. This requirement must also be included in your Contract, Professional Services Agreement, or PO. (Refer to Purchasing Policy for boiler plate “Suspension and Debarment” language). Per Section 2 CFR §200.332.

Contracting with Small and Minority Businesses, Women’s Business Enterprises, and Labor Surplus Area Firms: to the extent possible, the city will assure that small, minority, and women’s business enterprises are solicited when there are potential sources. Effective 10/1/24, “veteran-owned businesses” will be encouraged as well. When utilizing federal funds refer to CFR §200.321

4.3 COMPLIANCE STANDARDS
The City “shall at all time exercise responsibility over the implementation of the project” and is held liable for all provisions set forth in the agreement, as quoted from a current grant contract.

Therefore, it is imperative that all departments involved, as well as the Authorized Signatory, fully understand the conditions of the grant agreement and follow the compliance measures put into place. This will further ensure the integrity of the City’s commitment to the Grantor, help maintain audit compliance, and avoid grant fraud speculation.

Non- compliance; non-compliance findings can result in loss of final retention reimbursement, terminating the grant agreement, repayment of funds, suspension or debarment from receiving future grants, and/or implementation of grant special conditions. 288
City of SLT Financial Policies – Grants 10 August 2024
Evidence that an organization has grossly misused funds or committed fraudulent activity, can result in civil actions against the City and/or City Officials and Personnel to include:

1. Recovery of funds up to triple damages

2. Criminal remedies including arrest

3. Prison sentences

4. Seizure of assets

5. Monetary fines.

Falsification of Documentation- Submitting fraudulent receipts, falsifying an application, or report will result in disciplinary action and may lead to termination of employment and/or criminal action.

The City of South Lake Tahoe reserves the right to deny request of reimbursement for expenses that are considered lavish, extravagant, or are unsupported by required documentation.

Unusual expenses incurred due to special circumstances must be approved by the City Manager and the granting agency, if those expenses do not violate Federal or State requirements.

5. GRANT ACCOUNTING
After award acceptance, the Grant Manager will maintain documentation and begin proper tracking and monitoring of the new grant. The Project Manager will monitor and manage the consultant and/or contractor contracts and track the project budget.

1. Grant funds should be appropriated into the city budget per City Council Resolution during grant acceptance process.

2. Grant Revenues will be identified in the City budget separately from other revenue sources, to adequately identify the source of funds per revenue account number. Expenditures will be budgeted in the same project/program account to identify the application of funds in an appropriate expense account number.

3. Before initiating a contract, purchase order, agreement with a service provider, professional services agreement, or other expense; review the Grant Agreement for terms and conditions.

4. Compliance must be maintained with City policy, the Grant Award, and State and/or Federal Policies. Follow the most stringent procedures to ensure all compliances are being met.

5. Before entering into agreements with vendors or contractors, verify that the provider or business has a valid City Business License.

6. Staff and/or contractors, consultants or service providers utilizing grant funding must disclose all relevant conflict of interest or criminal violations in writing to the appropriate granting agency and follow the guidelines as outlined in the City Council adopted resolution #2016-69.

7. Grant expenditures must be expensed as detailed in the grant application, grant contract and as approved in the City Annual Budget.
289
City of SLT Financial Policies – Grants 11 August 2024

8. Consultant/contractor/vendor invoices must be thoroughly reviewed by Project manager for compliance with City and Grant Procurement, Federal compliances and Public Contract Code prior to authorization for payment.

9. If conditions of the Grant Contract are not met; the Grantor is under no obligation to disburse funds or reimbursement.

10. ALL Federal Awards, Cooperative Agreements, or State Awards utilizing Federal Funds must follow the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) Uniform Administrative Requirements, Cost Principles, and Audit Requirements for Federal Awards (2 CFR Chapter 1, Chapter 2, Part 200). These guidelines can be found at https://www.ecfr.gov/cgibin/text-idx?tpl=/ecfrbrowse/Title02/2cfr200_main_02.tpl.

5.1 MONITORING THE BUDGET
Funds must be spent in the manner approved by the Granting Agency and City Council. The Project Manager is responsible for:

1. Monitoring the project budget and city staff time budget.

2. Monitoring sub-contractors, sub-recipients, service providers.

3. Monitoring budgets for contractors, consultants, and professional service agreements.

4. Reviewing invoices for payment; specifying appropriate account numbers.

5. Timely submittal of invoices for payment ensuring adequate cash management.

The Grants Manager is responsible for:

1. Monitoring expenses after payment to ensure compliance between the grant budget and the City’s budget.

2. Preparing and submitting grant payment requests, managing receivables, and cash flow.

3. Preparing and/or reviewing Staff time, administration, and activity delivery.

4. Tracking expenses and revenues in accordance with Grant Contract.

5. Providing direct communication with granting agencies and city departments.

Adjustment between budgeted line items to the approved grant budget; must be approved by the Granting Agency in the manner stated in the Grant Agreement. Concurrently, the Department Director should request a budget adjustment via e-mail to the Finance Department.

Adding additional budget to an approved grant or reducing budget or scope via a Grant Amendment must follow procedures and request council approval accepting the additional funding and loading the budget or reducing the budget and accept reducing the scope of the project.

5.2 CASH MANAGMENT
To minimize time lapsing between outlay of city funds and receipt of grant funds, timely review, approval, and submittal of vendor invoices and grant reimbursement requests is imperative. 290
City of SLT Financial Policies – Grants 12 August 2024

1. Invoices and receipts must be paid, with a check cut to the vendor prior to requesting reimbursement; therefore, timely submittal of invoices is required.

2. All work performed and items purchased within a fiscal year; must be paid within the fiscal year the work was performed (This is an audit requirement).

3. Provide a brief explanation/justification on the delay of pay requests for invoices submitted for payment 45 days or more beyond the date of the invoice; this will help provide information to auditor, or Grantor.

4. When submitting invoices (over $250,000) for payment, notify Accounts Payable and Grants Manager to manage bank balance cash flow and expedite grant reimbursement.

5.3 REIMBURSEMENT REQUESTS
Most grant reimbursements are submitted in arrears. The city must first expend the funds; pay the invoice and request reimbursement after payment has been finalized. Grant reimbursements will be requested in the manner set forth in the grant agreement and as frequent as permitted when expenditures dictate.
• Grants Manager will be responsible for preparing the reimbursement request or reviewing the request before submitting to the Granting Agency. • Invoices must be paid in a timely manner and distributed in the General Ledger prior to reimbursement requests.
• Once the billing is complete, it will be submitted to the Authorized Signatory for review and approval.
• This review enables an examination of expenditures, proper account numbers, staff time accuracy, and project deliverables.
• After the billing is signed, the Grants Manager will submit as required in the Grant Agreement.
• The revenue is entered into accounts receivable and tracked by the Grants Manager to ensure receipt.

5.4 STAFF TIME/ ADMINISTRATION
Follow grant guidelines in determining eligibility of charging staff time to the grant or using staff time as the City’s match or cost share. Employee rates provided should be directly from employee payroll at current actual hourly rates and remain in effect until such changes are submitted through a “change of status” to Human Resources, or a change to the employee “MOU” within the city. • Grant timesheets (provided by Finance, Grant Manager) must be used when charging staff time to a grant.
• The Grant timesheet must represent the actual hours worked in a pay period and account for the grant hours within that pay period.
• Department Head and employee must approve the grant timesheets at the end of the pay period and submit the timesheets to the Grant Manager. • Grant Manager will calculate the staff time directly from the pay period payroll documentation.
291
City of SLT Financial Policies – Grants 13 August 2024
• Compensation for personnel services on federal grants must be based on payroll documented through standard City policy and procedures. The consequences of noncompliance with employee time and effort certification may be the disallowance of such charges to the grant.
• Federal grants require accounting for 100% of one’s time even if all of one’s time is not allocated to the grant project (2 CFR 200.430).
• Wages of employees used in meeting cost sharing or matching requirements of federal awards must be supported in the same manner as those claimed as allowable costs under federal awards.

5.5 INTERNAL CONTROLS
Internal controls are the mechanisms, rules, and procedures implemented by the City and/or required by the Granting Agency to ensure the integrity of financial and accounting information, promote accountability, and prevent fraud.

The seven internal control procedures are separation of duties, access controls, physical audits, standardized documentation, trial balances, periodic reconciliations, and approval authority.

Expenditures
When an invoice is received for a grant funded project, the workflow for payment shall be as follows:

1. Reviewed by Project Manager and back-up documentation verified.

2. Approved by Department Head or Authorized Signatory per Procurement Policy.

3. Submitted to Accounts Payable for entry and procurement documentation verified.

4. Check Register is verified by the Finance Director.

5. Vendor checks are printed by Revenue Accountant, posting payment to General Ledger.

6. Checks are mailed by Revenue Technician.

7. GL detail is reviewed by Grants Manager for grant reimbursement preparation.

8. Grant Manager prepares reimbursement request according to grant budget and agreement. terms, as well as information provided from Project Manager below.

To assure the invoice gets paid from the proper grant and project; the Project Manager shall:

1. Determine available budget within vendor contract as well as city financial system

2. Ensure the expenses are allowable grant expenditures

3. Specify the grant name, agency, and grant number on the pay request or invoice

4. Specify whether the invoice is 100% reimbursable or what portion is reimbursable through which revenue sources assigned to project

5. Specify the amount and revenue source when splitting an invoice between multiple grants or revenue sources

6. Be specific when paying an invoice between multiple account numbers 292
City of SLT Financial Policies – Grants 14 August 2024

7. Make a notation of the account number, name and grant number on the receipt of an expense being paid with a direct invoice or Cal Card
Information Technology (IT) Equipment
To maintain proper internal controls, and asset inventory; Any IT item requiring installation, support, or security evaluation, should be researched, vetted, PURCHASED, and inventoried by the IT Department. Under no circumstances should these items be purchased by departments other than IT.
• Please Note: all employees utilizing any City information device, and/or employees utilizing grant funding, are required to complete Cybersecurity Trainings issued city-wide by the IT department. Employees who do not complete the trainings may be prohibited from using City Information Systems and Devices. In addition, all grant sub-recipients are required to include cybersecurity internal control measures to safeguard information in accordance with Section 2 CFR §200.303.

Consultant Invoices should include:
o Date of work performed/ period of performance
o Nature and scope of the service rendered during period of performance o Sufficient detail as to time expended on tasks performed (number of hours worked, hourly rate, travel costs, mileage rate as approved, etc.) o Subconsultant backup documentation should be included; invoices, hours worked/hourly rate, travel documentation, receipts, etc. o Fees for services rendered are allowable only when supported by evidence of the nature and amount of other expenses and in accordance with the executed PSA. o In-direct costs are only allowable up 10% de minimis, or a federally approved rate.

Consultant must provide documentation of approved rate if more than 10%. Please note, effective 10/1/2024 the de minimis rate is increased to 15%, which will be the allowable rate after 10/1/24 per Section 2 CFR§200.414 Signed, reviewed and approved by signature authority
• PROHIBITED: mark-ups, bonus’s, commissions, incentives, gifts and entertainments costs, are all prohibited from being paid on consultant invoices.

Revenues
When a Reimbursement Request is submitted it is:

1. Prepared by Grants Manager after verifying account numbers, budgets, proper grant documentation, matching documentation and back up

2. Approved and signed by Authorized Signatory per grant Agreement

3. Submitted and entered into Accounts receivable by Grants Manager

4. Funds are received and deposited by Revenue Supervisor

5. Deposit is reviewed and reconciled into the GL System by Revenue Accountant 293
City of SLT Financial Policies – Grants 15 August 2024
Equipment and other Capital Expenditures
Equipment (Capital Expenditures) purchased with Federal funds must follow Code of Federal Regulations CFR §200.313 and §200.439. These guidelines can be found at the link below:
https://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/text-idx?tpl=/ecfrbrowse/Title02/2cfr200_main_02.tpl.

1. Capital expenditures for special purpose equipment are allowable as direct costs, provided items with a unit cost of $5,000 or more have the prior written approval of the Federal awarding agency or pass-through entity. Effective 10/1/2024, rate is increased to $10,000, per Section 2 CFR §200.313 and CFR §200.439.

2. Equipment must be used in the program or project for which it was acquired as long as needed, whether the project or program continues to be supported by the Federal award or not.

3. Procedures for managing equipment (including replacement equipment), whether acquired in whole or in part under a Federal award, until disposition takes place will, at a minimum, meet the following requirements:
• Property records must be maintained that include a description of the property, a serial number or other identification number, the source of funding for the property (including the FAIN), who holds title, the acquisition date, and cost of the property, percentage of Federal participation in the project costs for the Federal award under which the property was acquired, the location, use and condition of the property, and any ultimate disposition data including the date of disposal and sale price of the property.
• A physical inventory of the property must be taken, and the results reconciled with the property records at least once every two years. • Control system must be developed to ensure adequate safeguards to prevent loss, damage, or theft of the property. Any loss, damage, or theft must be investigated. • Adequate maintenance procedures must be developed to keep the property in good condition.
• If the City is authorized or required to sell the property, proper sales procedures must be established to ensure the highest possible return. See CFR §200.313 (e) Disposition, for guidelines.

6. POST AWARD

6.1 CLOSEOUT
After completion of all required performance period activities, the Administering Department and Finance shall perform grant closeout tasks in accordance with Federal CFR §200.343, or corresponding State regulations, and/or contractual requirements.

1. The Project Manager is responsible for final performance reports and programmatic reporting required by the terms and conditions of the award and shall provide copies to the Grants Manager in Finance
294
City of SLT Financial Policies – Grants 16 August 2024

2. The Grants Manager is responsible for final financial reports and final reimbursement as required by the terms and conditions of the award

3. The Project Manager and Grant Manager are responsible for collecting and maintaining all appropriate back up documentation for performance, financial, and final reports

4. The Administering Department and Finance shall ensure that all financial activities are recorded, that revenues balance to expenditures, and that revenues and expenditures balance to budget figures

5. The Administering Department and Finance are responsible for ensuring their records retention follows the compliance in the grant award or at a minimum is held 5 years after final close date of award.

6.2 AUDIT
All Granting Agencies reserve the right to call for a program audit or a financial audit at any time between execution of the agreement and the completion or termination of the project.

All non-Federal entities that expend $750,000 ($1,000,000 effective 10/1/24) or more of Federal awards in a year are required to obtain an annual audit in accordance with the Single Audit Act Amendments of 1996, OMB Circular A-133, the OMB Circular Compliance Supplement and Government Auditing Standards. A single audit is intended to provide a cost-effective audit for non-Federal entities in that one audit is conducted in lieu of multiple audits of individual programs.

The City exceeds the $1,000,000 threshold and is subject to this required Audit annually.

Federal Single Audit Act and annual reporting requirements are contained in 2 CFR Part 200 Subpart F (200.5 Compliance and Audit Requirements.) It is important that all grant activity and any changes to the grant are well documented to facilitate any audit. Audit findings made during the audit are provided to the grantor, which could prompt an audit by the grantor.

The following activities are the fourteen types of compliance requirements considered in every audit conducted under 2 CFR Part 200 Subpart F, and many are described throughout this policy:

1. Activities: Allowed or Unallowable

2. Allowable Costs/Cost Principles

3. Cash Management

4. Compliance with Terms & Conditions (e.g. Davis-Bacon Act)

5. Eligibility

6. Equipment and Real Property Management

7. Matching, Level of Effort, Earmarking

8. Period of Availability of Federal Funds

9. Procurement, Suspension and Debarment

10. Program Income

11. Real Property Acquisition and Relocation Assistance

12. Reporting

13. Subrecipient Monitoring

14. Special Tests and Provisions
295
City of SLT Financial Policies – Grants 17 August 2024
The Administering Department and Finance are responsible for ensuring their records are maintained in accordance with applicable City policy, State law, and Federal regulations and maintain compliance with Federal Code 2 CFR Part 200.
• Project Manager is responsible to provide all programmatic and procurement documentation requested by a Granting Agency or Auditor • Grant Manager is responsible to provide all fiscal documentation requested by a Granting Agency or Auditor
Complete and proper documentation is instrumental to a smooth and successful audit; which reflects positively on the City, and in turn increases the chance for future successful grant applications.
296
City of SLT Financial Policies – Travel 1 September 2023August 2024
These guidelines establish the basic policies and procedures for overnight travel on City business. All City employees and City officials traveling for City business purposes are responsible for knowing and following this policy.

Table of Contents
This Policy is organized into the following seven sections:

1. General Standards .....................................................................................................................................2

2. Travel Authorization ................................................................................................................................3 Out-of-State Travel ...................................................................................................................................3

2.1 Delegation of Authority ......................................................................................................................3

2.2 Allowable Expenses ......................................................................................................................... 3-4

3. Planning an Official Trip ...........................................................................................................................4

3.1 Compensation .......................................................................................................................................4

3.2 Registration ..........................................................................................................................................4

3.3 Transportation ................................................................................................................................. 4-5

3.4 Lodging .................................................................................................................................................5

3.5 Meals ................................................................................................................................................. 5-6

3.6 Prohibited Expenses.............................................................................................................................6

3.7 Personal Travel ....................................................................................................................................7

3.8 Illness While Traveling ........................................................................................................................7

4. Payments and Reimbursements..................................................................................................................7

4.1 Payment Options .............................................................................................................................. 7-8

5. Final Accounting and Reconciliation ........................................................................................................8

5.1 Maintaining Documentation ...............................................................................................................8 * Missing or Lost Receipts ...................................................................................................................8

5.2 Expense Reporting ........................................................................................................................... 8-9

6. Falsification of Expenses ............................................................................................................................9

7. Forms and Publications..............................................................................................................................9

7.1 IRS Publications ...................................................................................................................................9 Travel Authorization & Advance Form (T.A.A.) Prior to Travel EXAMPLE...........................10 Travel Expense & Reconciliation Form(T.E.R.) Return Travel EXAMPLE ..............................11

FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT

TRAVEL POLICY
297
City of SLT Financial Policies – Travel 2 September 2023August 2024

1. GENERAL STANDARDS:

The purpose of this policy is to document allowable business travel expenses eligible for reimbursement. These include necessary and reasonable expenses as defined under Section 162 of the Internal Revenue Code for purposes of Federal and State Income Tax Laws. This policy applies to all travel expenses regardless of the source of funds. “Out-of-town travel” means travel on City business away from the normal workplace or residence and requires an overnight stay. Out-of-town travel expenses include transportation, meal and incidental per diem, lodging, and other travel related allowable expenses. “Out-of-State travel” means overnight travel to a location outside of the State of California. “International travel” means travel to a location outside the continental United States, including Hawaii and Alaska.

Adoption and Implementation: The City Council is responsible for adopting the City's Travel Policy and for approving any significant policy revisions. The City Manager, or his/her designee, is responsible for developing administrative procedures to implement this policy. In this role, the City Manager is authorized to make minor administrative changes in the guidelines without significant policy impacts. Updates to Per Diem and Mileage rates may be made periodically in accordance with Federal General Services Administration (G.S.A) established rates.

Public Records Requirement: All documents related to reimbursable City travel expenditures are public records and may be subject to disclosure under the California Public Records Act (Government Code §6250-6270).

Travel Authorization and Advance Form (T.A.A.): this form is located in Public Folders/ Finance Department/ Travel. This form must be completed and approved prior to scheduling or paying for any expenses related to the travel, including reservations. Upon approval, submit this form to Accounts Payable for advance payment and/or record retention.

Travel Expense and Reconciliation Form (T.E.R.F.): this form is located in Public Folders/ Finance Department/Travel. This form must be completed and approved upon return from travel.

This form is used to reconcile all expenses. Upon approval, submit this form to Accounts Payable for reconciliation of expenses and record retention.

Employees and City Officials are responsible for exercising good judgment in requesting, arranging, and reimbursing a business trip. Accordingly, the basic standard that should prevail is to provide prudent stewardship of public funds and the City's resources. 298
City of SLT Financial Policies – Travel 3 September 2023August 2024

2. TRAVEL AUTHORIZATION:

All employees must receive authorization for travel from their Department/Division Head prior to scheduling a trip. Authorization may be granted when travel funds are available in the Department’s approved budget. All employees must have the Travel Authorization and Advance (T.A.A) Form completed and signed by their Department or Division Head prior to booking or paying for travel.
“Out-of-State” or “International” travel must be approved by the City Manager prior to scheduling a trip. Either attach an approval email to your Travel Authorization form or obtain the City Manager’s approval signature on the T.A.A. Form.

Requests for advances, per diem for meals and incidentals, and support for all expenses directly paid to the vendor must be included on the approved T.A.A Form.

2.1. DELEGATION OF AUTHORITY
Finance Director for: City Manager
City Manager approves for: Direct Report Employees, Department Heads, & City Clerk/ Elected Officials
Department Heads approve for: Division Managers, City Employees Division Managers approve for: Direct Report Employees
The Authorized Signor is responsible for determining the cost to be reasonable and justified, assuring the following:

1. The purpose cannot be accomplished by internet, mail, or telephone.

2. The seminar, meeting, or conference is necessary to accomplish key City goals/objectives and is unavailable locally if overnight accommodations are required.

3. The minimum number of City staff members will be going.

4. The itinerary ensures accomplishment of the purpose at the lowest reasonable cost.

5. The traveler understands and follows these guidelines.

6. There is enough budget in the appropriate travel line item to cover the costs.

7. A Travel Expense Reconciliation Form with all substantiated receipts will be submitted.

2.2. ALLOWABLE EXPENSES
Expenses incurred in connection with the following activities generally constitute authorized expenses when guidelines of this policy are met:

1. Communicating with representatives of regional, state, and national government on City adopted policy positions.

2. Serving on professional organizational/governmental committees, boards, or task forces.

3. Attending educational seminars, conferences, or organized educational activities 299
City of SLT Financial Policies – Travel 4 September 2023August 2024
designed to improve skill levels or provide information on topics important to City policy and operations.

4. Preparing research for City projects or implementing adopted City plans, policies, goals, or programs.

5. Attending meetings involving activities or decisions important to City interests and are consistent with adopted plans, policies, goals, or programs.

6. Attending events where the City is a formal sponsor or participant, or in performance of official duties for the City.

7. Communicating with individuals or representatives of community groups on policy positions adopted by or under consideration by the City.

8. Engaging in other business-related activities with a direct connection to the implementation of adopted City plans, policies, goals, or programs.

3. PLANNING AN OFFICAL TRIP:

3.1 COMPENSATION
When travel time exceeds the normal work week and the operating MOU allows, the City’s rules for overtime apply. In determining overtime compensation, normal commute time should be deducted from the total time traveled. Additionally, normal unpaid meal periods are not considered work time when traveling. Overtime eligibility applies equally to drivers and passengers and should be granted whether the travel occurs during normal workdays, weekends, or evenings.

3.2 REGISTRATION
Fees charged for registration at a convention, meeting, or training are reimbursable with prior approval. Registration fees can be paid with a Cal-Card, requested as an advance with documentation of published rate, or reimbursed with itemized receipt if the employee pays for the registration on their own.

3.3 TRANSPORTATION
Transportation at the Destination- Use of public transit such as intercity trains, buses, streetcars, or ridesharing etc. is appropriate. If a car rental is required, attach a quote from the most reasonably priced rental car company for an advance check, use your Cal Card for payment, or attach an itemized receipt for reimbursement.

Air Travel- All air travel on City business should be coach class. Compare airline carriers prior to making reservations to ensure the most competitive rates are available to the City.  Reminder, out-of-state travel must be pre-approved by the City Manager Air Travel Credit – If a trip is cancelled and an employee receives a credit from the Airline for the value of the airfare, the employee should report that credit to Accounts Payable for tracking purposes and use that credit for future business travel. If the credit is used for 300
City of SLT Financial Policies – Travel 5 September 2023August 2024
personal travel, the employee should reimburse the city for that amount. Should the employee separate from city employment prior to using the credit, the city reserves the right to request reimbursement.

Traveling by Automobile- Traveling by a City vehicle is the most ideal. If one is not available or a personal car is preferred, approval of the Authorized Signor is required.

City Vehicle: When using a city vehicle, reimbursement for gas expenses is appropriate.

Due to liability concerns, non-City employees/officials including spouses, children, and guests should not ride as passengers in City vehicles.

Personal Vehicle: When using a personal vehicle for travel; reimbursement at the current approved IRS Mileage rate (20243 rate of 675.5 cents per mile) will be provided. "Google Maps" or other mapping sites must be used in determining mileage reimbursements. The City will not reimburse for non-business-related mileage such as a personal stop or an indirect route taken for personal reasons.

Mileage in-lieu of Commercial Carrier Costs: In the event a commercial carrier such as an airplane would otherwise be the preferred mode of transportation, but a personal car is preferred (subject to the approval guidelines set forth above), mileage will be reimbursed up to the cost of a commercial carrier.

To drive a privately-owned vehicle on City business it is required to:

1. Possess a valid license to drive in California or Nevada.

2. Carry liability insurance limits required by Risk Management Human Resources with the City named as additional insured.

3. Realize that any damage to the car or needed service/repair occurring on the trip will be your responsibility as these costs are included in the City's per mile cost reimbursement.

3.4 LODGING
Accommodations- The City will pay for a single room (including taxes and parking) for as many nights as necessary. The accommodations used should be economical but practical. In general, choose the most reasonably priced accommodations available consistent with the purpose, goals, and convenience of travel.

Canceling a Reservation- Cancel any reservation that cannot be used. If the City is charged for an unused reservation, the employee will pay the charge unless circumstances requiring cancellation were reasonably beyond control and approved by the Authorized Signor.

3.5 MEALS
Please note: Procurement cards (CAL-Card), or Petty Cash, cannot be used for meals while traveling. There are no exceptions. (Please see Section 8 of the Cal-Card User Handbook). Refer to Finance Policies – Cash, for disbursement of Petty Cash requirements.
301
City of SLT Financial Policies – Travel 6 September 2023August 2024
To qualify for meal allowance:

1. Travel must be to an overnight destination outside of the City limits.

2. Meal expenses will be paid on a not to exceed per diem rate while traveling on official business as published by the Federal Government gsa.gov website under Per Diem Rates.

3. The per diem will generally be paid in advance of travel (receipts not required).

Where a timely per diem request is not submitted (within 10 days prior to travel) and/or as determined by the employee’s department head; a reimbursement of meal expenses may be submitted after travel (requires submittal of receipts).

4. Reimbursement in excess of allowable standard Federal Per Diem rate is taxable and must be reported on an employees’ W-2 as wages. Therefore, under no circumstances may the cost of meals exceed the per diem rates allowed under this policy.

Employee is responsible for meal costs above current approved per diem rate.

5. Employees may not claim meals provided by the event or included in hotel costs or conference fees.

6. Meals must be accounted for upon your return on the Travel Expense and Reconciliation (T.E.R) Form. No receipts are required for advance per diem payments. All reimbursed meal expenses REQUIRE attached receipts.

Current Per Diem rates for 20243 for South Lake Tahoe are as follows:

Breakfast: $17.00
Lunch: $18.00
Dinner: $34.00
Incidental Expenses: $5.00 (payable full day)
Total M&IE allowable payment for a full day (24 hour period) excess of 12 hours): $74
First & Last Day of Travel (less than 12 hoursmaximum 75% of full day): $55.50*
* per GSA allowable Per Diem rates federal code § 301-11.101, the following applies for meal Per Diem: first and last day of travel may be received at 75% of total M&IE, this amount is only allowed on first and last travel days. 302
City of SLT Financial Policies – Travel 7 September 2023August 2024
Rates are subject to change per Federal Government General Services Administration (GSA) www.gsa.gov/perdiem.

3.6 PROHIBITED EXPENSES
Examples of prohibited expenditures include but are not limited to:
 Alcohol/narcotics
 Toiletries/medicines
 Car repair/traffic citations (parking tickets, toll fines)  Credit card interest charges
 Pet hotel fees, Health club fee/ spa treatments
 Fees for upgrades of air, hotel, or auto
 Headphones or extra incidentals on airlines
 Laundry/dry cleaning
 Movies/entertainment (in-room or off-site)
 Sporting events, theater, or cinema
 Personal expenses/spouse or guest expenses

3.7 PERSONAL TRAVEL
If time is taken away from official business for personal matters, or return is delayed after completing the business trip, reimbursement will not be provided for expenses incurred during that time. Pre-approval is required when combining business and personal travel. If this extended period occurs during regular scheduled work hours, the time will be counted as vacation, comp time, paid time off, or leave without pay.

3.8 ILLNESS WHILE TRAVELING
Should an employee/official become sick or ill during a travel business trip, reimbursement will be provided for necessary additional living expenses (except those directly related to your illness, such as physician or hospital costs) until the employee can return home.

Employees are required to notify the supervisor or Authorized Signor as soon as possible of becoming ill. If applicable, the time will be counted as sick leave or paid time-off during your normally scheduled work hours.

4. PAYMENTS AND REIMBURSEMENTS:

The City will pay all legitimate expenses of your trip or meeting. These include transportation, lodging, registration fees, meals and any other related expenses such as parking, baggage fees, and bridge tolls if they are for official business and within the guidelines of this policy.

4.1 PAYMENT OPTIONS
Direct Vendor Payments: Direct payments made by the City to an organization to pay for specific costs related to a trip, usually registration fees, lodging and airfare. To obtain 303
City of SLT Financial Policies – Travel 8 September 2023August 2024
direct vendor payments, complete the appropriate sections of the T.A.A. Form and attach payment information for all direct payments. Retain a copy of the completed form to assist in reconciling actual expenses.

Cal Cards may be used to pay vendors directly for travel expenses, upon approval with completed T.A.A from. Receipt of payment on a Cal Card must be submitted with both the Travel Expense and Reconciliation (T.E.R.) Form and Cal Card Statement. Attach a copy of your T.A.A form to your Cal Card statement, when paying for travel expenses (including hotel reservations) with your Cal Card.

Payment for travel meals on a Cal Card is prohibited.

Cash Advances: Advance payments can be provided to an employee prior to travel to cover expenses including per diem for meal expenses, Hotel Registration, Transportation etc. To request cash advance, the Authorized Signor must review the amount ensuring it is reasonable and within the current Approved Per Diem Rates and department budget.

Employees must submit a T.E.R. Form to Accounts Payable with final reconciliation documenting all expenses and attaching receipts. Meals must be accounted for although receipts are not required if the employee received a Meal Pper Ddiem advance. For ALL other travel costs, receipts and back-up documentation are required.

Reimbursements: Upon return, account for all expenses incurred on the T.E.R. Form attach substantiated receipts for all expenses and obtain proper approval from the Authorized Signor. R e i m b u r s e m e n t o f M e a l s r e q u i r e s i t e m i z e d r e c e i p t s . Reimbursements will be processed within ten (10) days of submittal to Accounts Payable.

Petty Cash cannot be used for Travel Costs. An employee cannot be reimbursed or advanced funds through Petty Cash for any travel cost. Refer to Financial Policies- Cash, for disbursement of Petty Cash requirements.

5. FINAL ACCOUNTING AND RECONCILIATION:

5.1 MAINTAINING DOCUMENTATION
 Maintain a detailed record of all expenses incurred during travel: meals, transportation/mileage, lodging, car rentals, parking fees, registration fees, and any other reasonable and necessary expenses to assist with final reconciliation.  Detailed receipts must be submitted for all expenses except when receiving advanced per diem for meals. Failure to provide such documentation will result in denial of reimbursement.

Missing or Lost Receipts:

Reimbursement of expenses without receipts becomes taxable income. Therefore, the city will not reimburse employees without receipts. In the event receipts are 304
City of SLT Financial Policies – Travel 9 September 2023August 2024
not available, provide a written explanation to your Department Head, include a full description of the cost of the expense and reason the receipts are missing. IRS requires the name of the establishment, the date of service, description of items/meals/service purchased, amount paid, include tax if applicable. If you used a personal credit or debit card, provide a copy of the bank transaction. This written explanation must be approved by the Department Head and submitted to the Finance Director for approval. Once approved, submit this documentation with your T.E.R. Form to Accounts Payable. The City reserves the right to require additional approval of the City Manager, where necessary or deny the reimbursement.

5.2 EXPENSE REPORTING
Within 10 days of return, employees must submit a T.E.R. Form to Accounts Payable with final reconciliation and receipts documenting all expenses. Failure to return this form will result in repayment to the City of any advanced funds and/or denial of reimbursement for expenses not accounted for in this manner.

Per IRS Section 15: to be excluded from taxable wages your T.E.R Form must include the following:
 The business purpose of the trip
 The date and place of the trip
 Receipts for lodging, and all travel expenses
 Receipts for meals if requesting reimbursement
Authorized Signor approving expense reports are responsible to ensure:

1. All expenses are reasonable, necessary and consistent with this policy.

2. All required itemized receipts are attached.

3. The final reconciliation is correct (balance due employee; balance due City).

4. Amounts due to the City are reimbursed within 10 days.

5. Final accounting on T.E.R. Form is submitted to Finance.

6. FALSIFICATION OF EXPENSES:

Submitting fraudulent receipts or falsifying a Travel Expense Reconciliation Form will result in loss of reimbursement privileges and may lead to disciplinary action up to and including termination of employment.

The City of South Lake Tahoe reserves the right to deny reimbursement of expenses that are considered lavish, extravagant, or are unsupported by required documentation. Unusual expenses incurred due to special circumstances may be approved by the City Manager, if those expenses do not violate Federal or State requirements and when in the City Manager’s judgment, such expenses are justified. These expenses must be submitted on a Travel Expense Reconciliation Form supported by documentation and written explanation of circumstances, 305
City of SLT Financial Policies – Travel 10 September 2023August 2024
signed by Department Head, Finance Director, and City Manager.

7. FORMS AND PUBLICATIONS:

The following forms are required when traveling for City business:

1. Prior to booking and paying for travel: Travel Authorization and Advance Form (T.A.A.F.).

2. Return from travel: Travel Expense and Reconciliation Form (T.E.R.F.).

3. Examples to assist in filling out these forms is located on the next page.

4. Blank forms are located in Outlook, Public Folders, Finance Dept., Travel-Training Polices. Updated Aug. 2023.

7.1 INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE (IRS)
For additional information or clarification, refer to the following IRS publications.  IRS Publication 15-B, Employers Tax Guide to Fringe Benefits for tax reporting requirement
 IRS Publication 463, Travel, Entertainment, Gift and Car Expenses  IRS Publication 5318, Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, tax reform 2017 306
City of SLT Financial Policies – Travel 10 SeptemberAugust 2024 2023
Financial Management - Travel Policy CITY OF SOUTH LAKE TAHOE TRAVEL AUTHORIZATION AND ADVANCE FORM PRE-TRAVEL REPORTING This form should be completed in legible handwriting or in Excel using the City's standard template prior to booking or paying for travel.

EXAMPLE PURPOSE OF TRAVEL Attend the 20243 Annual ABC Conference in San Francisco, CA to learn of recent developments in xxxxxxxxx to assist my department in xxxxxxx.

Conference begins 9:00 AM on Juned 2nd and ends 12:00 AM on June 4th.

Employee Department Position First & Last Name City Department Employee Title Destination No. of Days (including first/last) Total Cost of Travel San Francisco, CA 3 $ 1,297.69 ITINERARY Departure From: Date/Time Arrival To: Date/Time City Offices, address 6/1/20243 12:30 San Francisco, ABC Hotel 6/1/20243 16:30

ESTIMATED COST SUMMARY Description Vendor Payment Method* Account Number Paid/ Reimb Advance Registration ABC Conference D (Cal Card) 100 xxxxx 44050 $ 100.00 Air Fare N/A Lodging Hotel 3 nights + park R (Reimbursement) 100 xxxxx 44050 $ 735.84 Rental Car N/A Mileage- Personal Vehicle 185 miles x 2 x

0.67655
A (Advance) 100 xxxxx 44051 2472.9035
Gasoline- City Vehicle Parking
Misc.
$ 835.84 $
2472.90
35 * D= Direct Vendor Payments, A= Advance, R= Reimbursement ** 20243 IRS rate is 6765.5 cents ($0.6755) per mile. Attach documentation used in determining anticipated mileage.

ESTIMATED COST SUMMARY CONT. (MEALS) Note: Calculation of daily meal per-diem must be in compliance with IRS regulations using Federal GSA rates. Follow the calculation below to request proper amounts. If meals are included with registration or hotel fees make sure to deduct them from the calculation.

Account Number: 100 xxxxx 44050 Instructions Date/ Meal Type Amount First Day of Travel:

If two meal periods will be incurred put $55.50: If only one meal period will be incurred use individual meal rates: 6/1/22 Dinner 34.00 Full Day of Travel: Put number of full calendar travel days x $74.00 or deduct meals 6/2/22 Full Day 74.00 included in registration, hotel, or provided by event 6/3 (breakfst/dinner) lunch incl 56.00 Last Day of Travel:

If two meal periods will be incurred put $55.50: 6/4 2 meal periods (Breakfast & Lunch) 55.50 If only one meal period will be incurred use rates below: Individual Meal Rates: Breakfast $17.00, Lunch $18.00, Dinner $34.00, $5.00 incidentals ($74.00 full day) $ 219.50 First & Last Day of Travel: Calculated at 75% of total daily meals & incidentals.

SUM OF ADVANCES AND PER DIEM OWED TO EMPLOYEE: $
4671.40
85 APPROVALS
307
City of SLT Financial Policies – Travel 10 SeptemberAugust 2024 2023
Employee Date Authorized Signor Date printed employee name date submitted Supervisor or Dept Head date signed 308
City of SLT Financial Policies – Travel 11 SeptemberAugust 20232024
Financial Management - Travel Policy

CITY OF SOUTH LAKE TAHOE TRAVEL EXPENSE AND REIMBURSEMENT FORM

POST TRAVEL REPORTING

This form should be completed in legible handwriting or in Excel using the City's standard template.

EXAMPLE
RECAP OF TRAVEL Employee Name Department Location Date Left Date Returned Total Cost of Travel First & Last Name City Department ABC Conf. San Francisco, CA 6/1/2024 3 6/4/2023 $ 1,297.69

ACTUAL COSTS INCURRED
Description Vendor Payment Method* Account
Number Amount Paid Amount Due- Attach
Itemized Receipts
Registration ABC Conference D (Cal Card) 100 xxxxx 44050 $ 100.00 Air Fare
Lodging ABC Hotel R- Personal Credit Card 100 xxxxx 44050 $ 735.84 Rental Car
Meals** A- Advanced Per Diem 100 xxxxx 44050 $ 219.50
Mileage- Personal Vehicle*** 370 miles -185 x 2 x $0.6755 A (Advance) 100 xxxxx 44051 $ 2472.90
35 Gasoline- City Vehicle
Parking
Misc.

$
5671.4
085
$ 735.84
* D = Direct Vendor Payments, A = Advance, R = Reimbursement ** If a per diem was received prior to travel, fill in total received in the amount column. *** 20243 IRS rate is .6755 per mile. Attach documentation used in determining mileage reimbursement. **** All Reimbursements require itemized receipts attached. ACTUAL MEAL COSTS INCURRED: If meal Per Diem was received as an Advance, leave the section below blank.

Note: If requesting reimbursement for meals, attach itemized receipts for all meal periods. The City will only reimburse up to the Federal G.S.A Per Diem amounts. $5.00 Per Diem Incidental rate not applicable for Reimbursement.

DATE BREAKFAST LUNCH DINNER
Individual Meal Rates: Breakfast $17.00, Lunch $18.00, Dinner $34.00 $ - SUM OF REIMBURSEMENTS OWED TO EMPLOYEE: $ 735.84
309
City of SLT Financial Policies – Travel 11 SeptemberAugust 20232024

APPROVALS
Employee Date Authorized Signor Date

310
City of SLT Financial Policies – Travel 1 August 2024
These guidelines establish the basic policies and procedures for overnight travel on City business. All City employees and City officials traveling for City business purposes are responsible for knowing and following this policy.

Table of Contents
This Policy is organized into the following seven sections:

1. General Standards .....................................................................................................................................2

2. Travel Authorization ................................................................................................................................3 Out-of-State Travel ...................................................................................................................................3

2.1 Delegation of Authority ......................................................................................................................3

2.2 Allowable Expenses ......................................................................................................................... 3-4

3. Planning an Official Trip ...........................................................................................................................4

3.1 Compensation .......................................................................................................................................4

3.2 Registration ..........................................................................................................................................4

3.3 Transportation ................................................................................................................................. 4-5

3.4 Lodging .................................................................................................................................................5

3.5 Meals ................................................................................................................................................. 5-6

3.6 Prohibited Expenses.............................................................................................................................7

3.7 Personal Travel ....................................................................................................................................7

3.8 Illness While Traveling ........................................................................................................................7

4. Payments and Reimbursements..................................................................................................................7

4.1 Payment Options .............................................................................................................................. 7-8

5. Final Accounting and Reconciliation ........................................................................................................8

5.1 Maintaining Documentation ...............................................................................................................8 * Missing or Lost Receipts ...................................................................................................................8

5.2 Expense Reporting ...............................................................................................................................9

6. Falsification of Expenses ............................................................................................................................9

7. Forms and Publications............................................................................................................................10

7.1 IRS Publications .................................................................................................................................10 Travel Authorization & Advance Form (T.A.A.) Prior to Travel EXAMPLE...........................11 Travel Expense & Reconciliation Form(T.E.R.) Return Travel EXAMPLE ..............................12

FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT

TRAVEL POLICY
311
City of SLT Financial Policies – Travel 2 August 2024

1. GENERAL STANDARDS:

The purpose of this policy is to document allowable business travel expenses eligible for reimbursement. These include necessary and reasonable expenses as defined under Section 162 of the Internal Revenue Code for purposes of Federal and State Income Tax Laws. This policy applies to all travel expenses regardless of the source of funds. “Out-of-town travel” means travel on City business away from the normal workplace or residence and requires an overnight stay. Out-of-town travel expenses include transportation, meal and incidental per diem, lodging, and other travel related allowable expenses. “Out-of-State travel” means overnight travel to a location outside of the State of California. “International travel” means travel to a location outside the continental United States, including Hawaii and Alaska.

Adoption and Implementation: The City Council is responsible for adopting the City's Travel Policy and for approving any significant policy revisions. The City Manager, or his/her designee, is responsible for developing administrative procedures to implement this policy. In this role, the City Manager is authorized to make minor administrative changes in the guidelines without significant policy impacts. Updates to Per Diem and Mileage rates may be made periodically in accordance with Federal General Services Administration (G.S.A) established rates.

Public Records Requirement: All documents related to reimbursable City travel expenditures are public records and may be subject to disclosure under the California Public Records Act (Government Code §6250-6270).

Travel Authorization and Advance Form (T.A.A.): this form is located in Public Folders/ Finance Department/ Travel. This form must be completed and approved prior to scheduling or paying for any expenses related to the travel, including reservations. Upon approval, submit this form to Accounts Payable for advance payment and/or record retention.

Travel Expense and Reconciliation Form (T.E.R.F.): this form is located in Public Folders/ Finance Department/Travel. This form must be completed and approved upon return from travel.

This form is used to reconcile all expenses. Upon approval, submit this form to Accounts Payable for reconciliation of expenses and record retention.

Employees and City Officials are responsible for exercising good judgment in requesting, arranging, and reimbursing a business trip. Accordingly, the basic standard that should prevail is to provide prudent stewardship of public funds and the City's resources. 312
City of SLT Financial Policies – Travel 3 August 2024

2. TRAVEL AUTHORIZATION:

All employees must receive authorization for travel from their Department/Division Head prior to scheduling a trip. Authorization may be granted when travel funds are available in the Department’s approved budget. All employees must have the Travel Authorization and Advance (T.A.A) Form completed and signed by their Department or Division Head prior to booking or paying for travel.
“Out-of-State” or “International” travel must be approved by the City Manager prior to scheduling a trip. Either attach an approval email to your Travel Authorization form or obtain the City Manager’s approval signature on the T.A.A. Form.

Requests for advances, per diem for meals and incidentals, and support for all expenses directly paid to the vendor must be included on the approved T.A.A Form.

2.1. DELEGATION OF AUTHORITY
Finance Director for: City Manager
City Manager approves for: Direct Report Employees, Department Heads, & City Clerk/ Elected Officials
Department Heads approve for: Division Managers, City Employees Division Managers approve for: Direct Report Employees
The Authorized Signor is responsible for determining the cost to be reasonable and justified, assuring the following:

1. The purpose cannot be accomplished by internet, mail, or telephone.

2. The seminar, meeting, or conference is necessary to accomplish key City goals/objectives and is unavailable locally if overnight accommodations are required.

3. The minimum number of City staff members will be going.

4. The itinerary ensures accomplishment of the purpose at the lowest reasonable cost.

5. The traveler understands and follows these guidelines.

6. There is enough budget in the appropriate travel line item to cover the costs.

7. A Travel Expense Reconciliation Form with all substantiated receipts will be submitted.

2.2. ALLOWABLE EXPENSES
Expenses incurred in connection with the following activities generally constitute authorized expenses when guidelines of this policy are met:

1. Communicating with representatives of regional, state, and national government on City adopted policy positions.

2. Serving on professional organizational/governmental committees, boards, or task forces.

3. Attending educational seminars, conferences, or organized educational activities 313
City of SLT Financial Policies – Travel 4 August 2024
designed to improve skill levels or provide information on topics important to City policy and operations.

4. Preparing research for City projects or implementing adopted City plans, policies, goals, or programs.

5. Attending meetings involving activities or decisions important to City interests and are consistent with adopted plans, policies, goals, or programs.

6. Attending events where the City is a formal sponsor or participant, or in performance of official duties for the City.

7. Communicating with individuals or representatives of community groups on policy positions adopted by or under consideration by the City.

8. Engaging in other business-related activities with a direct connection to the implementation of adopted City plans, policies, goals, or programs.

3. PLANNING AN OFFICAL TRIP:

3.1 COMPENSATION
When travel time exceeds the normal work week and the operating MOU allows, the City’s rules for overtime apply. In determining overtime compensation, normal commute time should be deducted from the total time traveled. Additionally, normal unpaid meal periods are not considered work time when traveling. Overtime eligibility applies equally to drivers and passengers and should be granted whether the travel occurs during normal workdays, weekends, or evenings.

3.2 REGISTRATION
Fees charged for registration at a convention, meeting, or training are reimbursable with prior approval. Registration fees can be paid with a Cal-Card, requested as an advance with documentation of published rate, or reimbursed with itemized receipt if the employee pays for the registration on their own.

3.3 TRANSPORTATION
Transportation at the Destination- Use of public transit such as intercity trains, buses, streetcars, or ridesharing etc. is appropriate. If a car rental is required, attach a quote from the most reasonably priced rental car company for an advance check, use your Cal Card for payment, or attach an itemized receipt for reimbursement.

Air Travel- All air travel on City business should be coach class. Compare airline carriers prior to making reservations to ensure the most competitive rates are available to the City.  Reminder, out-of-state travel must be pre-approved by the City Manager Air Travel Credit – If a trip is cancelled and an employee receives a credit from the Airline for the value of the airfare, the employee should report that credit to Accounts Payable for tracking purposes and use that credit for future business travel. If the credit is used for 314
City of SLT Financial Policies – Travel 5 August 2024
personal travel, the employee should reimburse the city for that amount. Should the employee separate from city employment prior to using the credit, the city reserves the right to request reimbursement.

Traveling by Automobile- Traveling by a City vehicle is the most ideal. If one is not available or a personal car is preferred, approval of the Authorized Signor is required.

City Vehicle: When using a city vehicle, reimbursement for gas expenses is appropriate.

Due to liability concerns, non-City employees/officials including spouses, children, and guests should not ride as passengers in City vehicles.

Personal Vehicle: When using a personal vehicle for travel; reimbursement at the current approved IRS Mileage rate (2024 rate of 67 cents per mile) will be provided. "Google Maps" or other mapping sites must be used in determining mileage reimbursements. The City will not reimburse for non-business-related mileage such as a personal stop or an indirect route taken for personal reasons.

Mileage in-lieu of Commercial Carrier Costs: In the event a commercial carrier such as an airplane would otherwise be the preferred mode of transportation, but a personal car is preferred (subject to the approval guidelines set forth above), mileage will be reimbursed up to the cost of a commercial carrier.

To drive a privately-owned vehicle on City business it is required to:

1. Possess a valid license to drive in California or Nevada.

2. Carry liability insurance limits required by Risk Management with the City named as additional insured.

3. Realize that any damage to the car or needed service/repair occurring on the trip will be your responsibility as these costs are included in the City's per mile cost reimbursement.

3.4 LODGING
Accommodations- The City will pay for a single room (including taxes and parking) for as many nights as necessary. The accommodations used should be economical but practical. In general, choose the most reasonably priced accommodations available consistent with the purpose, goals, and convenience of travel.

Canceling a Reservation- Cancel any reservation that cannot be used. If the City is charged for an unused reservation, the employee will pay the charge unless circumstances requiring cancellation were reasonably beyond control and approved by the Authorized Signor.

3.5 MEALS
Please note: Procurement cards (CAL-Card), or Petty Cash, cannot be used for meals while traveling. There are no exceptions. (Please see Section 8 of the Cal-Card User Handbook). Refer to Finance Policies – Cash, for disbursement of Petty Cash requirements.
315
City of SLT Financial Policies – Travel 6 August 2024
To qualify for meal allowance:

1. Travel must be to an overnight destination outside of the City limits.

2. Meal expenses will be paid on a not to exceed per diem rate while traveling on official business as published by the Federal Government gsa.gov website under Per Diem Rates.

3. The per diem will generally be paid in advance of travel (receipts not required).

Where a timely per diem request is not submitted (within 10 days prior to travel) and/or as determined by the employee’s department head; a reimbursement of meal expenses may be submitted after travel (requires submittal of receipts).

4. Reimbursement in excess of allowable standard Federal Per Diem rate is taxable and must be reported on an employees’ W-2 as wages. Therefore, under no circumstances may the cost of meals exceed the per diem rates allowed under this policy.

Employee is responsible for meal costs above current approved per diem rate.

5. Employees may not claim meals provided by the event or included in hotel costs or conference fees.

6. Meals must be accounted for upon your return on the Travel Expense and Reconciliation (T.E.R) Form. No receipts are required for advance per diem payments. All reimbursed meal expenses REQUIRE attached receipts.

Current Per Diem rates for 20243 for South Lake Tahoe are as follows:

Breakfast: $17.00
Lunch: $18.00
Dinner: $34.00
Incidental Expenses: $5.00 (payable full day)
Total M&IE allowable payment for a full day (24 hour period) : $74 First & Last Day of Travel (maximum 75% of full day): $55.50* * per GSA allowable Per Diem rates federal code § 301-11.101, the following applies for meal Per Diem:

Rates are subject to change per Federal Government General Services Administration (GSA) www.gsa.gov/perdiem.
316
City of SLT Financial Policies – Travel 7 August 2024

3.6 PROHIBITED EXPENSES
Examples of prohibited expenditures include but are not limited to:
 Alcohol/narcotics
 Toiletries/medicines
 Car repair/traffic citations (parking tickets, toll fines)  Credit card interest charges
 Pet hotel fees, Health club fee/ spa treatments
 Fees for upgrades of air, hotel, or auto
 Headphones or extra incidentals on airlines
 Laundry/dry cleaning
 Movies/entertainment (in-room or off-site)
 Sporting events, theater, or cinema
 Personal expenses/spouse or guest expenses

3.7 PERSONAL TRAVEL
If time is taken away from official business for personal matters, or return is delayed after completing the business trip, reimbursement will not be provided for expenses incurred during that time. Pre-approval is required when combining business and personal travel. If this extended period occurs during regular scheduled work hours, the time will be counted as vacation, comp time, paid time off, or leave without pay.

3.8 ILLNESS WHILE TRAVELING
Should an employee/official become sick or ill during a travel business trip, reimbursement will be provided for necessary additional living expenses (except those directly related to your illness, such as physician or hospital costs) until the employee can return home.

Employees are required to notify the supervisor or Authorized Signor as soon as possible of becoming ill. If applicable, the time will be counted as sick leave or paid time-off during your normally scheduled work hours.

4. PAYMENTS AND REIMBURSEMENTS:

The City will pay all legitimate expenses of your trip or meeting. These include transportation, lodging, registration fees, meals and any other related expenses such as parking, baggage fees, and bridge tolls if they are for official business and within the guidelines of this policy.

4.1 PAYMENT OPTIONS
Direct Vendor Payments: Direct payments made by the City to an organization to pay for specific costs related to a trip, usually registration fees, lodging and airfare. To obtain direct vendor payments, complete the appropriate sections of the T.A.A. Form and attach payment information for all direct payments. Retain a copy of the completed form to assist in reconciling actual expenses.
317
City of SLT Financial Policies – Travel 8 August 2024
Cal Cards may be used to pay vendors directly for travel expenses, upon approval with completed T.A.A from. Receipt of payment on a Cal Card must be submitted with both the Travel Expense and Reconciliation (T.E.R.) Form and Cal Card Statement. Attach a copy of your T.A.A form to your Cal Card statement, when paying for travel expenses (including hotel reservations) with your Cal Card.

Payment for travel meals on a Cal Card is prohibited.

Cash Advances: Advance payments can be provided to an employee prior to travel to cover expenses including per diem for meal expenses, Hotel Registration, Transportation etc. To request cash advance, the Authorized Signor must review the amount ensuring it is reasonable and within the current Approved Per Diem Rates and department budget.

Employees must submit a T.E.R. Form to Accounts Payable with final reconciliation documenting all expenses and attaching receipts. Meals must be accounted for although receipts are not required if the employee received a Meal Per Diem advance. For ALL other travel costs, receipts and back-up documentation are required.

Reimbursements: Upon return, account for all expenses incurred on the T.E.R. Form attach substantiated receipts for all expenses and obtain proper approval from the Authorized Signor. R e i m b u r s e m e n t o f M e a l s r e q u i r e s i t e m i z e d r e c e i p t s . Reimbursements will be processed within ten (10) days of submittal to Accounts Payable.

Petty Cash cannot be used for Travel Costs. An employee cannot be reimbursed or advanced funds through Petty Cash for any travel cost. Refer to Financial Policies- Cash, for disbursement of Petty Cash requirements.

5. FINAL ACCOUNTING AND RECONCILIATION:

5.1 MAINTAINING DOCUMENTATION
 Maintain a detailed record of all expenses incurred during travel: meals, transportation/mileage, lodging, car rentals, parking fees, registration fees, and any other reasonable and necessary expenses to assist with final reconciliation.  Detailed receipts must be submitted for all expenses except when receiving advanced per diem for meals. Failure to provide such documentation will result in denial of reimbursement.

Missing or Lost Receipts:

Reimbursement of expenses without receipts becomes taxable income. Therefore, the city will not reimburse employees without receipts. In the event receipts are not available, provide a written explanation to your Department Head, include a full description of the cost of the expense and reason the receipts are missing. IRS requires the name of the establishment, the date of service, description of 318
City of SLT Financial Policies – Travel 9 August 2024
items/meals/service purchased, amount paid, include tax if applicable. If you used a personal credit or debit card, provide a copy of the bank transaction. This written explanation must be approved by the Department Head and submitted to the Finance Director for approval. Once approved, submit this documentation with your T.E.R. Form to Accounts Payable. The City reserves the right to require additional approval of the City Manager, where necessary or deny the reimbursement.

5.2 EXPENSE REPORTING
Within 10 days of return, employees must submit a T.E.R. Form to Accounts Payable with final reconciliation and receipts documenting all expenses. Failure to return this form will result in repayment to the City of any advanced funds and/or denial of reimbursement for expenses not accounted for in this manner.

Per IRS Section 15: to be excluded from taxable wages your T.E.R Form must include the following:
 The business purpose of the trip
 The date and place of the trip
 Receipts for lodging, and all travel expenses
 Receipts for meals if requesting reimbursement
Authorized Signor approving expense reports are responsible to ensure:

1. All expenses are reasonable, necessary and consistent with this policy.

2. All required itemized receipts are attached.

3. The final reconciliation is correct (balance due employee; balance due City).

4. Amounts due to the City are reimbursed within 10 days.

5. Final accounting on T.E.R. Form is submitted to Finance.

6. FALSIFICATION OF EXPENSES:

Submitting fraudulent receipts or falsifying a Travel Expense Reconciliation Form will result in loss of reimbursement privileges and may lead to disciplinary action up to and including termination of employment.

The City of South Lake Tahoe reserves the right to deny reimbursement of expenses that are considered lavish, extravagant, or are unsupported by required documentation. Unusual expenses incurred due to special circumstances may be approved by the City Manager, if those expenses do not violate Federal or State requirements and when in the City Manager’s judgment, such expenses are justified. These expenses must be submitted on a Travel Expense Reconciliation Form supported by documentation and written explanation of circumstances, signed by Department Head, Finance Director, and City Manager. 319
City of SLT Financial Policies – Travel 10 August 2024

7. FORMS AND PUBLICATIONS:

The following forms are required when traveling for City business:

1. Prior to booking and paying for travel: Travel Authorization and Advance Form (T.A.A.F.).

2. Return from travel: Travel Expense and Reconciliation Form (T.E.R.F.).

3. Examples to assist in filling out these forms is located on the next page.

4. Blank forms are located in Outlook, Public Folders, Finance Dept., Travel-Training Polices. Updated Aug. 2023.

7.1 INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE (IRS)
For additional information or clarification, refer to the following IRS publications.  IRS Publication 15-B, Employers Tax Guide to Fringe Benefits for tax reporting requirement
 IRS Publication 463, Travel, Entertainment, Gift and Car Expenses  IRS Publication 5318, Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, tax reform 2017 320
City of SLT Financial Policies – Travel 11
Financial Management - Travel Policy CITY OF SOUTH LAKE TAHOE TRAVEL AUTHORIZATION AND ADVANCE FORM PRE-TRAVEL REPORTING This form should be completed in legible handwriting or in Excel using the City's standard template prior to booking or paying for travel.

EXAMPLE PURPOSE OF TRAVEL Attend the 2024 Annual ABC Conference in San Francisco, CA to learn of recent developments in xxxxxxxxx to assist my department in xxxxxxx.

Conference begins 9:00 AM on Juned 2nd and ends 12:00 AM on June 4th.

Employee Department Position First & Last Name City Department Employee Title Destination No. of Days (including first/last) Total Cost of Travel San Francisco, CA 3 $ 1,297.69 ITINERARY Departure From: Date/Time Arrival To: Date/Time City Offices, address 6/1/2024 12:30 San Francisco, ABC Hotel 6/1/2024 16:30

ESTIMATED COST SUMMARY Description Vendor Payment Method* Account Number Paid/ Reimb Advance Registration ABC Conference D (Cal Card) 100 xxxxx 44050 $ 100.00 Air Fare N/A Lodging Hotel 3 nights + park R (Reimbursement) 100 xxxxx 44050 $ 735.84 Rental Car N/A Mileage- Personal Vehicle 185 miles x 2 x .67 A (Advance) 100 xxxxx 44051 247.90 Gasoline- City Vehicle Parking
Misc.
$ 835.84 $ 247.90
* D= Direct Vendor Payments, A= Advance, R= Reimbursement ** 2024 IRS rate is 67 cents per mile. Attach documentation used in determining anticipated mileage.

ESTIMATED COST SUMMARY CONT. (MEALS) Note: Calculation of daily meal per-diem must be in compliance with IRS regulations using Federal GSA rates. Follow the calculation below to request proper amounts. If meals are included with registration or hotel fees make sure to deduct them from the calculation.

Account Number: 100 xxxxx 44050 Instructions Date/ Meal Type Amount First Day of Travel:

If two meal periods will be incurred put $55.50: If only one meal period will be incurred use individual meal rates: 6/1/22 Dinner 34.00 Full Day of Travel: Put number of full calendar travel days x $74.00 or deduct meals 6/2/22 Full Day 74.00 included in registration, hotel, or provided by event 6/3 (breakfst/dinner) lunch incl 56.00 Last Day of Travel:

If two meal periods will be incurred put $55.50: 6/4 2 meal periods (Breakfast & Lunch) 55.50 If only one meal period will be incurred use rates below: Individual Meal Rates: Breakfast $17.00, Lunch $18.00, Dinner $34.00, $5.00 incidentals ($74.00 full day) $ 219.50 First & Last Day of Travel: Calculated at 75% of total daily meals & incidentals.

SUM OF ADVANCES AND PER DIEM OWED TO EMPLOYEE: $ 467.40 APPROVALS Employee Date Authorized Signor Date printed employee name date submitted Supervisor or Dept Head date signed 321
City of SLT Financial Policies – Travel 12 August 2024
Financial Management - Travel Policy

CITY OF SOUTH LAKE TAHOE TRAVEL EXPENSE AND REIMBURSEMENT FORM

POST TRAVEL REPORTING

This form should be completed in legible handwriting or in Excel using the City's standard template.

EXAMPLE
RECAP OF TRAVEL Employee Name Department Location Date Left Date Returned Total Cost of Travel First & Last Name City Department ABC Conf. San Francisco, CA 6/1/2024 6/4/2023 $ 1,297.69

ACTUAL COSTS INCURRED
Description Vendor Payment Method* Account
Number Amount Paid Amount Due- Attach
Itemized Receipts
Registration ABC Conference D (Cal Card) 100 xxxxx 44050 $ 100.00 Air Fare
Lodging ABC Hotel R- Personal Credit Card 100 xxxxx 44050 $ 735.84 Rental Car
Meals** A- Advanced Per Diem 100 xxxxx 44050 $ 219.50
Mileage- Personal Vehicle*** 370 miles -185 x 2 x .67 A (Advance) 100 xxxxx 44051 $ 247.90 Gasoline- City Vehicle
Parking
Misc.

$ 567.40 $ 735.84
* D = Direct Vendor Payments, A = Advance, R = Reimbursement ** If a per diem was received prior to travel, fill in total received in the amount column. *** 2024 IRS rate is 67 cents per mile. Attach documentation used in determining mileage reimbursement. **** All Reimbursements require itemized receipts attached. ACTUAL MEAL COSTS INCURRED: If meal Per Diem was received as an Advance, leave the section below blank.

Note: If requesting reimbursement for meals, attach itemized receipts for all meal periods. The City will only reimburse up to the Federal G.S.A Per Diem amounts. $5.00 Per Diem Incidental rate not applicable for Reimbursement.

DATE BREAKFAST LUNCH DINNER
Individual Meal Rates: Breakfast $17.00, Lunch $18.00, Dinner $34.00 $ - SUM OF REIMBURSEMENTS OWED TO EMPLOYEE: $ 735.84

APPROVALS
Employee Date Authorized Signor Date

322
CAL-Card Cardholder Handbook – 2024
1 CAL-Card User Handbook
Table of Contents
Page Section number & title
2 1.) What is a “CAL-Card?”
3 2.) Advantages to the City for using the CAL-Card program 4 3.) CAL-Card ethics
5 4.) Obtaining a CAL-Card
6 5.) Receipt of a CAL-Card
6 6.) CAL-Card activation steps
7 7.) Cardholder responsibilities
8 8.) Restricted and prohibited purchases
9 9.) Merchant responsibilities (aka: What the seller does) 10 10.) Approving Authority responsibilities
11 11.) Finance Department responsibilities
11 12.) U.S. Bank responsibilities
11 13.) Reporting lost or stolen cards
12 14.) Fraudulent activity
14 15.) Disputed (questioned) items
14 16.) Procedures after purchase / reviewing the statement 17 17.) Missing or lost receipts
17 18.) Increasing or decreasing the $ limit on a CAL-Card 18 19.) Cancellation of a CAL-Card
19 20.) Discipline for improper use of the CAL-Card
20 21.) U.S. Bank Access Online electronic management program 20 22.) Frequently asked questions (FAQs) about CAL-Card 21 23.) Forms
21 24.) Contact information

323
CAL-Card Cardholder Handbook – 2024
2 This handbook is intended to establish guidelines for the City of South Lake Tahoe CALCard holder. These guidelines establish basic policy and procedures in how to properly use the card.

City officials and employees seeking to learn more about the CAL-Card program should visit the State of California Department of General Services website: www.pd.dgs.ca.gov/calcard NOTE: The forms pictured in this handbook are for illustration purposes only.

Copies of the form may be obtained from the Public Folders on Microsoft Outlook.

Go to: Public Folders → All Folders → Purchasing → 2024 Cal Card Policy

1.) What is a “CAL-Card?”
The “CAL-Card” program is one of the payment methods used by the City of South Lake Tahoe for the purchase of goods generally costing less than $1,000.00. The State of California has a master
service agreement (MSA 5-06-99-01) with U. S.

Bank to provide VISA bankcard services. The
CAL-Card is a cost-free payment mechanism
available to government agencies such as the
City. The use of the CAL-Card was approved by
the City of South Lake Tahoe City Council on June 4, 2002. Currently, over 92 City of South Lake Tahoe employees hold a CAL-Card for day-to-day use or for use in a declared emergency.

CAL-Cards are procurement cards, not credit cards. The intent is to be used to purchase small dollar goods for convenience in conducting city business. The balance must be paid each billing cycle. These cards work just like a VISA charge card with the exception of a number of unique controls that have been developed specifically for the procurement card program.

CAL-Cards are not meant to replace traditional procurement methods such as contracts for services, purchase orders, direct payments, and Payment Requests, etc. CAL-Cards are essential when placing orders over the Internet. They simplify the purchase and payment of low-dollar value goods. More merchants, especially those out-of-state, do not accept a purchase order but will take a VISA payment.

CAL-Cards improve merchant relations by making it easier to do business with the City. First-time merchants do not have to send in a credit application. By using the CAL-card to make a purchase, the merchant is paid immediately for the 324
CAL-Card Cardholder Handbook – 2024
3 purchase. The City has up to 45 days to make payment on all of their purchases during the previous month. There is a rebate for prompt payment.

The CAL-Card is issued in the name of the cardholder and billed to the City of South Lake Tahoe. Graphics make it easy to distinguish a CAL-Card from personal card. U.S. Bank will have no cardholder information other than their name, work address and phone number. U.S Bank does not collect the cardholder’s social security number and they do not perform a credit check on the cardholder.

2.) Advantages to the City for using the CAL-Card program  VISA acceptance allows for an expanded supplier base
 Suppliers paid promptly
 Obtain goods when needed
 Walk-in, telephone, and on-line procurements
 Reduces the number of purchase orders
 Reduces or eliminates the need for petty cash
 Validated controls for the Cardholder and Program Administrator  No membership or administrative fees
 No minimum card count or spend amount
 Invoices due 45 days from invoice date
 Visa dispute rights, fraud protection and VISA Waiver Liability coverage  Streamlines the accounts payable process by reducing the number of checks issued
 Average Transaction, Volume Sales and Prompt Payment rebates.

The three rebates referenced above are computed as follows:

1. Average Transaction Rebate
The following formula will be used to determine the Average Transaction Incentive for each participating agency:
325
CAL-Card Cardholder Handbook – 2024
4 Total Sales (Quarterly) x 0.75 = Average Transaction Rebate # of Transactions (Quarterly)
Distribution of the Quarterly Average Transaction Rebate shall include the following condition:

Computed Quarterly Average Transaction Rebate to the Participating Agency shall not exceed 2% of the Participating Agency's Quarterly Total Spend. Amount in excess of 2% of the Participating Agency's Quarterly Total Spend shall be forwarded to the Department of General Services under the heading of Administrative Fee - Excess Quarterly Average Transaction Rebate.

2. Volume Sales Rebate
The following formula will be used to determine the Volume Sale Incentive for each participating agency:

Total Sales (each individual participating agency) x .00393 = Volume Sales Rebate

3. Prompt Payment Rebate
The following formula will be used to determine the Prompt Payment Incentive for each participating agency:
(45- Client Held Days)/45X.0045XQuarterly VolumeSales

3.) CAL-Card ethics
Employee of the City of South Lake Tahoe should always conduct themselves with the highest level of ethics, and exercise good judgment in the stewardship of public funds. This especially applies to use of the CAL-Card. There are several controls built into the card and into the program that limit the potential for abuse.

When considering a questionable purchase, the cardholder should ask themselves:
“Would my manager, the City Council, and the public approve?” All City documents relating to purchases are public records and subject to disclosure under the California Public Records Act, including CAL-Card purchase records.
326
CAL-Card Cardholder Handbook – 2024
5 4.) Obtaining a CAL-Card
The Department Head determines which full-time employees will be responsible for City purchases and should have a CAL-Card procurement card. The Department Head submits a Request for a CalCard Form to the Finance Department. This
form includes
employee
information and
justification for
requiring a CALCard. This request
is reviewed and
approved by the
Finance Dept.

Upon approval, the
Cal Card
Administrator
applies for a card
for the individual
through the U.S.

Bank website.

Generally, a card is
issued and received
in a week or less.

The new cardholder
must attend a
training session
detailing how to use
the CAL-Card and
the rights and
responsibilities of a CAL-Card holder. A copy of this guidebook is given to the new cardholder and should be kept it as a reference. Contact the Program Administrator if additional training is required.
327
CAL-Card Cardholder Handbook – 2024
6 5.) Receipt of a CAL-Card
The new cardholder must sign a CalCard Receipt Acknowledgement form that details information about the card issued, including the card number and dollar limits. This signed
acknowledgement
is kept in an
employee file in the
Finance Dept. The
card must be
surrendered when
the cardholder
leaves the employ
of the City. This
form must also be
signed if an
employee receives a
new card due to
original card being
lost, stolen, or
cancelled due to
fraudulent activity.

6.) CAL-Card
activation steps
The new cardholder
should follow the
steps below to
activate their new
CAL-Card. The following information should be on hand before the call is made:
the 16-digit account (card) number, the mailing address and zip code, the business telephone number and the 4-digit numeric number designated by the Program Administrator.

A. Call 1-800-344-5696 from a touch-tone phone.

B. Respond to each of the following prompts.

C. “Welcome to the Corporate Payment Systems Customer Service. Please enter your 16-digit account (card) number”.

D. “Please enter the 5-digit ZIP code of your mailing address.” E. “To activate your account, press 1”.
328
CAL-Card Cardholder Handbook – 2024
7 F. “To activate your account number, please key in the last four digits of your card. Do not enter your social security number. Use the 4-digit numeric number designated by the Program Administrator rather than your social security number.

G. “Please enter your business telephone number, beginning with the area code.”
H. “Your account has been successfully activated. Thank you.”

7.) Cardholder
responsibilities
Once training has been
completed, the
cardholder must sign a
Cardholder
Agreement form to
acknowledge they are
familiar with, and
adhere to, the City’s
policies and
procurement guidelines.

The CAL-Card is a
privilege granted by the
City and this privilege
can be revoked at any
time and for any
reason.

There are several
responsibilities related
to the issuance of a
CAL-Card:

A. City Code chapter 3.45 regarding Purchasing Policies and Procedures applies to all CAL-Card purchases.

B. The cardholder must ensure that there are sufficient funds in the account that will be used to pay for the purchase.

C. The card must be signed on the back in the signature panel.

D. The card holder must obtain an itemized receipt at the point of purchase and verify it for accuracy.

E. The card must be kept secure at all times and is not to be used by anyone other than the cardholder.
329
CAL-Card Cardholder Handbook – 2024
8 F. The cardholder must notify U.S. Bank Customer Service of any billing discrepancies, fraudulent activity, or lost or stolen cards.

G. The cardholder must notify the Program Administrator of name, address, telephone, or other changes to their account.

H. The cardholder must review the monthly statement for accuracy and ensure that it is submitted to their Approving Authority in a timely manner.

I. The least expensive item that suits the needs of the purchase should be what is purchased.

Violations in any of the above areas are grounds for revocation of all CALCard privileges.

8.) Restricted and prohibited purchases
The CAL-Card can be used at any merchant that accepts VISA cards for payments of purchases. However, there are some restrictions built into the procurement card that do not exist for personal credit cards.

← All documents from this meeting